About EDGAR Online | Login
 
The following is an excerpt from a 10-K405 SEC Filing, filed by SIGNATURE RESORTS INC on 3/30/1998.
Next Section Next Section Previous Section Previous Section
SUNTERRA CORP - 10-K405 - 19980330 - PART_I

PART I

Unless the context otherwise indicates, the "Company" refers to Signature Resorts, Inc. and includes its corporate and partnership predecessors and wholly-owned subsidiaries and affiliates including AVCOM International, Inc. ("AVCOM") and its subsidiaries, which were acquired in February 1997 (the "AVCOM Acquisition"); Plantation Resorts Group, Inc. ("PRG") and its subsidiaries, which were acquired in May 1997 (the "PRG Acquisition"); LSI Group Holdings, plc ("LSI") and its subsidiaries, which were acquired in August 1997 (the "LSI Acquisition"); Marc Hotels & Resorts, Inc. ("Marc"), which was acquired in October 1997 (the "Marc Acquisition"); Vacation Internationale, Ltd. ("VI") and its subsidiaries, which were acquired in November 1997 (the "VI Acquisition"); and Global Development Ltd. and certain of its subsidiaries (the "Global Group"), which was acquired in December 1997 (the "Global Acquisition").

ITEMS 1 AND 2. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES.

THE COMPANY

Signature Resorts, Inc. is the world's largest vacation ownership company, as measured by the number of resort locations. The Company currently has 81 resort locations in eight North American and European countries. The Company also manages units at 22 resorts in Hawaii. The Company's resort locations are in a variety of popular vacation destinations, including California, Hawaii, Arizona, Florida, the Caribbean, Mexico, France, the United Kingdom, Spain and the Canary Islands. Through both internal development and strategic acquisitions, the Company has expanded the number of its resort locations and its owner family base from nine resort locations and approximately 25,000 owner families at the time of its August 1996 initial public offering to its current 81 resort locations and approximately 200,000 owner families. As a result of the successful implementation of the Company's growth and operations strategy, the Company's revenues have grown to $337.7 million in 1997 from $219.8 million in 1996 and $168.3 million in 1995. By taking advantage of synergies resulting from the implementation of the Company's business strategy, the Company has increased 1997 EBITDA (as defined) by 91% over 1996 EBITDA and increased EBITDA as a percentage of total revenues to 25.3% in 1997 from 20.3% in 1996.

The Company's operations consist of (i) marketing and selling vacation ownership interests at its resort locations, which entitle the buyer to use a fully-furnished vacation residence, generally for a one-week period each year in perpetuity ("Vacation Intervals"), and vacation points which may be redeemed for occupancy rights at participating resort locations ("Vacation Points," and together with Vacation Intervals, "vacation interests"), (ii) acquiring, developing and operating vacation ownership resorts and (iii) providing consumer financing to individual purchasers for the purchase of vacation interests at its resort locations. The Company also provides resort management and maintenance services for which it receives fees paid by the resorts' homeowners' associations.

The Company markets resort locations as Sunterra Resorts, Embassy Vacation Resorts and Westin Vacation Club Resorts and offers points-based vacation clubs in Europe and North America. The Company's Sunterra Resorts are marketed under the Company's Sunterra brand. The Company's Embassy Vacation Resorts and Westin Vacation Club resort are operated under agreements with Promus Hotel Corporation ("Promus") (the owner of the Embassy Suites brand) and Westin Hotels & Resorts ("Westin"), respectively. The Company offers points-based vacation clubs in Europe through its LSI and Global Group subsidiaries, and in North America through its VI subsidiary.

The Company provides mortgage financing for approximately 75% of its vacation ownership sales. In addition to enhancing the sales process, financing customer receivables generates attractive profit margins and cash flows from the spread between interest rates charged by the Company on its mortgage receivables and the Company's cost of capital. This financing is typically collateralized by the underlying Vacation Interval or Vacation Points.

2

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Senior Notes. On March 30, 1998, the Company announced the proposed offering of $125 million of its senior unsecured notes (the "Offering"). The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the Offering to repay certain existing indebtedness, for acquisitions and development and for general corporate purposes.

Securitized Notes. On March 27, 1998, the Company announced that it intends to securitize approximately $100 million of its mortgages receivable, of which $50 million has been pre-committed. The Company expects to convey the mortgages receivable to a bankruptcy remote subsidiary, which would issue notes secured by such mortgages receivable (the "Securitized Notes"). The Securitized Notes would be nonrecourse to the Company. The Company is finalizing negotiations and expects to complete the securitization by May 1998. If completed, the securitization would be treated as a financing transaction for accounting purposes. The mortgages receivable and the Securitized Notes would remain on the Company's balance sheet. The Company would recognize no gain or loss on the Securitized Notes transaction.

Name Change. The Company's Board of Directors has approved, subject to stockholder approval, a proposal to change the Company's corporate name to "Sunterra Corporation." The name change proposal will be presented for stockholder approval at the Company's May 15, 1998 annual meeting.

Senior Credit Facility. The Company's $100 million Senior Bank Credit facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") was entered into on February 18, 1998. The Senior Credit Facility has variable borrowing based on the percentage of the Company's mortgage receivables pledged under such facility and the amount of funds advanced thereunder. The interest rate under the Senior Credit Facility will vary between LIBOR plus 7/8% and LIBOR plus 1 3/8%, depending on the amount advanced against mortgage receivables. The Senior Credit Facility has a three-year term and contains customary covenant representations and warranties and conditions to borrow. As of March 20, 1998, approximately $87 million was outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility. The Company is currently negotiating with its bank syndicate to increase the amount available under the Senior Credit Facility.

Acquisition of MMG Holding Corp. and Affiliated Companies. On February 3, 1998, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of MMG Holding Corp., MMG Development Corp. and certain affiliated companies ("MMG") for approximately $26.5 million, comprised of $18.5 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $8.0 million of indebtedness (the "MMG Acquisition"). The acquired assets include MMG's approximately $6.6 million mortgages receivable portfolio. MMG is an Orlando, Florida based developer, operator and manager of vacation ownership resorts, with sales or management operations at six resorts in the southeastern United States. In addition, the Company assumed MMG's commitment to purchase an additional resort in Gatlinburg, Tennessee, which the Company purchased on February 18, 1998 and which the Company plans to convert to vacation ownership.

Acquisition of Westin Carambola Beach Resort. On January 26, 1998, the Company acquired the Westin Carambola Beach Resort (the "Carambola Beach Resort") on the island of St. Croix, United States Virgin Islands for a purchase price of approximately $13.0 million. The Carambola Beach Resort contains 156 one-bedroom suites and one two-bedroom suite located in 27 separate two-story bungalows. The Company plans to begin vacation ownership sales and commence the first phase of renovations at the Carambola Beach Resort during the second quarter of 1998.

Development Agreement with Westin Hotels & Resorts. On January 19, 1998, the Company and Westin modified their existing joint development agreement to make their relationship non-exclusive. Under their modified relationship, the Company and Westin each will be free to independently pursue all vacation ownership development opportunities. Under the parties' prior exclusive agreement, the Company and Westin each were restricted from developing four and five star vacation ownership resorts with third parties. The Company and Westin, however, will continue to jointly own and operate the Westin Vacation Club St. John, located in the U.S. Virgin Islands. As part of the modification, the Company's and Westin's representatives no longer serve on the other's board of directors.

Additional Acquisitions and Developments. In addition to the MMG Acquisition and the acquisition of the Carambola Beach Resort, on December 31, 1997, the Company acquired the 46 unit Coral Reef Resort in

3

Miami, Florida, and, during the first quarter of 1998, acquired the 105 unit Homewood Suites, located in Santa Fe, New Mexico, the 58 unit Club Mougins Resort, located near Cannes, France and 10 units at the

4

Sunset View Resort, located in Tenerife, Canary Islands, in individual transactions with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $25.7 million. The Company intends to begin vacation ownership sales at each of these newly-acquired resorts during the second quarter of 1998. When added to the Company's 70 resort locations at December 31, 1997, as well as the Carambola Beach Resort and the seven resort locations acquired in the MMG Acquisition, these acquisitions give the Company 81 current resort locations.

In addition, in March 1998, the Company received final planning, zoning and development approval for the planned development of the 158 unit Westin Vacation Club in Rancho Mirage, California, the Company's second joint venture with Westin. In March 1998, the Company also received final planning, zoning and development approval for the 58 unit Sunterra Harbor Lights Resort in San Diego, California. The Company expects to complete the initial phase of development of each of the Rancho Mirage and San Diego resorts and begin vacation ownership sales at the resorts during 1999.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company's objective is to capitalize on its position as the world's largest vacation ownership company, as measured by resort locations, and its base of approximately 200,000 owner families by continuing to (i) expand sales at its resort locations, (ii) strategically acquire and develop resort inventory and acquire operating companies and other vacation ownership-related assets,
(iii) improve operating margins by reducing operating costs through efficiencies gained by operating as a large multi-resort system and (iv) develop and introduce new vacation ownership products including its planned "Club Sunterra" worldwide points-based vacation exchange system.

Signature has expanded to its current 81 resort locations from nine at the time of its August 1996 initial public offering through the successful implementation of its growth and operations strategy. The Company believes it has achieved sufficient size to enable it to capitalize on the strategic advantages of operating and purchasing leverage and the ability to provide choice and flexibility to its customers. The key elements of the Company's growth strategy are described below:

Expand Sales. The Company intends to expand sales of vacation ownership interests at its existing resorts by adding additional inventory through the construction of new development units and through broader marketing efforts. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had available inventory of 29,168 Vacation Intervals and 599,554 Vacation Points. The Company believes it is well positioned to continue to expand its existing supply of inventory.

Acquisition and Development. Signature has achieved its leading position in the industry by identifying and acquiring resorts in desirable locations at prices which the Company believes will allow it to achieve excellent returns. The Company's acquisition and development of new resort locations allows it to add new vacation ownership inventory and increase the number of owner families within the Company's resort system. The Company targets operating companies, resort properties and other vacation ownership assets for potential acquisition and development opportunities to replenish vacation ownership sales inventory while entering new markets and creating a larger resort and customer base from which to develop and market its products.

The Company evaluates each acquisition candidate based on certain criteria. Each potential transaction is evaluated based on the strategic location of the resort properties and consumer demand for vacation ownership inventory, in each case taking into consideration the Company's existing locations and operations. The Company analyzes the potential economic impact of each transaction to maximize its return on investment, as well as potential strategic synergies. Management believes that its proven acquisition and development record and public company status give the Company a competitive advantage in acquiring assets, businesses and operations in the fragmented vacation ownership industry.

Improve Operating Margins. As the Company continues to expand the number of its resort locations as well as its owner family base, management believes that it will be able to realize improved operating margins through the realization of increased efficiencies, reduced on-site administrative requirements and reduced operating costs through its multi-resort management system. In addition, the Company believes that

4

additional acquisitions will allow it to experience increased margins by leveraging operating and corporate overhead costs over a larger revenue base.

Signature's base of approximately 200,000 owner families also provides an established market to which to sell additional vacation and leisure products which the Company believes will reduce marketing and advertising expenses as a percentage of sales. Because existing owners of vacation ownership interests are, in effect, a pre-screened pool of potential customers, repeat sales and customer referrals increase sales while marketing expenses associated with these sales are significantly reduced. As the Company's owner family base continues to expand and these type of sales represent a larger percentage of overall sales, the Company believes operating margins will continue to improve.

Develop New Vacation Ownership Products. The Company believes its growing resort portfolio and base of approximately 200,000 owner families will enable it to offer a wider variety of vacation ownership products. The Company's planned Club Sunterra worldwide points-based vacation exchange system is one such product that will allow owners to create vacations custom tailored to their individual needs. Member families will be able to purchase an annual allotment of "points" to use as a currency to reserve the specific resort location, season, unit type and length of stay they desire from among Club Sunterra's resort locations throughout the world. This type of points-based system will provide the consumer more flexibility in their vacation plans compared to traditional one week intervals.

In general, under a points-based vacation exchange system, members purchase an annual allotment of points which can be redeemed for occupancy rights at the club's participating resorts. Compared to other vacation ownership arrangements, the points-based system provides members significant flexibility in planning vacations as the number of points that are required for a stay at any one resort varies depending upon a variety of factors, including the resort location, the size of the unit, the vacation season and the length of stay. Under this system, members can select vacations according to their schedules, space needs and available points. Subject to certain restrictions, members are typically allowed to carry over for one year any unused points and to "borrow" points from the forthcoming year. In addition, members are required to pay annual fees for certain maintenance and management costs associated with the operation of the resorts based on the number of points to which they are entitled.

THE VACATION OWNERSHIP INDUSTRY

The Market. The resort component of the leisure industry primarily is serviced by two separate alternatives for overnight accommodations: commercial lodging establishments and vacation ownership resorts. Commercial lodging consists of hotels and motels in which a room is rented on a nightly, weekly or monthly basis for the duration of the visit and is supplemented by rentals of privately-owned condominium units or homes. For many vacationers, particularly those with families, a lengthy stay at a quality commercial lodging establishment can be very expensive, and the space provided to the guest relative to the cost (without renting multiple rooms) is not economical for some vacationers. Also, room rates and availability at such establishments are subject to change periodically. In addition to providing improved lifestyle benefits to owners, vacation ownership presents an economical alternative to commercial lodging for vacationers.

The vacation ownership industry represents one of the fastest growing segments of the lodging industry. According to ARDA and other industry sources, during the seventeen year period ending in 1997, worldwide vacation ownership sales volume increased from $490 million in 1980 to an estimated $6.0 billion in 1997, a compounded annual growth rate of 15.9%.

5

As shown in the following charts, according to ARDA, the worldwide vacation ownership industry has expanded significantly since 1980 both in vacation interest sales volume and number of vacation interest owners.


[CHARTS]

Source: ARDA (includes, with respect to 1995, 1996 and 1997, unpublished estimates provided by ARDA)

ARDA reports and other industry data indicate that during the past decade the following factors have contributed to the increased acceptance of the vacation ownership concept among the general public and the substantial growth of the vacation ownership industry:

- increased consumer awareness of the value and benefits of vacation ownership, including the cost savings relative to other lodging alternatives;

- increased flexibility of vacation ownership due to the growth of international exchange organizations;

- improvement in the quality of accommodations and management of vacation ownership resorts;

- increased consumer confidence resulting from new consumer protection regulations and the entrance of brand name national lodging companies to the industry; and

- increased availability of consumer financing for purchasers of vacation interests.

The vacation ownership industry traditionally has been highly fragmented and dominated by a large number of local and regional resort developers and operators, each with small resort portfolios generally of differing quality. The Company believes that one of the most significant factors contributing to the current success of the vacation ownership industry is the entry into the market of some of the world's major lodging, hospitality and entertainment companies. Such major companies which now operate or are developing Vacation Interval resorts include Marriott Ownership Resorts ("Marriott"), The Walt Disney Company ("Disney"), Hilton Hotels Corporation ("Hilton"), Hyatt Corporation ("Hyatt"), Four Seasons Hotels & Resorts ("Four Seasons"), Inter-Continental Hotels and Resorts ("Inter-Continental"), Promus and Westin. Unlike the Company, however, the vacation ownership operations of each of Marriott, Disney, Hilton, Hyatt, Four Seasons, Inter-Continental, Westin and Promus comprise only a small portion of such companies' overall operations.

The Company believes that national lodging and hospitality companies are attracted to the vacation ownership concept because of the industry's relatively rapid recent growth rate and relatively high profit margins. In addition, such companies recognize that Vacation Intervals provide an attractive alternative to the traditional hotel-based vacation and allow the hotel companies to leverage their brands into additional resort markets where demand exists for accommodations beyond traditional hotels.

The Consumer. According to the most recent information compiled by ARDA, the three primary reasons cited by consumers for purchasing vacation interests are (i) the ability to exchange vacation interests for accommodations at other resorts through exchange networks (cited by 75% of vacation interest purchasers), (ii) the money savings over traditional resort vacations (cited by 72% of purchasers) and (iii) the quality service and upkeep of the resort at which they purchased a vacation interest (cited by 80% of

6

purchasers). According to ARDA, vacation interest purchasers have a high rate of repeat purchases: approximately 41% of all vacation interest owners own more than one vacation interest representing approximately 65% of the industry inventory and approximately 51% of all owners who bought their first vacation interest before 1985 have since purchased a second vacation interest. In addition, ARDA indicates that customer satisfaction increases with length of ownership, age, income, multiple location ownership and accessibility to vacation interest exchange networks.

The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of current demographic trends, primarily because of the variety and quality of its resort locations and its participation in the RCI and II exchange networks. The Company expects the vacation ownership industry to continue to grow as the baby-boom generation continues to enter the 40-55 year age bracket, according to ARDA, the age group most likely to purchase Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points.

DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY'S RESORT LOCATIONS

The Company has 81 resort locations, which include 35 resort locations sold as Vacation Intervals and 46 resort locations sold in points-based vacation exchange systems. Of the 35 resort locations sold as Vacation Intervals, 22 resort locations are currently in sales, sales have yet to begin at four resort locations, and sales at nine resort locations have been substantially completed. Of the 46 resort locations sold in points-based vacation exchange systems, the Company owns or has sold, in the aggregate, all of the unit inventory at 25 of the resort locations and owns a portion of the unit inventory at the other 21 resort locations.

Through its primary resort brands, the Company offers Vacation Intervals in each of the three principal price segments of the market (value, upscale (characterized by high quality accommodations and service) and luxury (characterized by elegant accommodations and personalized service)). In addition, the Company operates points-based vacation clubs in North America and Europe.

Sunterra Resorts. The Company's Sunterra Resorts, includes resorts in both the value and upscale price segments which are not affiliated with any hotel chain. Vacation Intervals at the Company's Sunterra Resorts generally sell for $6,000 to $25,000 and are targeted to buyers with annual incomes ranging from $35,000 to $80,000. The Company believes its Sunterra Resorts offer buyers an economical alternative to resorts affiliated with brand-name lodging companies (such as Embassy Vacation Resorts and Westin Vacation Club resorts) and traditional vacation lodging alternatives.

Embassy Vacation Resorts. The Company's Embassy Vacation Resorts are positioned in the upscale price segment of the market and are characterized by high quality accommodations and service. Vacation Intervals at the Company's four Embassy Vacation Resorts generally sell for $14,000 to $20,000 and are targeted to buyers with annual incomes ranging from $60,000 to $150,000. Embassy Vacation Resorts are designed to provide vacation ownership accommodations that offer the same high quality and value that is represented by the more than 140 Embassy Suites hotels throughout North America. The Company is one of two licensees and operators of Embassy Vacation Resorts, and is currently evaluating additional resorts that could be operated as Embassy Vacation Resorts.

Westin Vacation Club Resort. The Company's Westin Vacation Club resort is positioned in the luxury price segment of the market and is characterized by elegant accommodations and personalized service. Vacation Intervals at Westin Vacation Club resort generally sell for $16,000 to $25,000 and are targeted to buyers with annual incomes ranging from $80,000 to $250,000.

LSI's Grand Vacation Club. As a result of the LSI Acquisition, the Company acquired LSI's Grand Vacation Club points-based system and as a result of the Global Acquisition, the Company acquired the Global Group's Global Vacation Club, which it is integrating into the LSI system. Grand Vacation Club allows members to purchase an annual allotment of points that can be redeemed for occupancy rights at Grand Vacation Club's European resorts and at other participating resorts. The Company markets the Grand Vacation Club in the United Kingdom, Spain, France and Austria. Points in the Grand Vacation Club can typically be purchased for approximately $220 a point. A typical one week stay at a Grand Vacation Club

7

resort requires approximately 46 points. Each Grand Vacation Club member receives a new allotment of points each year throughout the term of its membership in the club.

VI's Vacation Time Share Program. As a result of the VI Acquisition, the Company acquired VI's Vacation Time Share Program (the "VTS Program") which it markets to buyers in the United States, Canada and Mexico. The VTS Program is a points-based system much like LSI's Grand Vacation Club in that it allows members to purchase points that are redeemed for occupancy rights at participating VTS Program resorts. Points in the VTS Program typically can be purchased for approximately $119 a point. A typical one week stay at a VI resort requires approximately 91 points. Each VTS Program member receives a new allotment of points each year throughout the term of its membership in the program.

8

The following tables set forth certain information, as of December 31, 1997, regarding each of the Company's 70 resort locations on such date, including location, date acquired by the Company, the number of existing and total potential units at the resort and, where applicable, the number of Vacation Intervals or Vacation Points currently available for sale and occupancy and additional expansion potential. Of the resorts set forth below, the Embassy Vacation Resorts Poipu Point and Kaanapali Beach, the Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at Lake Arrowhead, the Westin Vacation Club St. John, five Grand Vacation Club Resorts and 16 Vacation Internationale Resorts are partially owned by the Company. The exact number of units Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points ultimately achieved may differ from the following estimates based on future land planning and site layout considerations, as well as other factors described under "Business and Properties."

                                                                                       UNITS AT RESORT
                                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                   DATE                     POTENTIAL
            RESORT                        LOCATION               ACQUIRED     CURRENT(a)   EXPANSION(b)   TOTAL
------------------------------  ----------------------------  --------------  ----------   ------------   -----
SUNTERRA RESORTS
 Sunterra Resorts Cypress
 Pointe.......................  Lake Buena Vista, Florida     November  1992      224           276(e)      500
 Sunterra Resorts The
 Plantation at Fall Creek.....  Branson, Missouri             July      1994      130           286(f)      416
 Sunterra Resorts Royal
 Dunes........................  Hilton Head, S. Carolina      April     1994       40            15(g)       55
 Sunterra Resorts San Luis
 Bay..........................  Avila Beach, California       June      1995       98            32(h)      130
 Sunterra Resorts Royal Palm
 Beach........................  St. Maarten, Netherlands      July      1995      140            --(i)      140
                                Antilles
 Sunterra Resorts Flamingo
 Beach........................  St. Maarten, Netherlands      July      1995      172            85(j)      257
                                Antilles
 Sunterra Resorts Scottsdale
 Villa Mirage.................  Scottsdale, Arizona           February  1997       64           104(k)      168
 Sunterra Resorts The Ridge on
 Sedona Golf..................  Sedona, Arizona               February  1997       12           106(l)      118
 Sunterra Resorts Sedona
 Springs......................  Sedona, Arizona               February  1997       40            --          40
 Sunterra Resorts Sedona
 Summit.......................  Sedona, Arizona               February  1997       60            --          60
 Sunterra Resorts Villas at
 Poco Diablo..................  Sedona, Arizona               February  1997       33            --          33
 Sunterra Resorts Villas of
 Sedona.......................  Sedona, Arizona               February  1997       40            --          40
 Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at
 Lake Arrowhead(m)............  Lake Arrowhead, California    February  1997       13            --          13
 Sunterra Resorts Tahoe Beach
 & Ski........................  South Lake Tahoe, California  February  1997      140            --         140
 Sunterra Resorts Villas on
 the Lake.....................  Montgomery, Texas             February  1997       37            64(n)      101
 Sunterra Resorts Powhatan
 Plantation...................  Williamsburg, Virginia        May       1997      419            81(o)      500
 Sunterra Resorts Greensprings
 Plantation...................  Williamsburg, Virginia        May       1997       76           424(p)      500
 Sunterra Resorts The Savoy on
 South Beach..................  Miami Beach, Florida          August    1997       40            28(q)       68
 Sunterra Resorts Bent Creek
 Golf Village.................  Gatlinburg, Tennessee         September 1997       --           217(r)      217
 Sunterra Resorts Coral
 Reef.........................  Miami Beach, Florida          December  1997       --            46(s)       46

       TOTAL................................................................    -----         -----       -----
OTHER SUNTERRA AFFILIATED                                                       1,778         1,764       3,542
 RESORTS
 Tahoe Seasons(t).............  South Lake Tahoe, California  February  1997       21            --          21
 Other(u).....................                                                     --            --          --
                                                                                -----         -----       -----
       TOTAL................................................................       21            --          21
EMBASSY VACATION RESORTS
 Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu
 Point(v).....................  Kauai, Hawaii                 November  1994      219(w)         --         219
 Embassy Vacation Resort Grand
 Beach........................  Orlando, Florida              January   1995      126           248(x)      374
 Embassy Vacation Resort Lake
 Tahoe........................  South Lake Tahoe, California  May       1996      102           108(y)      210
 Embassy Vacation Resort
 Kaanapali Beach(z)...........  Maui, Hawaii                  November  1997       --           157(z)      157

       TOTAL................................................................    -----         -----       -----
WESTIN VACATION CLUB                                                              447           513         960
 Westin Vacation Club St.
 John(aa).....................  St. John, U.S. Virgin         May       1997       48            48          96(bb)
                                Islands
                                                                                -----         -----       -----
       TOTAL................................................................       48            48          96
                                                                                -----         -----       -----
 TOTAL VACATION UNITS AND VACATION INTERVALS................................    2,294         2,325       4,619

                                          VACATION INTERVAL
                                         INVENTORY AT RESORT
                                -------------------------------------
                                  CURRENT       POTENTIAL
            RESORT              INVENTORY(C)   EXPANSION(D)    TOTAL
------------------------------  ------------   ------------   -------
SUNTERRA RESORTS
 Sunterra Resorts Cypress
 Pointe.......................        779         14,076(e)    14,855
 Sunterra Resorts The
 Plantation at Fall Creek.....      1,116         14,586(f)    15,702
 Sunterra Resorts Royal
 Dunes........................        165            765(g)       930
 Sunterra Resorts San Luis
 Bay..........................      1,443          1,632(h)     3,075
 Sunterra Resorts Royal Palm
 Beach........................        842             --          842

 Sunterra Resorts Flamingo
 Beach........................      1,337          4,335(j)     5,672

 Sunterra Resorts Scottsdale
 Villa Mirage.................        446          5,304(k)     5,750
 Sunterra Resorts The Ridge on
 Sedona Golf..................         90          5,406(l)     5,496
 Sunterra Resorts Sedona
 Springs......................         61             --           61
 Sunterra Resorts Sedona
 Summit.......................        602             --          602
 Sunterra Resorts Villas at
 Poco Diablo..................         71             --           71
 Sunterra Resorts Villas of
 Sedona.......................        220             --          220
 Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at
 Lake Arrowhead(m)............         92             --           92
 Sunterra Resorts Tahoe Beach
 & Ski........................        634             --          634
 Sunterra Resorts Villas on
 the Lake.....................      1,111          3,264(n)     4,375
 Sunterra Resorts Powhatan
 Plantation...................        913          4,131(o)     5,044
 Sunterra Resorts Greensprings
 Plantation...................        819         21,624(p)    22,443
 Sunterra Resorts The Savoy on
 South Beach..................      2,040          1,428(q)     3,468
 Sunterra Resorts Bent Creek
 Golf Village.................         --         11,067(r)    11,067
 Sunterra Resorts Coral
 Reef.........................         --          2,346(s)     2,346
                                   ------         ------      -------
       TOTAL..................     12,781         89,964      102,745
OTHER SUNTERRA AFFILIATED
 RESORTS
 Tahoe Seasons(t).............        201             --          201
 Other(u).....................         62             --           62
                                   ------         ------      -------
       TOTAL..................        263             --          263
EMBASSY VACATION RESORTS
 Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu
 Point(v).....................      8,512             --        8,512
 Embassy Vacation Resort Grand
 Beach........................      1,913         12,648(x)    14,561
 Embassy Vacation Resort Lake
 Tahoe........................      3,984          5,508(y)     9,492
 Embassy Vacation Resort
 Kaanapali Beach(z)...........         --          8,007(z)     8,007
                                   ------         ------      -------
       TOTAL..................     14,409         26,163       40,572
WESTIN VACATION CLUB
 Westin Vacation Club St.
 John(aa).....................      1,715          2,448        4,163
                                   ------         ------      -------
       TOTAL..................      1,715          2,448        4,163
 TOTAL VACATION UNITS AND          ------         ------      -------
   VACATION INTERVALS.........     29,168        118,575      147,743

9

                                                                                                                    VACATION POINTS
                                                                                        UNITS AT RESORT               AT RESORT
                                                                              -----------------------------------   -------------
                                                                   DATE                       POTENTIAL                CURRENT
            RESORT                        LOCATION               ACQUIRED     CURRENT(dd)   EXPANSION(ee)   TOTAL   INVENTORY(ff)
------------------------------  ----------------------------  --------------  -----------   -------------   -----   -------------

GRAND VACATION CLUB RESORTS(cc)
 The Alpine Club..............  Schladming, Austria           August    1997        68             --          68
 Club del Carmen..............  Lanzarote, Canary Islands     August    1997        67             --          67
 Flanesford Priory Country
 Estate.......................  Herefordshire, England        August    1997        16             --          16
 Los Amigos Beach Club........  Costa del Sol, Spain          August    1997       140             50         190
 Pine Lake Resort.............  Lancashire, England           August    1997       100             --         100
 Royal Oasis Club at Benal
 Beach........................  Costa del Sol, Spain          August    1997       108             --         108
 Royal Oasis Club at La
 Quinta.......................  Costa del Sol, Spain          August    1997        68             --          68
 White Sands Beach Club.......  Menorca, Balearic Islands     August    1997        48             --          48
 White Sands Country Club.....  Menorca, Balearic Islands     August    1997        51             --          51
 Woodford Bridge Country
 Club.........................  North Devon, England          August    1997        72             50         122
 Wychnor Park Country Club....  Stratfordshire, England       August    1997        44             20          64     461,473
 Burnside Park Owners Club....  Lancashire, England           December  1997        14             --          14
 Kenmore Club.................  Perthshire, Scotland          December  1997        26             --          26
 Los Claveles.................  Tenerife, Canary Islands      December  1997         5             --           5
 Le Moulin de Connelles.......  Normandy, France              December  1997         3             --           3
 Playa Paraiso................  Mallorca, Spain               December  1997         3             --           3
 Royal Sunset Beach Club......  Tenerife, Canary Islands      December  1997       126             --         126
 Royal Tenerife Country
 Club.........................  Tenerife, Canary Islands      December  1997        77             --          77
 Sahara Sunset Club...........  Costa del Sol, Spain          December  1997       150             --         150
 Sunset Bay Club..............  Tenerife, Canary Islands      December  1997       206             --         206
 Sunset Harbour Club..........  Tenerife, Canary Islands      December  1997       124             --         124
 Malibu Village...............  Roussilon, France             December  1997         3             --           3
 Marina Baie des Anges........  Nice, France                  December  1997        22             --          22
                                                                                 -----          -----       -----
       TOTAL..................                                                   1,541            120       1,661

VACATION INTERNATIONALE
 RESORTS
 Clock Tower..................  Whistler, British Columbia    November  1997        15             --          15
 Sea Mountain.................  Big Island, Hawaii            November  1997        28             --          28
 Elkhorn Village..............  Sun Valley, Idaho             November  1997        20             --          20
 Embarcadero..................  Newport, Oregon               November  1997        41             --          41
 Fairway Villa................  Oahu, Hawaii                  November  1997        19             --          19
 Hololani.....................  Maui, Hawaii                  November  1997         9             --           9
 Kapaa Shore..................  Kauai, Hawaii                 November  1997        14             --          14
 Kihei Kai Nani...............  Maui, Hawaii                  November  1997         6             --           6
 Kingsbury....................  Stateline, Nevada             November  1997        20             --          20
 Oasis Resort.................  Palm Springs, California      November  1997       116             --         116
 Marina Inn...................  Oceanside, California         November  1997         7             --           7     138,081
 Papakea......................  Maui, Hawaii                  November  1997        25             --          25
 Point Brown Resort...........  Ocean Shores, Washington      November  1997        24             --          24
 Pono Kai.....................  Kauai, Hawaii                 November  1997        22             --          22
 Royal Kuhio..................  Oahu, Hawaii                  November  1997        14             --          14
 Sea Village..................  Big Island, Hawaii            November  1997        51             --          51
 The Pines....................  Sunriver, Oregon              November  1997        68             --          68
 The Village at Steamboat.....  Steamboat Springs, Colorado   November  1997        26            263         289
 Torres Mazatlan..............  Mazatlan, Mexico              November  1997       126             --         126
 Vallarta Torre...............  Puerto Vallarta, Mexico       November  1997        64             --          64
 Valley Isle..................  Maui, Hawaii                  November  1997        21             --          21
                                                                                 -----          -----       -----
       TOTAL..................                                                     736            263         999

                                  VACATION POINTS
                                       AT RESORT
                                -----------------------
                                  POTENTIAL
            RESORT              EXPANSION(GG)    TOTAL
------------------------------  -------------   -------
GRAND VACATION CLUB
 RESORTS(CC)
 The Alpine Club..............
 Club del Carmen..............
 Flanesford Priory Country
 Estate.......................
 Los Amigos Beach Club........
 Pine Lake Resort.............
 Royal Oasis Club at Benal
 Beach........................
 Royal Oasis Club at La
 Quinta.......................
 White Sands Beach Club.......
 White Sands Country Club.....
 Woodford Bridge Country
 Club.........................
 Wychnor Park Country Club....    276,000       737,473
 Burnside Park Owners Club....
 Kenmore Club.................
 Los Claveles.................
 Le Moulin de Connelles.......
 Playa Paraiso................
 Royal Sunset Beach Club......
 Royal Tenerife Country
 Club.........................
 Sahara Sunset Club...........
 Sunset Bay Club..............
 Sunset Harbour Club..........
 Malibu Village...............
 Marina Baie des Anges........
       TOTAL..................
VACATION INTERNATIONALE
 RESORTS
 Clock Tower..................
 Sea Mountain.................
 Elkhorn Village..............
 Embarcadero..................
 Fairway Villa................
 Hololani.....................
 Kapaa Shore..................
 Kihei Kai Nani...............
 Kingsbury....................
 Oasis Resort.................
 Marina Inn...................  1,192,626       1,330,707
 Papakea......................
 Point Brown Resort...........
 Pono Kai.....................
 Royal Kuhio..................
 Sea Village..................
 The Pines....................
 The Village at Steamboat.....
 Torres Mazatlan..............
 Vallarta Torre...............
 Valley Isle..................
       TOTAL..................

10


(a) Current units at each resort represents only those units that have received their certificate of occupancy as of December 31, 1997. The Company generally is able to sell 51 Vacation Intervals with respect to each unit at its resorts (the 52nd week is generally utilized for maintenance).

(b) Potential expansion units at each resort includes, as of December 31, 1997,
(i) units then under construction that have not yet received their certificate of occupancy and (ii) units planned to be developed on land then owned by the Company or under option to be acquired which have not yet received their certificate of occupancy and which were not then under construction.

(c) Current inventory of Vacation Intervals at each resort represents only those unsold Vacation Intervals that have received their certificate of occupancy as of December 31, 1997.

(d) Potential expansion of Vacation Intervals at each resort includes, as of December 31, 1997, (i) Vacation Intervals then under development that have not yet received their certificate of occupancy and (ii) Vacation Interval development potential on land then owned by the Company or under option to be acquired which have not yet received their certificate of occupancy and which were not then under construction.

(e) Includes an estimated 276 units which the Company plans to construct on land which it owns at the Sunterra Resorts Cypress Pointe and for which all necessary governmental approvals and permits (except building permits) have been obtained. Should the Company elect to construct a higher percentage of three bedroom units, rather than its current planned mix of one, two and three bedroom units, the actual number of planned units will be lower than is indicated above.

(f) Includes an estimated 270 units which the Company plans to construct on land that it acquired in September 1997. An additional 16 units were completed during the first quarter 1998.

(g) Includes the construction of 15 units that were completed in the first quarter 1998.

(h) Includes an estimated 32 units currently under construction which should be completed during the third quarter of 1998. The Company is considering the acquisition of additional land near the Sunterra Resorts San Luis Bay for the addition of an estimated 100 units, but has yet to enter into an agreement with respect to such land or to obtain any of the necessary governmental approvals and permits for such proposed expansion.

(i) The Company has not committed to any expansion of the Sunterra Resorts Royal Palm Beach. The Company is considering the acquisition of additional land adjacent to the Sunterra Resorts Royal Palm Beach for the addition of an estimated 60 units (and a corresponding number of Vacation Intervals) but has yet to enter into an agreement with respect to such additional land or to obtain the necessary governmental approvals and permits for such expansion.

(j) In May 1996, the Company acquired a five-acre parcel of land adjacent to the Sunterra Resorts Flamingo Beach on which, as of December 31, 1997, the Company planned to develop approximately 85 units (and create a corresponding number of Vacation Intervals). During the first quarter of 1998, the Company increased the number of units to be developed on such land from 85 to 127. The Company plans to begin construction on 10 units during the second quarter 1998.

(k) Includes 64 units currently under construction and scheduled to be completed during the second quarter of 1998. The Company plans to commence construction on an additional 40 units during 1999. All necessary discretionary approvals and permits have been received for all units to be constructed at the resort.

(l) Construction began in December 1996 on Sunterra Resorts The Ridge on Sedona Golf, which, upon completion, will consist of 118 units. The first 12 units received certificates of occupancy during the fourth quarter 1997. Currently, 22 of the additional 106 units are under construction and scheduled to be completed during the third quarter of 1998. Governmental approvals and permits have not been sought or received for the remaining planned 84 units. Vacation Interval sales began in May 1997.

(m) The Company owns or has the power to vote 80% of the partnership interests of Trion Capital Corporation. Trion is the General Partner of Arrowhead Capital Partners, L.P., which is the developer of Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at Lake Arrowhead. The General Partner is entitled to receive 1% of the profits of Arrowhead Capital Partners, L.P., but under certain circumstances, is entitled to receive substantially higher profits. AVCOM has an exclusive sales and marketing contract for sales at Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at Lake Arrowhead, and is the property manager of the resort. Although Arrowhead Capital Partners, L.P. owns undeveloped land and buildings under construction at the Sunterra Resorts NorthBay at Lake Arrowhead, no definitive expansion plans have been made.

(n) Sunterra Resorts Villas on the Lake consists of 37 existing units purchased in February 1996 currently in the final phase of renovation. Land included in the initial purchase is able to accommodate construction of an additional 64 units in Phase II. The Phase II construction is scheduled to begin during the second quarter of 1998 and all necessary discretionary government approvals and permits have been received for the additional 64 units.

(o) Includes 14 units that were completed during the fourth quarter of 1997 but did not receive certificates of occupancy until the first quarter of 1998. The Company's development schedule for the remaining 67 units will be determined based on market demand and other factors.

(p) Includes 30 units that were completed and received certificates of occupancy during the first quarter 1998. The Company's development schedule for the remaining 394 units will be determined based on market demand and other factors.

(q) Construction of an additional 28 units is scheduled to begin during the second quarter of 1998.

(r) The Company acquired the Sunterra Resorts Bent Creek Golf Village and surrounding property in September 1997. The Company plans to convert the property into 108 units and develop an additional 109 units. Construction of four units is in process and sales are expected to begin in the second quarter of 1998.

(s) In December 1997, the Company purchased a 46 unit apartment complex which it plans to convert to vacation ownership. The property is already registered and renovations are scheduled to begin during the second quarter of 1998.

(t) Prior to being acquired by the Company, AVCOM purchased a portfolio of 1,057 defaulted consumer notes at the Tahoe Seasons Resort in March 1996 which are secured by Vacation Intervals. Of the notes purchased, 414 notes have been converted to inventory of which 160 Vacation Intervals have been sold by the Company and 41 of the notes have been reaffirmed by the original buyers. The Company intends to continue foreclosing on the remaining notes and acquiring clear title to the applicable Vacation Intervals.

(u) Includes weekly intervals owned by the Company at three additional properties that are not owned or managed by the Company.

(v) The Company acquired a 30.43% partnership interest in the Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu Point in November 1994. The Company owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the partnership interests in one of the two co-managing general partners of Poipu Resort Partners L.P., a Hawaii limited partnership ("Poipu Partnership"), the partnership which owns the Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu Point. The managing general partner owned by the Company holds a 0.5% partnership interest for purposes of distributions, profits and losses. The Company also holds a 29.93% limited partnership interest in the Poipu Partnership for purposes of distributions, profits and losses, for a total partnership interest of 30.43%. In addition, following repayment of any outstanding partner loans, the Company is entitled to receive a 10% per annum return on the Founders' and certain former limited partners' initial capital investment of approximately $4.6 million in the Poipu Partnership.

11

After payment of such preferred return and the return of approximately $4.6 million of capital to the Company on a pari passu basis with the other general partner in the partnership, the Company is entitled to receive approximately 50% of the net profits of the Poipu Partnership. In the event certain internal rates of return specified in the Poipu Partnership agreement are achieved, the Company is entitled to receive approximately 55% of the net profits of the Poipu Partnership.

(w) Includes 179 units that the Company currently rents on a nightly basis, pending their sale as Vacation Intervals.

(x) The Company is currently constructing 30 units which are expected to be completed during the third quarter of 1998. The Company has received all necessary governmental approvals and permits to construct an additional 218 units on land which it owns at the Embassy Vacation Resort Grand Beach (excluding building permits which have not yet been applied for by the Company). The Company plans to apply for and obtain these building permits on a building-by-building basis.

(y) The Company has received all necessary governmental approvals and permits (excluding building permits which the Company intends to apply for and obtain on a phase-by-phase basis) to construct an additional estimated 108 units on land that it owns at the Embassy Vacation Resort Lake Tahoe. The Company, subject to market demand, currently plans to commence construction of an additional 40 of such units in the second quarter of each of 1998 and 1999 and the remaining 28 units commencing in May 2000.

(z) In November 1997, a partnership of which the Company is a managing general partner acquired the Embassy Suites Resort at Kaanapali Beach, Maui, Hawaii. A subsidiary of the Company owns a 24% partnership interest in the acquiring entity. The Company intends to convert 157 of the 413 suites at the resort into vacation ownership units. Sales are expected to commence during the second quarter of 1998.

(aa) The Company owns 50% of the entity which has acquired the unsold Vacation Intervals at this resort. The acquisition closed in May of 1997 and sales of Vacation Intervals commenced in the fourth quarter of 1997.

(bb) Includes 48 units which are completed and in sales. Also includes an additional 48 units which will require the installation of utilities, furniture, fixtures and equipment, and interior finishes before occupancy. The Company currently anticipates beginning the renovation of such 48 additional units during the second quarter of 1998 and completing all renovations by year-end 1998. The Company also owns adjacent land at the St. John resort which may accommodate the development of additional units but with respect to which no permits or approvals have been sought or obtained. The Company has not yet determined the number of potential additional units which may be constructed on such adjacent land or the timing of such potential development.

(cc) Includes resorts acquired as a result of the Global Acquisition.

(dd) Represents the aggregate number of units and Vacation Intervals (as opposed to Vacation Points) within the Company's Grand Vacation Club system and the VTS Program. Certain of these resorts are not wholly-owned by the Company and current units at these resorts represent only those units owned by the Company.

(ee) Potential expansion units at each resort includes, as of December 31, 1997, (i) units currently under construction that have not yet received their certificate of occupancy (or other equivalent certificate) and (ii) units planned to be developed on land currently owned by Grand Vacation Club or VI or under option to be acquired which have not yet received their certificate of occupancy (or other equivalent certificate) and which are not currently under construction.

(ff) Current inventory of Vacation Points represents, as of December 31, 1997, the number of unsold Vacation Points in the Grand Vacation Club system and VTS Program, as well as the number of points allocable to current unit inventory owned by LSI or VI but not yet contributed to the Grand Vacation Club system or VTS Program, respectively.

(gg) Potential expansion of Vacation Points represents, as of December 31, 1997, the estimated number of Vacation Points assignable to potential expansion units within the Grand Vacation Club system and the VTS Program.

12

The following table sets forth certain information, as of December 31, 1997, with respect to the Company's resorts owned on such date. All of the units are fully-furnished, including telephones, televisions, VCRs and stereos, and all but the studio units feature full kitchens. Most of the units contain a washer and dryer, microwave and private outdoor barbecue grill. Many units also include a private deck.

                                                                                                 RESORT AMENITIES
                                                        TYPES OF UNITS OFFERED     --------------------------------------------
                                                      --------------------------            SWIMMING   WHIRLPOOL/   RESTAURANT/
         RESORTS                   LOCATION            S   1BR   2BR   3BR   4BR   TENNIS     POOL      JACUZZI       LOUNGE
         -------                   --------           ---  ---   ---   ---   ---   ------   --------   ----------   -----------
SUNTERRA RESORTS:
Sunterra Resorts Cypress   Lake Buena Vista, Florida   X   X     X     X            X        X           X
  Pointe
Sunterra Resorts The       Branson, Missouri           X   X     X                  X        X           X            X
  Plantation at Fall
  Creek
Sunterra Resorts Royal     Hilton Head, South                          X                     X           X
  Dunes                    Carolina
Sunterra Resorts San Luis  Avila Beach, California     X   X                                 X           X            X
  Bay
Sunterra Resorts Royal     St. Maarten, Netherlands        X     X     X                     X                        X
  Palm Beach               Antilles
Sunterra Resorts Flamingo  St. Maarten, Netherlands    X   X                        X        X                        X
  Beach                    Antilles
Sunterra Resorts           Scottsdale, Arizona         X   X     X                           X           X            X
  Scottsdale Villa Mirage
Sunterra Resorts The       Sedona, Arizona             X   X     X                  X        X           X            X
  Ridge on Sedona Golf
Sunterra Resorts Sedona    Sedona, Arizona             X   X     X                  X        X
  Springs
Sunterra Resorts Sedona    Sedona, Arizona             X   X     X                           X           X
  Summit
Sunterra Resorts Villas    Sedona, Arizona             X   X                                 X           X
  at Poco Diablo
Sunterra Resorts Villas    Sedona, Arizona                 X     X                  X        X           X
  of Sedona
Sunterra Resorts NorthBay  Lake Arrowhead,             X   X     X                           X           X
  at Lake Arrowhead        California
Sunterra Resorts Tahoe     South Lake Tahoe,               X                                 X           X            X
  Beach and Ski            California
Sunterra Resorts Villas    Lake Conroe, Texas                    X     X                     X
  on the Lake
Sunterra Resorts Powhatan  Williamsburg, Virginia          X     X     X            X        X           X            X
  Plantation
Sunterra Resorts           Williamsburg, Virginia                X           X               X           X            X
  Greensprings Plantation
Sunterra Resorts The       Miami Beach, Florida        X   X     X                                       X            X
  Savoy on South Beach
Sunterra Resorts Bent      Gatlinburg, Tennessee       X   X                                 X                        X
  Creek Golf Village
Sunterra Resorts Coral     Miami Beach, Florida        X   X                                 X
  Reef

OTHER SUNTERRA AFFILIATED
  RESORTS:
Tahoe Seasons              South Lake Tahoe,           X   X     X     X                     X           X            X
                           California

EMBASSY VACATION RESORTS:
Embassy Vacation Resort    Kauai, Hawaii                         X     X            X        X           X
  Poipu Point
Embassy Vacation Resort    Orlando, Florida                            X                     X           X
  Grand Beach
Embassy Vacation Resort    South Lake Tahoe,           X   X                                 X           X            X
  Lake Tahoe               California
Embassy Vacation Resort    Maui, Hawaii,                   X     X                           X           X            X
  Kaanapali Beach

WESTIN VACATION CLUB:
Westin Vacation Club St.   St. John, U.S. Virgin       X   X     X     X            X        X           X            X
  John                     Islands

13

                                                                                                 RESORT AMENITIES
                                                        TYPES OF UNITS OFFERED     --------------------------------------------
                                                      --------------------------            SWIMMING   WHIRLPOOL/   RESTAURANT/
         RESORTS                   LOCATION            S   1BR   2BR   3BR   4BR   TENNIS     POOL      JACUZZI       LOUNGE
         -------                   --------           ---  ---   ---   ---   ---   ------   --------   ----------   -----------
GRAND VACATION CLUB RESORTS:
The Alpine Club            Schladming, Austria         X   X     X                  X        X           X            X
Burnside Park Owners Club  Lancashire, England
Club del Carmen            Lanzarote, Canary Islands       X     X                           X           X            X
Flanesford Priory Country  Herefordshire, England      X   X     X     X
  Estate
Kenmore Club               Loch Tay, Scotland              X     X     X            X        X           X            X
Los Claveles               Tenerife, Canary Islands    X   X     X                           X                        X
Le Moulin de Connelles     Normandy, France            X   X     X                  X        X                        X
Los Amigos Beach Club      Costa del Sol, Spain        X   X     X     X            X        X           X            X
Malibu Village             Roussilon, France
Marina Baie des Anges      Nice, France                X   X     X                  X        X                        X
Pine Lake Resort           Lancashire, England         X         X                  X        X           X            X
Playa Paraiso              Mallorca, Spain                             X
Royal Oasis Club at Benal  Costa del Sol, Spain            X     X                           X           X            X
  Beach
Royal Oasis Club at La     Costa del Sol, Spain            X     X                           X           X            X
  Quinta
Royal Sunset Beach Club    Tenerife, Canary Islands    X   X     X                           X           X            X
Royal Tenerife Country     Tenerife, Canary Islands        X     X                  X        X                        X
  Club
Sahara Sunset Club         Costa del Sol, Spain        X   X     X                           X           X            X
Sunset Bay Club            Tenerife, Canary Islands    X   X     X     X                     X                        X
Sunset Harbor Club         Tenerife, Canary Islands    X   X     X                           X                        X
White Sands Beach Club     Menorca, Spain                  X     X     X                     X           X            X
White Sands Country Club   Menorca, Spain                  X     X     X                     X
Woodford Bridge Country    North Devon, England        X   X     X                           X           X            X
  Club
Wychnor Park Country Club  Stratfordshire, England         X     X     X            X        X           X            X

VACATION INTERNATIONALE:
Clock Tower Village        Whistler, British           X   X
                           Columbia
Sea Mountain               Big Island, Hawaii          X   X     X                  X        X           X
Elkhorn Village            Sun Valley, Idaho           X   X     X                  X        X           X            X
Embarcadero                Newport, Oregon             X   X     X                           X           X            X
Fairway Villa              Oahu, Hawaii                X   X     X                           X
Hololani                   Maui, Hawaii                          X                           X
Kapaa Shore                Kauai, Hawaii                   X     X                  X        X           X
Kihei Kai Nani             Maui, Hawaii                    X                                 X
Kingsbury of Tahoe         Stateline, Nevada                     X     X            X                    X
The Oasis Resort           Palm Springs, California    X   X     X                  X        X           X
Marina Inn                 Oceanside, California           X     X                           X           X
Papakea                    Maui, Hawaii                X   X                        X        X           X
Point Brown Resort         Ocean Shores, Washington        X     X     X                     X           X
Pono Kai                   Kauai, Hawaii                   X     X                  X        X           X
Royal Kuhio                Oahu, Hawaii                    X                                 X
Sea Village                Big Island, Hawaii              X     X                  X        X           X
The Pines                  Sunriver, Oregon            X   X     X                  X        X           X
The Village at Steamboat   Steamboat Springs,          X   X     X                  X        X           X
                           Colorado
Torres Mazatlan            Mazatlan, Mexico                X     X     X            X        X           X            X
Vallarte Torre             Puerto Vallarta, Mexico         X     X     X                     X           X            X
Valley Isle                Maui, Hawaii                X   X     X                           X                        X

14

CUSTOMER FINANCING

A typical Vacation Interval entitles the buyer to a one-week per year stay at one of the Company's resorts and ranges in price from approximately $6,000 to $8,000 for a studio residence to approximately $12,000 to $25,000 for a three bedroom residence. The Company offers consumer financing to the purchasers of vacation interests at the Company's resort locations who make a down payment generally equal to at least 10% of the purchase price. This financing generally bears interest at fixed rates and is collateralized by a first mortgage on the underlying vacation interest.

The Company has entered into agreements with lenders for the Company's financing of customer receivables. At December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately $199 million of additional borrowing capacity available.

At December 31, 1997, the Company's mortgage portfolio included approximately 37,000 promissory notes totaling approximately $355 million, with a stated maturity of typically seven to ten years and a weighted average interest rate of 14.4% per annum. As of December 31, 1997, approximately 4.6% of the Company's consumer loans were considered by the Company to be delinquent (scheduled payment past due by 60 or more days). The Company had completed or commenced foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure (which is typically commenced once a scheduled payment is more than 120 days past due) on an additional approximately 2.2% of its consumer loans. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross mortgages receivable was 6.5%, which management believes is an adequate reserve for expected loan losses.

The Company has historically derived income from its financing activities. Because the Company's borrowings bear interest at variable rates and the Company's loans to purchasers of Vacation Intervals bear interest at fixed rates, the Company bears the risk of increases in interest rates with respect to the loans it has from its lenders. The Company may engage in interest rate hedging activities from time to time in order to reduce the risk and impact of increases in interest rates with respect to such loans, but there can be no assurance that any such hedging activity will be adequate at any time to fully protect the Company from any adverse changes in interest rates.

The Company also bears the risk of purchaser default. The Company's practice has been to continue to accrue interest on its loans to purchasers of Vacation Intervals until such loans are deemed to be uncollectible (which is generally 120 days after the date a scheduled payment is due), at which point it expenses the interest accrued on such loan, commences foreclosure proceedings and, upon obtaining title, returns the Vacation Interval or Vacation Points to the Company's inventory for resale. The Company closely monitors its loan accounts and determines whether to foreclose on a case-by-case basis.

LSI currently contracts with a third-party bank to provide financing to purchasers of points in its Grand Vacation Club. LSI is paid an upfront commission of approximately 14% (which includes a 1% commission contingent on the Company meeting certain volume thresholds) of the principal amount of eligible consumer loans on a non-recourse basis.

SALES AND MARKETING

As the world's largest vacation ownership company, as measured by the number of resort locations, the Company believes that it has acquired the skill and expertise in the development, management and operation of vacation ownership resorts and in the marketing of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. The Company's primary means of selling Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points is through on-site sales forces at each of its resorts. A variety of marketing programs are employed to generate prospects for these sales efforts, which include targeted mailings, overnight mini-vacation packages, gift certificates, seminars and various destination-specific local marketing efforts. Additionally, incentive premiums are offered to guests to encourage resort tours, in the form of entertainment tickets, hotel stays, gift certificates or free meals. The Company's sales process is tailored to each prospective buyer based upon the marketing program that brought the prospective buyer to the resort for a sales presentation. Prospective target customers are identified through various means of profiling, and are intended to include current owners of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. Cross-

15

marketing targets current owners of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points at the Company's resort locations, both to sell additional Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points at the owner's home resort, or to sell a Vacation Interval or Vacation Points at another of the Company's resort locations. The Company also sells Vacation Points through 13 off-site sales centers.

ACQUISITION PROCESS

The Company obtains information with respect to resort acquisition opportunities through interaction by the Company's management team with resort operators, real estate brokers, lodging companies or financial institutions with which the Company has established business relationships. From time to time, the Company is also contacted by lenders and property owners who are aware of the Company's development, management, operations and sales expertise with respect to Vacation Interval and Vacation Point properties.

The Company has expertise in all areas of resort development including, but not limited to, architecture, construction, finance, management, operations and sales. With relatively little lead time, the Company is able to analyze potential acquisition and development opportunities. After completing an analysis of the prospective market and the general parameters of the property or the site, the Company generates a conceptual design to determine the extent of physical construction or renovation that can occur on the site in accordance with the requirements of the local governing agencies. For most properties, the predominant factors in determining the physical design of the site include density of units, maximum construction height, land coverage and parking requirements. Following the preparation of such a conceptual design, the Company analyzes other aspects of the development process, such as construction cost and phasing, to match the projected sales flow in the relevant market. At this stage of analysis, the Company compares sales, construction cost and phasing, debt and equity structure, cash flow, financing and overall project cost to the acquisition cost. The Company's procedures when considering a potential acquisition are generally set forth below.

Economic and Demographic Analysis. To evaluate the primary economic and demographic indicators for the resort area, the Company considers the following factors, among others, in determining the viability of a potential new vacation ownership resort in a particular location: (i) supply/demand ratio for vacation ownership resorts in the relevant market, (ii) the market's growth as a vacation destination, (iii) the ease of converting a hotel or condominium property into a vacation ownership resort location and the resulting demand for the converted units, (iv) the availability of additional land at or nearby the property for future development and expansion, (v) competitive accommodation alternatives in the market, (vi) uniqueness of location, and (vii) barriers to entry that would limit competition. The Company examines the competitive environment in which the proposed resort is located and all existing or to-be-developed resorts. In addition, information respecting characteristics, amenities and financial information at competitive resorts is collected and organized. This information is used to assess the potential to increase revenues at the resort by making capital improvements.

Pro Forma Operating Budget. The Company develops a comprehensive pro forma budget for the resort location, utilizing available financial information in addition to the other information collected from a variety of sources. The estimated sales of units are examined, including the management fees associated with such unit. Finally, the potential for overall capital appreciation and alternate uses of the resort are considered, including the prospects for obtaining liquidity through sale or refinancing of the resort location.

Environmental and Legal Review. In conjunction with each prospective acquisition or development, the Company conducts real estate and legal due diligence on the property. This due diligence includes an environmental investigation and report by environmental consulting firms. The Company also obtains a land survey of the property and inspection reports from licensed engineers or contractors on the physical condition of the resort. In addition, the Company conducts customary real estate due diligence, including the review of title documents, operating leases and contracts, zoning, and governmental permits and licenses and a determination of whether the property is in compliance with applicable laws.

16

OTHER OPERATIONS

Room Rental Operations. In order to generate additional revenue at certain of its resorts that have rentable inventory of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points, the Company rents units with respect to such unsold or unused Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points for use as a hotel. The Company offers these unoccupied units both through direct consumer sales, travel agents and/or vacation package wholesalers. In addition to providing the Company with supplemental revenue, the Company believes its room-rental operations provide it with a good source of lead generation for the sale of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. As part of the management services provided by the Company to Vacation Interval and Vacation Points owners, the Company receives a fee for services provided to rent an owner's Vacation Interval in the event the owner is unable to use or exchange the Vacation Interval. In addition, the Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu Point was acquired as a traditional resort condominium and the Sunterra Resorts Carambola Beach and Embassy Vacation Resort Kaanapali Beach were acquired as traditional hotels, with the intention of converting each such resort location to a vacation ownership property. Until such time as a unit at each resort is sold as Vacation Intervals, the Company continues (or will continue) to rent such unit on a nightly basis. In the future, other acquired resorts may be operated in this fashion during the start-up of Vacation Interval sales.

Resort Management. The Company's resorts are (i) generally managed by the Company pursuant to management agreements with homeowner associations with respect to each of the Company's Sunterra Resorts, (ii) managed by Promus pursuant to management agreements with the Company with respect to the Company's Grand Beach and Lake Tahoe Embassy Vacation Resorts are managed by Westin with respect to the Westin Vacation Club resort. The Company manages 27 of its Sunterra Resorts, two of its Embassy Vacation Resorts, 19 of its VI resorts and 17 of its Grand Vacation Club resorts. The Company's Marc Resorts subsidiary manages units at an additional 22 resorts in Hawaii. The remaining resort locations are managed by third party management companies. The Company pays Promus a licensing fee of 2% of Vacation Interval sales at the Embassy Vacation Resorts.

At each of the Company's managed resort locations, the Company enters into a management agreement to provide for management and maintenance of the resort. Pursuant to each such management agreement the Company is typically paid a monthly management fee equal to 10% of monthly maintenance fees. The management agreements are typically for a three-year period, renewable annually automatically unless notice of non-renewal is given by either party. Pursuant to each management agreement, the Company has sole responsibility and exclusive authority for all activities necessary for the day-to-day operation of the managed resort locations, including administrative services, procurement of inventories and supplies and promotion and publicity. With respect to each managed resort location, the Company also obtains comprehensive and general public liability insurance, all-risk property insurance, business interruption insurance and such other insurance as is customarily obtained for similar properties. The Company also provides all managerial and other employees necessary for the managed resort locations, including review of the operation and maintenance of the resorts, preparation of reports, budgets and projections, employee training, and the provision of certain in-house legal services. At the Company's Grand Beach and Lake Tahoe Embassy Vacation Resorts, Promus provides these services.

LSI manages each resort in its Grand Vacation Club pursuant to contracts which typically provide for a management fee of 15% of monthly maintenance fees to be paid to LSI.

VACATION INTERVAL OWNERSHIP

The purchase of a Vacation Interval typically entitles the buyer to use a fully-furnished vacation residence, generally for a one-week period each year, in perpetuity. Typically, the buyer acquires an ownership interest in the vacation residence, which is often held as tenant in common with other buyers of interests in the property.

The owners of Vacation Intervals manage the property through a non-profit homeowners' association, which is governed by a board consisting of representatives of the developer and owners of Vacation Intervals at the resort. The board hires an agent, delegating many of the rights and responsibilities of the homeowners'

17

association to a management company, as described above, including grounds landscaping, security, housekeeping and operating supplies, garbage collection, utilities, insurance, laundry and repair and maintenance.

Each vacation interest owner is required to pay the homeowners' association a share of all costs of maintaining the property. These charges can consist of an annual maintenance fee plus applicable real estate taxes (generally $300 to $700 per interval) and special assessments, assessed on an as-needed basis. If the owner does not pay such charges, the owner's use rights may be suspended and the homeowners' association may foreclose on the owner's Vacation Interval.

POINTS-BASED VACATION OWNERSHIP PROGRAMS

In general, under a points-based system, owners (usually referred to as members) purchase points which act as an annual currency entitlement for occupancy rights at any of the club's participating resorts. The Company's Club Sunterra points-based system will operate on a basis very similar to the standard vacation interval ownership structure in that members have a home resort, and have a deeded, fee-simple interest in a particular unit at that home resort. The advantages of a points-based system relate to the flexibility given to members with respect to the usage of their points versus the usage of a traditional interval. In traditional interval ownership, owners can generally only use their interval for a one week stay in a specific unit size in a specific resort or exchange through an external exchange organization (i.e. RCI or II). Under a points-based system, members can select vacations according to their schedules and space needs, based on their available points. Owners can "spend" their points as they wish, for example using them all for one extended stay or dividing them up into multiple shorter stays. Owners may also choose between larger or smaller units which have different point values. (The number of points required for a stay varies depending upon a variety of factors, including the resort location, the size of the unit, the vacation season and the length of stay.) Additionally, in a points-based system, owners can redeem their points for a stay in any one of the resorts included in the club without having to exchange through an external exchange company such as RCI or II. Members of the proposed Club Sunterra points system will, however, be able to exchange through RCI or II for vacation stays at resorts outside of their club systems if they desire.

The Company currently operates two points-based vacation ownership programs: the Grand Vacation Club (consisting of the Company's 25 European resorts) and the VTS Program (consisting of 21 resorts in North America). Over time, the Company intends to continue its expansion of the Grand Vacation Club system in Europe. It also intends to integrate the VTS Program and the Company's 29 Sunterra Resorts into Club Sunterra. Club Sunterra will operate as an umbrella points-based vacation exchange program for its European and North American operations. In addition to attracting new owners, the Company will market Club Sunterra to its existing base of owner families.

PARTICIPATION IN VACATION INTEREST EXCHANGE NETWORKS

The Company believes that its vacation interests are made more attractive by the Company's participation in vacation interest exchange networks operated by RCI and II. In a 1997 study sponsored by ARDA, the exchange opportunity was cited by purchasers of vacation interests as one of the most significant factors in determining whether to purchase a vacation interest. Participation in RCI and II allows the Company's customers to exchange in a particular year their occupancy right in the unit in which they own a vacation interest for an occupancy right at the same time or a different time in another participating resort, based upon availability and the payment of a variable exchange fee. Members may exchange their vacation interests for occupancy rights in another participating resort by listing their vacation interests as available with the exchange organization and by requesting occupancy at another participating resort, indicating the particular resort or geographic area to which the member desires to travel, the size of the unit desired and the period during which occupancy is desired. Both RCI and II assign ratings to each listed vacation interest, based upon a number of factors, including the location and size of the unit, the quality of the resort and the period during which the vacation interest is available, and attempts to satisfy the exchange request by providing an occupancy right in another vacation interest with a similar rating. If RCI or II is unable to meet the member's initial request, it suggests alternative resorts based on availability.

18

Founded in 1974, RCI has grown to be the world's largest vacation interest exchange organization, which has a total of more than 3,000 participating resort facilities and over 2.2 million members worldwide. The cost of the annual membership fee in RCI, which typically is at the option and expense of the owner of the vacation interest, is $78 per year, plus an exchange fee of $110 and $145 for domestic and international exchanges, respectively. RCI has assigned high ratings to the vacation interests in the Company's resort locations, and such vacation interests have in the past been exchanged for vacation interests at other highly-rated member resorts. Established in 1976, II has more than 1,500 participating resort facilities and over 750,000 members worldwide. The cost of the annual membership fee in II, which typically is at the option and expense of the owner of the vacation interest, is $68 per year, plus an exchange fee of $99 and $119 for domestic and international exchanges, respectively. II has assigned high ratings to the vacation interests in the Company's resort properties, and such vacation interests have in the past been exchanged for vacation interests at other highly-rated member resorts.

COMPETITION

Although major lodging and hospitality companies such as Marriott, Disney, Hilton, Hyatt, Four Seasons and Inter-Continental, as well as Promus and Westin, have established or declared an intention to establish vacation ownership operations in the past decade, the industry remains largely unbranded and highly fragmented, with a vast majority of North America's approximately 2,000 vacation ownership resorts being owned and operated by smaller, regional companies. Many of these entities possess significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than those of the Company and may be able to grow at a more rapid rate than the Company as result.

The Company also competes with companies with non-branded resorts such as Central Florida Investments, Inc. ("CFI"), Vistana, Inc. ("Vistana"), Fairfield Communities, Inc. ("Fairfield"), Silverleaf Resorts, Inc. ("Silverleaf"), Trendwest Resorts, Inc. ("Trendwest") and ILX Incorporated ("ILX"). Under the terms of a five-year agreement, Promus and Vistana will jointly acquire, develop, manage and market vacation ownership resorts in North America under Promus brand names. As part of the agreement, Promus and Vistana will designate selected markets for development (which markets currently include Kissimmee, Florida and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina and in which markets Vistana will have exclusive development rights). The Company is not precluded from using the Embassy Vacation Resort name in connection with resorts acquired during the term of the agreement in markets not otherwise exclusive to Vistana. The Company has been identified by Promus as the only other licensee to whom Promus may license the Embassy Vacation Resort name. There can be no assurance that Promus will not grant other entities a license to develop Embassy Vacation Resorts or that Promus will not exercise its rights to terminate the Embassy Vacation Resort licenses.

As a result of the LSI and Global Acquisitions, the Company is also subject to competition in the European vacation ownership market, which is highly fragmented. In addition to LSI and the Global Group, there is one other operator in Europe operating multi-resort points clubs -- Club la Costa. LSI and the Global Group also have competition from individual vacation ownership resorts (including Marriott) in several of the areas in which it operates.

In addition, the Company also competes with the buyers of its Vacation Intervals who subsequently decide to resell those intervals. While the Company believes, based on experience at its resorts, that the market for resale of Vacation Intervals by buyers is presently limited, such resales are typically at prices substantially less than the original purchase price. The market price of Vacation Intervals sold by the Company at a given resort or by its competitors in the market in which each resort is located could be depressed by a substantial number of Vacation Intervals offered for resale.

GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION

General. The Company's marketing and sales of vacation interests are subject to extensive regulations by the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which its resort properties are located and in which vacation interests are marketed and sold. On a federal level, the Federal Trade Commission has

19

taken the most active regulatory role through the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or competition in interstate commerce. Other federal legislation to which the Company is or may be subject appears on the Truth-In-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, the Interstate and Land Sales Full Disclosure Act, Telephone Consumer Protection Act, Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, Fair Housing Act and the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and 1968. In addition, many states have adopted specific laws and regulations regarding the sale of vacation interest ownership programs. The laws of most states, including Florida, South Carolina and Hawaii require the Company to file with a designated state authority for its approval a detailed offering statement describing the Company and all material aspects of the project and sale of vacation interests. The laws of California require the Company to file numerous documents and supporting information with the California Department of Real Estate, the agency responsible for the regulation of vacation interests. When the California Department of Real Estate determines that a project has complied with California law, it will issue a public report for the project. The Company is required to deliver an offering statement or public report to all prospective purchasers of vacation interests, together with certain additional information concerning the terms of the purchase. The laws of Illinois, Florida, Hawaii and Virginia impose similar requirements. Laws in each state where the Company sells vacation interests generally grant the purchaser of a vacation interest the right to cancel a contract of purchase at any time within a period ranging from 3 to 15 calendar days following the earlier of the date the contract was signed or the date the purchaser has received the last of the documents required to be provided by the Company. Most states have other laws which regulate the Company's activities such as real estate licensure; sellers of travel licensure; anti-fraud laws; telemarketing laws; price gift and sweepstakes laws; and labor laws. The Company believes that it is in material compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations to which it is currently or may be subject. However, no assurance can be given that the cost of qualifying under vacation interest ownership regulations in all jurisdictions in which the Company desires to conduct sales will not be significant. Any failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could have material adverse effect on the Company.

In addition, certain state and local laws may impose liability on property developers with respect to construction defects discovered or repairs made by future owners of such property. Pursuant to such laws, future owners may recover from the Company amounts in connection with the repairs made to the developed property.

The marketing and sales of the Company's Grand Vacation Club points system and its other operations are subject to national and European regulation and legislation. Within the European Community (which includes all the countries in which the Company conducts its operations), the European Timeshare Directive of 1994 regulates vacation ownership activities. For it to have direct effect, the European Timeshare Directive must have been implemented by European Community Member States prior to May 1997. As of the date of this 10-K, Spain and France have not implemented the Directive. The terms of the Directive require the Company to issue a disclosure statement providing specific information about its resorts and its vacation ownership operations as well as making mandatory a 10 day rescission period and a prohibition on the taking of advance payments prior to the expiration of that rescission period. Member States are permitted to introduce legislation which is more protective of the consumer when implementing the European Timeshare Directive. In the United Kingdom, where the majority of the Company's marketing and sales operations take place, the Directive has been implemented by way of an amendment to the Timeshare Act 1992. In the United Kingdom, a 14 day rescission period is mandatory. There are other United Kingdom laws which the Company is or may be subject to including the Consumer Credit Act 1974, the Unfair Terms in Consumer Contracts Regulations 1995 and the Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours Regulations 1992. While Spain and France have no specific timeshare legislation, it is expected that they will implement the Timeshare Directive in the near future. Until they do so, however, the European Timeshare Directive has no direct effect in Spain or France. The Timeshare Act 1992 does appear to have extra-territorial effect in that United Kingdom resident purchasers buying timeshare in other European Economic Area States may rely upon it. All the countries in which the Company operates have consumer and other laws which regulate its activities in those countries. The Company is member of the Timeshare Council which is the United Kingdom's self regulating trade body for vacation ownership companies. As a member, it is

20

obligated to comply with all laws as well as with certain codes of conduct (including a code of conduct for the operating of points systems) promulgated by the Timeshare Council.

Environmental Matters. Under various Environmental Laws, a current or previous owner or operator of real estate may be required to investigate and clean up hazardous or toxic substances or wastes or releases of petroleum products or wastes at such property, and may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for associated damages and for investigation and clean-up costs incurred by such parties in connection with the contamination. Such laws may impose clean-up responsibility and liability without regard to whether the owner knew of or caused the presence of the contaminants, and the liability under such laws has been interpreted to be joint and several unless the harm is divisible and there is a reasonable basis for allocation of responsibility. The cost of investigation, remediation or removal of such substances may be substantial, and the presence of such substances, or the failure to properly remediate the contamination on such property, may adversely affect the owner's ability to sell or rent such property or to borrow using such property as collateral. In addition, persons who arrange for the disposal or treatment of hazardous or toxic substances at a disposal or treatment facility also may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of a release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes at such disposal or treatment facility, whether or not such facility is owned or operated by such person. In addition, some Environmental Laws create a lien on the contaminated site in favor of the government for damages and costs it incurs in connection with the contamination. Finally, the owner of a site may be subject to statutory or common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from a site. In connection with its ownership and operation of its properties, the Company potentially may be liable for such costs. In addition, as a result of the consummation of the Acquisitions, the Company could be held liable for the pre-existing environmental and other liabilities of the acquired companies, if any.

Certain Environmental Laws govern the removal, encapsulation or disturbance of asbestos-containing materials ("ACMs") when such materials are in poor condition or in the event of construction, remodeling, renovation or demolition of a building. Such laws may impose liability for release of ACMs and may provide for third parties to seek recovery from owners and operators of real properties for personal injury associated with ACMs. In connection with its ownership and operation of its properties, the Company potentially may be liable for such costs.

In addition, recent studies have linked radon, a naturally-occurring substance, to increased risks of lung cancer. While there are currently no state or federal requirements regarding the monitoring for, presence of, or exposure to, radon in indoor air, the EPA and the Surgeon General recommend testing residences for the presence of radon in indoor air, and the EPA further recommends that concentrations of radon in indoor air be limited to less than 4 picocuries per liter of air (pCI/L) (the "Recommended Action Level"). The presence of radon in concentrations equal to or greater than the Recommended Action Level in one or more of the Company's resorts may adversely affect the Company's ability to sell vacation interests at such resorts and the market value of such resort. In addition, the Company is required to disclose to potential purchasers and owners of vacation interests at the Company's resorts that were constructed prior to 1978 any known lead-paint hazards and failure to so notify could impose damages on the Company.

The Company has conducted Phase I environmental assessments (which typically involve inspection without soil sampling or groundwater analysis) performed by independent environmental consultants at each of the resort locations at which it has sold or owns a material amount of inventory in order to identify potential environmental concerns. These Phase I assessments have been carried out in accordance with accepted industry practices, and generally have included a preliminary investigation of the sites and identification of publicly known conditions concerning properties in the vicinity of the sites, physical site inspections, review of aerial photographs and relevant governmental records where readily available, interviews with knowledgeable parties, investigation for the presence of above ground and underground storage tanks presently or formerly at the sites, a visual inspection of potential lead-based paint and suspect friable ACMs where appropriate, and the preparation and issuance of written reports.

The Company's assessments of its resorts have not revealed any environmental liability that the Company believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of operations, nor is

21

the Company aware of any such material environmental liability. Nevertheless, it is possible that the Company's assessments do not reveal all environmental liabilities or that there are material environmental liabilities of which the Company is unaware. The Company believes that its properties are in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws regarding hazardous or toxic substances or wastes. The Company does not believe that continued compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or regulations will have a material adverse effect on the Company or its financial condition or results of operations.

In connection with the acquisition and development of the Embassy Vacation Resort Lake Tahoe and the Sunterra Resorts San Luis Bay, several areas of environmental concern have been identified. The areas of concern at the Embassy Vacation Resort Lake Tahoe relate to possible soil and groundwater contamination that has migrated onto the resort site from an upgradient source; in addition, residual contamination may exist on the resort site as a result of leaking underground storage tanks that were removed prior to the Company's acquisition of the resort site. California regulatory authorities are monitoring the off-site contamination and have required or are in the process of requiring the responsible parties to undertake remedial action. The Company has been indemnified by Chevron (USA), Inc. for certain costs and expenses in connection with the off-site contamination. The Company does not believe that it will be held liable for this contamination and does not anticipate incurring material costs in connection therewith; however, there can be no assurance that the indemnitor will meet its obligations in a complete and timely manner. Sunterra Resorts San Luis Bay is located in an area of Avila Beach, California which has experienced soil and groundwater contamination resulting from a nearby oil refinery. California regulatory authorities have required the installation of groundwater monitoring wells on the beach near the resort site (among other locations). As of the present time, the Company does not believe that any remedial operations action has been undertaken with this matter. It is possible that the Company's operations could be adversely impacted, including possible temporary interference with access to the resort site, once remediation is underway. The Company does not believe that it is liable for this contamination and does not anticipate incurring material costs in connection therewith; however, there can be no assurance that claims will not be asserted against the Company with respect to this matter.

The Company is not aware of environmental liability that would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of operations, nor has the Company been notified by any governmental authority or any third party, and is not otherwise aware, of any material noncompliance, liability or other claim relating to hazardous or toxic substances or petroleum products in connection with any of its present or former properties. The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws. No assurance, however, can be given that the Company is aware of all environmental liabilities or that no prior owner, operator or third party caused a material environmental condition at such property not currently known to the Company. See "-- Possible Environmental Liabilities."

Other Regulations. Under various state and federal laws governing housing and places of public accommodation the Company is required to meet certain requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Many of these requirements did not take effect until after January 1, 1991. Although management of the Company believes that its facilities are substantially in compliance with present requirements of such laws, and the Company may incur additional costs of compliance. Additional legislation may impose further burdens or restriction on owners with respect to access by disabled persons. The ultimate amount of the cost of compliance with such legislation is not currently ascertainable, and, while such costs are not expected to have a material effect on the Company, such costs could be substantial. Limitations or restrictions on the completion of certain renovations may limit application of the Company's growth strategy in certain instances or reduce profit margins on the Company's operations.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately 4,150 employees. The Company believes that its employee relations are good. Except for certain employees located at the St. Maarten, Netherlands Antilles resorts, none of the Company's employees are represented by a labor union.

22

The Company sells Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points at its resorts through approximately 1,250 independent sales agents. Such independent sales agents provide services to the Company under contract and, the Company believes, are not employees of the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not withhold payroll taxes from the amounts paid to such independent contractors. Although the Internal Revenue Service has made inquiries regarding the Company's classification of its sales agents at its Branson, Missouri resort, no formal action has been taken and the Company has requested that the inquiry be closed. In the event the Internal Revenue Service or any state or local taxing authority were to successfully classify such independent sales agents as employees of the Company, rather than as independent contractors, and hold the Company liable for back payroll taxes, such reclassification may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

INSURANCE

The Company carries comprehensive liability, fire, hurricane, storm, earthquake and business interruption insurance with respect to the Company's resorts locations, with policy specifications, insured limits and deductibles customarily carried for similar properties which the Company believes are adequate. In September 1995 and July 1996, the Company's St. Maarten resorts were damaged by a hurricane. With respect to such September 1995 damage, the Company has recovered amounts from its insurance carriers sufficient to cover 100% of the property damage losses and is in the process of recovering amounts for business interruption. There are, however, certain types of losses (such as losses arising from acts of war) that are not generally insured because they are either uninsurable or not economically insurable. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, the Company could lose its capital invested in a resort, as well as the anticipated future revenues from such resort and would continue to be obligated on any mortgage indebtedness or other obligations related to the property. Any such loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

TRADEMARKS AND COMPANY NAME

While the Company owns and controls a number of trade secrets, confidential information, trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property rights, including the "Sunterra" and "Own Your World" service marks which, in the aggregate, are of material importance to its business, it is believed that the Company's business, as a whole, is not materially dependent upon any one intellectual property or related group of such properties. The Company is licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others, and, similarly, other companies are licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by the Company.

The Company's Board of Directors has approved, subject to stockholder approval, a proposal to change the Company's corporate name to "Sunterra Corporation." The name change proposal will be presented for stockholder approval at the Company's May 15, 1998 annual meeting.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE "SAFE HARBOR" PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

The Company desires to take advantage of the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Certain statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 (the "10-K") that are not historical fact constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Discussions containing such forward-looking statements may be found in the material set forth under "Business and Properties," as well as within this 10-K generally. In addition, when used in this 10-K the words "believes," "anticipates," "expects" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements as a result of the risk factors set forth below and the matters set forth in this 10-K generally. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly release the result of any revisions to these forward-looking statements that may be made to reflect any future events or circumstances.

23

RISK OF INCREASING LEVERAGE; LIQUIDITY

The Company has, and after giving effect to the Offering will continue to have, significant levels of indebtedness. At December 31, 1997, after giving pro forma effect to the Offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and the incurrence of an additional $92 million of secured indebtedness subsequent to December 31, 1997, the Company and its subsidiaries would have had approximately $574.9 million of outstanding indebtedness (including trade payables of $25.2 million), of which $108.2 million would have been secured or structurally senior in right of payment to the Notes and $341.7 million would have been subordinated in right of payment to the notes offered in the Offering (the "Notes"). In addition, subject to the restrictions contained in documents governing the Senior Credit Facility, the Notes, the Company's 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Subordinated Notes") and the Company's 5 3/4% Convertible Notes due 2007 (the "Convertible Notes"), the Company may incur additional senior or other indebtedness from time to time to finance acquisitions or capital expenditures or for other general corporate purposes.

For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company had $50.0 million in negative cash flows from operations. On a pro forma basis for the Offering, the Company's concurrent offerings of the Convertible Notes and 2,400,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the "Common Stock") sold in February 1997 (together, the "Concurrent Offerings") and the Company's offering of the Senior Subordinated Notes in August 1997 (the "Senior Subordinated Note Offering") and the application of the proceeds therefrom, cash flows from operations would have been insufficient to service the Company's interest costs by an aggregate of $52.4 million. Because the Company typically finances 90% of the purchase price of the vacation interests it sells, it typically incurs significant operating costs in excess of the actual cash proceeds initially received from the sale of vacation interests. To meet the Company's cash requirements to finance these customer receivables, the Company borrows funds available under its credit facilities. The Company expects to repay its credit facilities with proceeds from the issuance of pass-through mortgage-backed securities under which the Company sells the mortgages receivable and principal and interest payments from its portfolio of mortgages receivable. The Company may also sell or factor additional mortgages receivable or borrow under existing or future lines of credit. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully securitize any of its mortgages receivable or otherwise sell, factor or finance such mortgages receivable on terms favorable to the Company, if at all or that the inability to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

The level of the Company's indebtedness could have important consequences to the holders of the Notes, including, but not limited to, the following: (i) the Company's ability to obtain future financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, product development or other corporate purposes may be materially limited or impaired; (ii) a significant portion of the Company's cash flow from operations may be dedicated to the interest on its indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to the Company to conduct its operations and future business opportunities; (iii) significant amounts of the Company's borrowings will bear interest at variable rates, which could result in higher interest expense in the event of interest rate increases; (iv) the agreements governing the Company's indebtedness contain financial and restrictive covenants, the failure to comply with which may result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on the Company; (v) the indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility is secured and matures prior to the maturity of the Notes; (vi) the Company may be substantially more leveraged than certain of its competitors, which may place the Company at a competitive disadvantage; and (vii) the Company's substantial degree of leverage may limit its flexibility to adjust to changing market conditions, reduce its ability to withstand competitive pressures and make it more vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions or in its business.

The Company's ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance its debt obligations will depend upon its future financial and operating performance, which may be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, certain of which are beyond its control, including interest rates, increased operating costs, regulatory developments and the ability of the Company to repatriate cash generated outside of the United States without incurring a substantial tax liability. There can be no assurance that the

24

Company's operating results, cash flow and capital resources will be sufficient for payment of its indebtedness in the future.

25

ACQUISITION STRATEGY AND RISKS RELATED TO RAPID GROWTH

A principal component of the Company's strategy is to continue to grow by acquiring additional resort locations and/or vacation ownership operating companies. The Company's future growth and financial success will depend upon a number of factors, including its ability to identify attractive resort acquisition opportunities, consummate the acquisitions of such resorts on favorable terms, convert such resorts to use as vacation ownership resort locations and profitably sell Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points at such resort locations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful with respect to such factors and any failure to be successful could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. Acquisitions involve a number of special risks, including the diversion of management's attention to the assimilation of the operations from other business concerns, difficulties in the integration of operations and systems, the assimilation and retention of the personnel of the acquired companies and potential adverse short-term effects on operating results. The Company's ability to execute its growth strategy depends to a significant degree on the existence of attractive acquisition opportunities (which, in the past, have included completed or nearly completed resort properties), its ability both to consummate acquisitions on favorable terms and to obtain additional debt and equity capital and to fund such acquisitions and any necessary conversion and marketing expenditures. Currently, there are potential buyers of resort real estate which are well capitalized competing to acquire resort properties which the Company may consider attractive resort acquisition opportunities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete against such other buyers successfully or that the Company will be successful in consummating any such future financing transactions on terms favorable to the Company. The Company's ability to obtain and repay any indebtedness at maturity may depend on refinancing, which could be adversely affected if the Company cannot effect the sale of additional debt or equity through public offerings or private placements on terms favorable to the Company. Factors which could affect the Company's access to the capital markets, or the cost of such capital, include changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, the perception in the capital markets of the vacation ownership industry and the Company's business, results of operations, leverage, financial condition and business prospects.

RISKS RELATED TO DEVELOPMENT OF A POINTS-BASED VACATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM

The Company currently is developing its Club Sunterra points-based vacation exchange system which will offer points-based exchanges throughout the Company's worldwide network of resorts. The Company has not previously developed or operated a company-wide points-based vacation exchange system and no assurance can be given as to management's ability to efficiently develop or operate such a company-wide system. Although management believes such system will be developed and placed into operation in the second half of 1998, there can be no assurance that such system will be developed and placed into operation by such time. Risks associated with the development and operation of the Company's Club Sunterra company-wide points-based vacation exchange system, and expansion of LSI's and VI's existing points-based systems, may include the risks that: such development and/or expansion may be abandoned; the North American and European points-based vacation exchange systems cannot be efficiently combined or operated with the Company's current vacation ownership operations; the North American and European points-based vacation exchange systems may be or become subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local jurisdictions, or the equivalent thereof in Europe, possibly making such points-based system uneconomical or unprofitable; and financing may not be available on favorable terms for development of a North American points-based vacation exchange system or the expansion of a European points-based vacation exchange system.

RISKS RELATED TO CERTAIN ACQUISITIONS

Uncertainty as to Future Financial Results. The Company believes that the acquisitions of AVCOM, PRG, LSI, Marc, VI and Global (collectively, the "Acquisitions") each offer opportunities for long-term efficiencies in operations that should positively affect future results of the combined operations of the Company. However, until the Company is able to offset earnings dilution resulting from the issuance of Common Stock in certain of the Acquisitions with the positive effect of expected long-term efficiencies, the Acquisitions may adversely affect the Company's financial performance in 1998 and future years. In addition, the combined companies will be more complex and diverse than the Company prior to the Acquisitions, and

25

the combination and continued operation of their distinct business operations present difficult challenges for the Company's management due to the increased time and resources required in the management effort.

In order to maintain and increase profitability, the combined companies will need to successfully integrate and streamline overlapping functions. There can be no assurance that such integration will be successfully accomplished or, if successfully accomplished, that such integration will not be more costly to accomplish than contemplated by the Company. The difficulties of such integration may be increased by the necessity of coordinating geographically separate organizations. The integration of certain operations (such as customer service, loan servicing and loan processing) following the Acquisitions will require the dedication of management resources which may distract attention from the day-to-day business of the combined companies in the short and long term. Failure to effectively accomplish the integration of the acquired company's operations could have an adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

Accounting Treatment. The AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions have been accounted for by the Company by the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. Under this method of accounting, the recorded assets and liabilities of the Company, AVCOM, PRG and LSI have been carried forward at their book values to the Company and the reported income of the Company, AVCOM, PRG and LSI for prior periods has been combined and restated as income of the Company. Although the Company has received an opinion from its independent public accountants that the Acquisitions will qualify for pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, opinions of accountants are not binding upon the Commission, and there can be no assurance that the Commission will not successfully assert a contrary position. In such case, the purchase method of accounting would be applicable. Under the purchase method, the book value of AVCOM's, PRG's and LSI's assets would be increased to their fair values, which could result in higher operating costs and expenses as the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of AVCOM's, PRG's and LSI's assets would be amortized and expensed over a period of years, which would adversely affect the Company's future earnings. The VI, Marc and Global Acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method of accounting.

VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS, POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

The Company's earnings may be impacted by the timing of the implementation of the Company's acquisition and development strategy. Additionally, the Company has historically experienced and expects to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in its gross revenues and net income from the sale of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. This seasonality may cause significant variations in quarterly operating results. If sales of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points are below seasonal normalties during a particular period, the Company's annual operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the combination of (i) the possible delay in generating revenue between the time that the Company acquires an additional resort and the commencement of Vacation Interval and Vacation Points sales and (ii) the expenses associated with start-up unit or room-rental operations, interest expense, amortization and depreciation expenses from such acquisitions may materially adversely impact earnings.

Due to the foregoing and other factors, the Company believes that its quarterly and annual revenues, expenses and operating results could vary significantly in the future and that period-to-period comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Because of the above factors, it is possible that the Company's operating results will be below the expectations of securities market analysts and investors, which could have an adverse effect on the market value of the Company's Common Stock. Numerous factors, including announcements of fluctuations in the Company's or its competitors' operating results and market conditions for hospitality and vacation ownership industry securities in general, could have a significant impact on the future price of the Common Stock. In addition, the securities market in recent years has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock.

26

RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED BY TERMS OF THE COMPANY'S INDEBTEDNESS

The indenture pursuant to which the Notes will be issued will contain, and the indenture for the Senior Subordinated Notes does contain, certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to (i) incur additional indebtedness, (ii) pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to capital stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) create certain liens, (iv) sell certain assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and (v) enter into certain mergers and consolidations. In addition, certain of the Company's other Senior Indebtedness contain other and more restrictive covenants that, among other things, restrict the following: the making of investments, loans, and advances and the paying of dividends and other restricted payments; the incurrence of additional indebtedness; the granting of liens, other than certain permitted liens; mergers, consolidations and sales of all or a substantial part of the Company's business or property; the sale of assets; and the making of capital expenditures.

Certain of the Company's other indebtedness that is not subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any indebtedness or other obligation of the Company ("Senior Indebtedness"), including the Senior Credit Facility, also require the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, including interest coverage, leverage and fixed charge ratios. There can be no assurance that these requirements will be met in the future. If they are not, the holders of the indebtedness under certain of the Company's other Senior Indebtedness may be entitled to declare such indebtedness immediately due and payable.

RISKS OF DEVELOPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

Risks associated with the Company's development, construction and redevelopment/conversion activities, and expansion activities may include the risks that: acquisition and/or development opportunities may be abandoned; construction costs of a resort may exceed original estimates, possibly making the resort uneconomical or unprofitable; sales of Vacation Intervals at a newly completed resort may not be sufficient to make the resort profitable; financing may not be available on favorable terms for development of, or the continued sales of Vacation Intervals at, a resort; and construction may not be completed on schedule, resulting in decreased revenues and increased interest expense. The failure of the Company to successfully complete its development, construction, redevelopment, conversion and expansion activities may have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

In addition, the Company's construction activities typically are performed by third-party contractors, and, accordingly, the timing, quality and completion of which cannot be controlled by the Company. Nevertheless, construction claims may be asserted against the Company for construction defects and such claims may give rise to liabilities. New development activities, regardless of whether or not they are ultimately successful, typically require a substantial portion of management's time and attention. Development activities are also subject to risks relating to the inability to obtain, or delays in obtaining, all necessary zoning, land-use, building, occupancy and other required governmental permits and authorizations, the ability of the Company to coordinate construction activities with the process of obtaining such permits and authorizations, and the ability of the Company to obtain the financing necessary to complete the necessary acquisition, construction, and/or conversion work at the resorts. The Company currently does not have the financing available to complete all of its planned expansion as set forth in "-- Description of the Company's Resort Locations."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH PARTNERSHIP INVESTMENTS

The Company owns, and may in the future acquire, certain resorts through partnerships or other joint ventures. Property ownership through a partnership or other joint venture involves additional risks, including requirements of partner or venturer consents for major decisions (including approval of budgets), capital contributions and entry into material agreements. If the Company and its partner or venturer are unable to agree on major decisions, either partner or venturer may elect to invoke a buy/sell right, which could require the Company to either sell its interest in such partnership or venture or to buy out the interest of its partner or venturer at a time when the Company is not prepared to do so. In addition, under certain circumstances, the other partner or venturer can require the Company to purchase such partner's or venturer's interest or sell its

27

interest to the other partner or venturer, and in either case, such purchase or sale could have a material adverse effect on the Company. If a dispute arises under these types of partnerships or joint ventures, an adverse

28

resolution could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company. In addition, as a general partner or venturer, the Company will be subject to certain fiduciary obligations which may obligate it to act in a manner which is not necessarily in the best interest of the Company. Additionally, as a matter of partnership law, if other partners or venturers fail to honor their obligation (including as a result of insolvency), the Company may incur losses in excess of its pro rata share of the partnership or venture. See "-- Description of the Company's Resort Locations."

LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

The Company was formed in May 1996 in order to effectuate the consolidation of the Company's predecessor partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations (the "Consolidation Transactions") and the Company's initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering"), each of which was consummated in August 1996. Although predecessors of the Company have operating histories in the vacation ownership and hospitality industries, the Company has limited operating history as an integrated entity both prior to and following the Acquisitions, has limited experience operating as a public company and no experience operating a company-wide points-based vacation exchange system, any of which could result in an adverse impact on the Company's operations and future profitability. The Company conducts its management operations out of a number of geographically diverse locations. As the Company grows and diversifies into additional geographic markets, including new markets entered as a result of the Acquisitions, no assurance can be given as to management's ability to efficiently manage operations and control functions without a centrally located management team.

GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS, CONCENTRATION IN VACATION OWNERSHIP INDUSTRY

Any downturn in economic conditions or any price increases (e.g., airfares) related to the travel and tourism industry could depress discretionary consumer spending and have a material adverse effect on the Company's business. Any such economic conditions, including recession, may also adversely affect the future availability of attractive financing rates for the Company or its customers and may materially adversely affect the Company's business. Furthermore, adverse changes in general economic conditions may adversely affect the collectibility of the Company's loans to vacation interest buyers. Because the Company's operations are conducted solely within the vacation ownership industry, any adverse changes affecting the vacation ownership industry such as an oversupply of vacation ownership units, a reduction in demand for vacation ownership units, changes in travel and vacation patterns, changes in governmental regulations of the vacation ownership industry and increases in construction costs or taxes, as well as negative publicity for the vacation ownership industry, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CUSTOMER FINANCING

The Company offers financing to the purchasers of vacation interests at the Company's resort locations who make a down payment generally equal to at least 10% of the purchase price. This financing generally bears interest at fixed rates and is collateralized by a first mortgage on the underlying vacation interest. The Company has entered into agreements with lenders for the financing of customer receivables. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately $199 million of additional borrowing capacity available thereunder.

Under these arrangements, the Company pledges as security promissory notes to these lenders, who typically lend the Company 85% to 90% of the principal amount of such promissory notes. Payments under these promissory notes are made by the buyer/borrowers directly to a third-party payment processing center and such payments are credited against the Company's outstanding balance with the respective lenders. The Company does not presently have binding agreements to extend the terms of such existing financing arrangements or for any replacement financing arrangements upon the expiration of such funding commitments (which have varying borrowing periods ranging from 18 to 20 months after the initial commitment date), and there can be no assurance that alternative or additional arrangements can be made on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. Accordingly, future sales of vacation interests may be limited by both the availability of funds to finance the initial negative cash flow that results from sales that are financed by the

28

Company and by reduced demand which may result if the Company is unable to provide financing through unaffiliated lenders to buyers of vacation interests. If the Company is required to sell its customer receivables to lenders, discounts from the face value of such receivables may be required by such lenders, if lenders are available at all. The inability to finance the Company's mortgages receivable on terms favorable to the Company or at all could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations.

The Company has historically derived income from its financing activities. At December 31, 1997, the Company's mortgage portfolio included approximately 37,000 promissory notes totaling approximately $355 million, with a stated maturity of typically seven to ten years and a weighted average interest rate of 14.4% per annum. Additionally, at December 31, 1997, the weighted average maturity of all outstanding consumer loans was approximately 8.4 years and the total borrowings secured by promissory notes were approximately $91 million, bearing a weighted average interest rate of 10.3%. However, because the Company's borrowings bear interest at variable rates and the Company's loans to buyers of vacation interests bear interest at fixed rates (which, as of December 31, 1997, equal 14.4% per annum on a weighted average basis), the Company bears the risk of increases in interest rates with respect to the loans it has from its lenders. The promissory notes are prepayable at any time without penalty. To the extent interest rates on the Company's borrowings decrease, the Company faces an increased risk that customers will pre-pay their loans and reduce the Company's income from financing activities. See "-- Customer Financing."

RISKS OF HEDGING ACTIVITIES AND EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS

The Company does not engage in speculative or profit motivated hedging activities. However, to manage risks associated with the Company's borrowings bearing interest at variable rates, the Company may from time to time purchase interest rate caps, interest rate swaps or similar instruments. As of and for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1997, the Company was not engaging in any interest rate hedging transactions. The nature and quantity of any future hedging transactions for the variable rate debt will be determined by the management of the Company based on various factors, including market conditions, and there have been no limitations placed on management's use of certain instruments in such hedging transactions. No assurance can be given that any such hedging transactions will offset the risks of changes in interest rates, or that the costs associated with hedging activities will not increase the Company's operating costs.

The Company's international operations subject the Company to certain risks, including increased exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations. Although the Company does not currently engage in foreign currency hedging transactions, as it continues to expand its international operations, exposure to losses in foreign currency transactions may increase or occur. The Company may choose to limit such exposure by the purchase of forward foreign exchange contracts or similar hedging strategies. However, there can be no assurance that any currency hedging strategy would be successful in avoiding exchange-related losses. In addition, there can be no assurance that such exchange-related losses would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's future international revenue and, consequently, on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CUSTOMER LOAN DEFAULT

The Company bears the risk of defaults by buyers who financed the purchase of their vacation interests through the Company. As of December 31, 1997, approximately 4.6% of the Company's consumer loans were considered by the Company to be delinquent (scheduled payment past due by 60 or more days). The Company had completed or commenced foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure (which is typically commenced once a scheduled payment is more than 120 days past due) on an additional approximately 2.2% of its consumer loans. As of December 31, 1997, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross mortgages receivable was 6.5%, which management believes is an adequate reserve for expected loan losses.

If a buyer of a vacation interest defaults on the consumer loan made by the Company and the Company has pledged the mortgage receivable as collateral to a lending institution, the Company generally must take back the mortgage with respect to such vacation interest and replace it with a performing mortgage. In

29

connection with the Company taking back any such vacation interest, the relatively substantial associated marketing costs, other than certain sales commissions, will not have been recovered by the Company and they must be incurred again after their vacation interest has been returned to the Company's inventory for resale (commissions paid in connection with the sale of vacation interests may be recoverable from the Company's sales personnel and from independent contractors upon default in accordance with contractual arrangements with the Company, depending upon the amount of time that has elapsed between the sale and the default and the number of payments made prior to such default). Although private mortgage insurance or its equivalent is available to cover vacation interests, the Company has never purchased such insurance and has no present intention of doing so. In addition, although the Company in many cases may have recourse against vacation interest purchasers, sales personnel and independent contractors for the purchase price paid and for commissions paid, respectively, no assurance can be given that the vacation interest purchase price or any commissions will be fully or partially recovered in the event of a buyer default under such financing arrangements. The Company is subject to the costs and delays associated with the foreclosure process and no assurance can be given that the value of the underlying vacation interests being foreclosed upon at the time of resale will exceed the purchase price of the defaulted loans, taking into consideration the costs of foreclosure and resale or that the costs of any such foreclosures will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations. See "-- Customer Financing."

COMPETITION

The Company is subject to significant competition at each of its resorts from other entities engaged in the business of resort development, sales and operation, including vacation interest ownership, condominiums, hotels and motels. Many of the world's most recognized lodging, hospitality and entertainment companies have begun to develop and sell vacation interests in resort properties. Other major companies that now operate or are developing or planning to develop vacation ownership resorts include Marriott, Disney, Hilton, Hyatt, Four Seasons, Inter-Continental and Westin. Many of these entities possess significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than those of the Company and may be able to grow at a more rapid rate or more profitably as a result. See "-- Competition."

The Company also competes with companies with non-branded resorts such as CFI, Vistana, Fairfield, Silverleaf, Trendwest and ILX. Under the terms of an exclusive five year agreement, Promus and Vistana will jointly acquire, develop and manage and market vacation ownership resorts in North America under Promus brand names. As part of the exclusive agreement, Promus and Vistana will designate selected markets for development (which markets currently include Kissimmee, Florida and Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, and in which markets Vistana will have exclusive development rights). The Company is not precluded from using the Embassy Vacation Resort name in connection with resorts acquired during the term of the agreement in markets not otherwise exclusive to Vistana. There can be no assurance that Promus will not grant other entities a license to develop Embassy Vacation Resorts or that Promus will not exercise its rights to terminate the Embassy Vacation Resort licenses. Promus has indicated that it intends to expand its branded vacation ownership business only with the Company and Vistana and that additional Embassy Vacation Resort properties to be developed or acquired by the Company and licensed by Promus are under discussion. See "-- Competition."

In addition, the Company also competes with the buyers of its Vacation Intervals who subsequently decide to resell those intervals. While the Company believes, based on experience at its resorts, that the market for resale of Vacation Intervals by buyers is presently limited, such resales are typically at prices substantially less than the original purchase price. The market price of Vacation Intervals sold by the Company at a given resort or by its competitors in the market in which each resort is located could be depressed by a substantial number of Vacation Intervals offered for resale.

DEPENDENCE ON VACATION INTERVAL EXCHANGE NETWORKS; RISK OF INABILITY TO QUALIFY RESORTS

The attractiveness of vacation interest ownership is enhanced significantly by the availability of exchange networks that allow vacation interest owners to exchange in a particular year the occupancy right in their vacation interest for an occupancy right in another participating network resort. According to ARDA, the

30

ability to exchange vacation interests was cited by buyers as a primary reason for purchasing a vacation interest. Resort Condominiums International ("RCI") and Interval International ("II") provide broad-based vacation interest exchange services and the Company's resort locations are currently qualified for participation in either the RCI and II exchange networks.

If such exchange networks cease to function effectively, or if the Company's resorts are no longer included in such exchange networks, the Company's sales of vacation interests could be materially adversely affected. See "-- Participation in Vacation Interest Exchange Networks."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

The Company's success depends to a large extent upon the experience and abilities of Messrs. Osamu Kaneko, Andrew J. Gessow and Steven C. Kenninger (the "Founders"), who serve as the Company's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively, as well as the abilities of James E. Noyes and Michael
A. Depatie, the Company's Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively. The Company's success in Europe depends to a large extent upon the experience and abilities of Ian Ganney and Richard Harrington, LSI's founders, who serve as LSI's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, respectively.

The loss of the services of any of the Founders or Messrs. Noyes, Depatie, Ganney or Harrington could have a material adverse effect on the Company, its operations and its business prospects. The Company does not maintain "keyman" life insurance with respect to any of the Founders or Messrs. Noyes, Depatie, Ganney and Harrington. The Company's success is also dependent upon its ability to attract and maintain qualified development, acquisition, marketing, management, administrative and sales personnel for which there is keen competition among the Company's competitors. In addition, the cost of retaining such key personnel could escalate over time. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting and/or retaining such personnel.

APPLICABILITY OF FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS TO THE SALE OF VACATION INTERVALS

It is possible that the vacation interests may be deemed to be a security as defined in Section 2(1) of the Securities Act. If the vacation interests were determined to be a security for such purpose, their sale would require registration under the Securities Act. The Company has not registered the sale of the vacation interests under the Securities Act and does not intend to do so in the future. If the sale of the vacation interests were found to have violated the registration provisions of the Securities Act, purchasers of the vacation interests would have the right to rescind their purchases of vacation interests. If a substantial number of purchasers sought rescission and were successful, the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. The Company has been advised by its vacation ownership counsel, Schreeder, Wheeler & Flint, LLP, that in the opinion of such counsel, based on its review of the Company's Vacation Interval programs and the sales practices utilized in such program, the Vacation Intervals do not constitute a security within the meaning of Section 2(1) of the Securities Act.

REGULATION OF MARKETING AND SALES OF VACATION INTERESTS; OTHER LAWS

The Company's marketing and sales of vacation interests and other operations are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government and the states and foreign jurisdictions in which its resorts are located and in which vacation interests are marketed and sold. On a federal level, the Federal Trade Commission has taken the most active regulatory role through the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair or deceptive acts or competition in interstate commerce. Other federal legislation to which the Company is or may be subject appears in the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z, the Equal Opportunity Credit Act and Regulation B, the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act, Telephone Consumer Protection Act, Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act, Fair Housing Act and the Civil Rights Acts of 1964 and 1968. In addition, many states have adopted specific laws and regulations regarding the sale of vacation ownership programs. The laws of most states, including Florida, California, Arizona, South Carolina, Virginia and Hawaii, require the Company to file with a designated state authority for its approval a detailed offering statement describing the Company and all material aspects of the project and sale of vacation

31

interests. Laws in each state where the Company sells vacation interests generally grant the purchaser of a vacation interest the right to cancel a contract of purchase at any time within a period ranging from three to fifteen calendar days following the earlier of the date the contract was signed or the date the purchaser has received the last of the documents required to be provided by the Company. Most states have other laws which regulate the Company's activities, such as real estate licensure; seller's of travel licensure; anti-fraud laws; telemarketing laws; price, gift and sweepstakes laws; and labor laws. The Company believes that it is in material compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations to which it is currently subject. However, no assurance can be given that the cost of qualifying under vacation ownership regulations in all jurisdictions in which the Company desires to conduct sales will not be significant or that the Company is in fact in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. Any failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "-- Governmental Regulation."

Certain state and local laws may impose liability on property developers with respect to construction defects discovered or repairs made by future owners of such property. Pursuant to such laws, future owners may recover from the Company amounts in connection with the repairs made to the developed property.

In addition, from time to time, potential buyers of vacation interests assert claims with applicable regulatory agencies against vacation interest salespersons for unlawful sales practices. Such claims could have adverse implications for the Company in negative public relations and potential litigation and regulatory sanctions. However, the Company does not believe that such claims will have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

POSSIBLE ENVIRONMENTAL LIABILITIES

Under various federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health, safety and land use laws, ordinances, regulations and similar requirements (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), the owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances or wastes located on or in, or emanating from, such property, as well as related costs of investigation and associated damages. Such laws may impose liability without regard to whether the owner knew of, or caused, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances or wastes. The presence of such substances or wastes, or the failure to properly remediate them, may adversely affect an owner's ability to sell or lease a property or to borrow using such real property as collateral. In addition, certain Environmental Laws impose liability on prior owners or operators of property to the extent that hazardous or toxic substances or wastes were present during or resulted from such owner's or operator's prior ownership or operation. Transfer of the property may not relieve an owner of such liability. Thus, a company could incur liability for contamination at or from previously owned properties. Other Environmental Laws may require the removal or encapsulation of asbestos-containing material when such material is in poor condition or in the event of construction, demolition, remodeling or renovation, or impose specific requirements pertaining to the removal of underground storage tanks. Noncompliance with these and other Environmental Laws could adversely impact operations at a property. Further, the owner or operator of a site may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages resulting from violations of Environmental Laws or from contamination associated with the site. The Company is not aware of environmental liability that would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of operations, nor has the Company been notified by any governmental authority or any third party, and is not otherwise aware, of any material noncompliance, liability or other claim relating to hazardous or toxic substance or petroleum products in connection with any of its present or former properties. The Company believes that it is in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental Laws. No assurance, however, can be given that the Company is aware of all environmental liabilities or that no prior owner, operator or third party caused a material environmental condition at any such property not currently known to the Company. See "-- Governmental Regulation -- Environmental Matters."

COSTS OF COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS GOVERNING ACCESSIBILITY OF FACILITIES TO DISABLED PERSONS

A number of state and federal laws, including the Fair Housing Act and the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"), impose requirements related to access and use by disabled persons on a variety of public

32

accommodations and facilities. These requirements did not become effective until after January 1, 1991. Although the Company believes that its resorts are substantially in compliance with laws governing the accessibility of its facilities to disabled persons, a determination that the Company is not in compliance with the ADA could result in a judicial order requiring compliance, imposition of fines or an award of damages to private litigants. The Company is likely to incur additional costs of complying with the ADA; however, such costs are not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations or financial condition. Additional legislation may impose further burdens or restrictions on property owners with respect to access by disabled persons. If a homeowners' association at a resort was required to make significant improvements as a result of non-compliance with the ADA, vacation interests owners may default on their mortgages and/or cease making required homeowners' association assessment payments. The Company is not aware of any non-compliance with the ADA, the Fair Housing Act or similar laws that management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, assets or results of operations.

NATURAL DISASTERS; UNINSURED LOSS

In 1992, prior to the Company's purchase of an interest in the Embassy Vacation Resort Poipu Point, the resort was substantially destroyed by Hurricane Iniki. The resort was rebuilt with insurance proceeds before the Company acquired its interest in the resort, but could suffer similar damage in the future. In September 1995 and July 1996, the Company's St. Maarten resorts were damaged by hurricanes and could suffer similar damage in the future. In addition, the Company's other resorts which are or will be located in Hawaii, Florida, Mexico and the Caribbean (including the St. John resort which was damaged by Hurricane Marilyn in 1995) may be subject to hurricanes and damaged as a result thereof. The Company's resorts located in California and Hawaii may be subject to damage resulting from earthquakes. The Company currently maintains insurance coverage which, in management's opinion, is at least as comprehensive as the coverage maintained by other prudent entities in the Company's line of business. However, there are certain types of losses (such as losses arising from acts of war and civil unrest) that are not generally insured because they are either uninsurable or not economically insurable and for which the Company does not have insurance coverage. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, the Company could lose its capital invested in a resort, as well as the anticipated future revenues from such resort and would continue to be obligated on any mortgage indebtedness or other obligations related to the property. Any such loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

EFFECTIVE VOTING CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

The Founders hold substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock (Messrs. Kaneko, Gessow and Kenninger hold 9.7%, 10.1% and 3.1%, respectively, as of the date hereof) which may allow them, collectively, to exert substantial influence over the election of directors and the management and affairs of the Company. Accordingly, if such persons vote their shares of Common Stock in the same manner, they may have sufficient voting power to determine the outcome of various matters submitted to the stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of substantially all of the Company's assets. Such control may result in decisions which are not in the best interest of the Company.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital stock. Any payment of future cash dividends will be in the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions in respect of the payment of dividends and other factors that the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant. On October 27, 1997, the Company completed a three-for-two stock split in the form of a Common Stock dividend.

RISKS RELATED TO INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

The Company expects that international operations will account for an increasingly significant percentage of the Company's operations. As a result, the Company is subject to a number of risks, including, among other

33

things, difficulties relating to administering its business globally, managing foreign operations, currency fluctuations, restrictions against the repatriation of earnings, export requirements and restrictions and multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures. These risks could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, changes in inflation, interest rates, taxation, regulation or other social, political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting the countries in which the Company has (or intends to have) international operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results and financial condition.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Because affiliates of Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger have operations in the lodging industry other than those with respect to the development and operation of vacation ownership resorts, potential conflicts of interest exist. Affiliates of KOAR Group, Inc. ("KOAR"), a Los Angeles based real estate acquisition and development company and predecessor of the Company which is owned by Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger, have developed and currently act as the managing general partner of partnerships which own hotels that are franchised as Embassy Suites hotels (one of which, the Embassy Suites Lake Tahoe, is located in a market served by the Company) and a residential condominium project overlooking the ocean in Long Beach, California (a market in which the Company may operate in the future). Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger will continue to devote a portion of their time to KOAR's hotel and other businesses and to meeting their duties and responsibilities to investors in such entities. In addition, the Founders will continue to devote a portion of their time to certain funds, limited liability companies or partnerships with investments in commercial or residential real estate developments that do not present a prospect for conversion to vacation ownership or resort related use. The Company's Board of Directors (including the Company's independent directors) has determined that the Company does not presently intend to invest in such commercial or residential real estate developments that do not present a prospect for conversion to vacation ownership or resort related use.

Additionally, notwithstanding their covenants not to compete, the Founders have the right to pursue certain activities which could divert their time and attention from the Company's business and result in conflicts with the Company's business. The Founders are evaluating the acquisition of other hotel properties in Hawaii, which at a future date may be converted to accommodate vacation ownership operations. However, any such acquisition from the Founders would be subject to the approval of the Company's independent directors and the Founders are prohibited from actively engaging in the vacation ownership business outside of the Company.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND THE COMPANY'S CHARTER AND BYLAWS

Certain provisions of the Company's articles of incorporation, as amended, (the "Charter") and bylaws, as amended, (the "Bylaws"), as well as Maryland corporate law, may be deemed to have anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in the stockholder's best interest. For example, such provisions may (i) deter tender offers for Common Stock, which offers may be beneficial to stockholders or (ii) deter purchases of large blocks of Common Stock, thereby limiting the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their Common Stock over then-prevailing market prices. These provisions include the following:

Preferred Shares. The Charter authorizes the Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in one or more classes and to establish the preferences and rights (including the right to vote and the right to convert into Common Stock) of any class of preferred stock issued. No preferred stock is issued or outstanding.

Staggered Board. The Board of Directors of the Company has three classes of directors each serving a staggered term so that the directors' terms currently will expire in 1998, 1999 and 2000. Directors for each class will be chosen for a three-year term upon the expiration of the term of the current class. The affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding Common Stock is required to remove a director.

Maryland Business Combination Statute. Under the Maryland General Corporation Law ("MGCL"), certain "business combinations" (including the issuance of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any person who owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation's shares of

34

capital stock (an "Interested Stockholder") must be approved by a supermajority (i.e., 80%) of voting shares. In addition, an Interested Stockholder may not engage in a business combination for five years following the date he or she became an Interested Stockholder.

Maryland Control Share Acquisition. Maryland law provides that "Control Shares" of a corporation acquired in a "Control Share Acquisition" have no voting rights except to the extent approved by a vote of two-thirds of the votes eligible under the statute to be cast on the matter. "Control Shares" are voting shares of beneficial interest which, if aggregated with all other such shares of beneficial interest previously acquired by the acquiror, would entitle the acquiror directly or indirectly to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power: (i) one-fifth or more but less than one-third, (ii) one-third or more but less than a majority or (iii) a majority of all voting power. Control Shares do not include shares of beneficial interest the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A "Control Share Acquisition" means the acquisition of Control Shares, subject to certain exceptions.

If voting rights are not approved at a meeting of stockholders then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the issuer may redeem any or all of the Control Shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value. If voting rights for Control Shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquiror becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares of beneficial interest entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights.

RISK OF TAX RE-CLASSIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS AND RESULTING TAX LIABILITY

The Company sells vacation interests at its resort locations through independent sales agents. Such independent sales agents provide services to the Company under contract and, the Company believes, are not employees of the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not withhold payroll taxes from the amounts paid to such independent contractors. Although the Internal Revenue Service has made inquiries regarding the Company's classification of its sales agents at its Branson, Missouri resort, no formal action has been taken and the Company has requested that the inquiry be closed. In the event the Internal Revenue Service or any state or local taxing authority were to successfully classify such independent sales agents as employees of the Company, rather than as independent contractors, and hold the Company liable for back payroll taxes, such reclassification may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

YEAR 2000

The Company uses software that will be affected by the date change in the year 2000 and recognizes that the arrival of the year 2000 poses challenges that will require modifications of portions of its software to enable it to function properly. As the year 2000 approaches, date sensitive systems will recognize the year 2000 as 1900, or not at all. This may cause systems to process critical financial and operational information incorrectly. The Company, like many other companies, is expected to incur expenditures over the next few years to address this issue. The Company has several information system improvement initiatives under way to determine the full scope and related costs to insure that the Company's systems continue to meet its needs and those of its customers. These initiatives include upgrading and replacing some computer systems and the conversion of others to be Year 2000 compliant. Although final cost estimates have yet to be determined, it is anticipated that these Year 2000 costs will result in an increase to Company expenses during 1998 and 1999. Suppliers, customers, mortgage receivable servicers and creditors of the Company also face Year 2000 issues. Their failure to successfully address the Year 2000 issue could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or results of operations.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is currently subject to litigation and claims respecting employment, tort, contract, construction and commissions, among others. In the judgment of the Company's management, none of such lawsuits or claims against the Company is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's equity holders during the fourth quarter of 1997.

35

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRATION'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OWN." Prior to February 6, 1998, the Common Stock was quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SIGR." The following table sets forth, the high and low sale prices for the Common Stock for each quarter during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 and for the third and fourth quarter during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (the Company's Initial Public Offering was consummated in August 1996), in each case as adjusted for the Stock Split.

                                                      HIGH      LOW
                                                     ------    ------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
Fourth Quarter.....................................  $31.75    $20.75
Third Quarter......................................  $32.00    $20.92
Second Quarter.....................................  $23.50    $13.00
First Quarter......................................  $25.08    $14.50

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996:
Fourth Quarter.....................................  $25.75    $17.17
Third Quarter......................................  $16.33    $ 9.25

On March 28, 1998, there were approximately 125 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock and the approximate number of beneficial stockholders is 2,375.

The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital stock and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to finance its operations and fund the growth of its business. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and will depend upon, among other things, the Company's earnings, financial condition, capital requirements level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions in respect of the payment of dividends and other factors that the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant.

In connection with the PRG Acquisition in May 1997, the Company issued 3,601,844 shares of its Common Stock to former PRG stockholders. Such securities were issued by the Company in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof.

Additionally, in connection with the LSI Acquisition in August 1997, the Company issued 1,996,401 shares of its Common Stock to former LSI stockholders. Such securities were issued by the Company in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof.

Finally, in connection with the Marc Acquisition in October 1997, the Company issued 212,717 shares of Common Stock to former Marc stockholders. Such securities were issued by the Company in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act prohibited by Section 4(2) thereof.

36

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth summary consolidated financial data of the Company. For all of the periods presented, the financial data presented below gives effect to the AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions by combining the historical information of AVCOM, PRG, LSI and the Company and restating the historical financial data of the Company using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting.

Prior to its acquisition by the Company on February 7, 1997, AVCOM recognized a net loss of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. As a result of the pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, this net loss has been reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996, reducing the Company's 1996 reported consolidated net income. In addition, as a result of the Company's 1997 acquisitions, the Company incurred $10.0 million of non-recurring merger-related costs, reducing the Company's 1997 reported consolidated net income.

The financial data presented below includes the effect of the Consolidation Transactions and the Initial Public Offering, both of which were consummated on August 20, 1996. The following financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements for the Company and the notes thereto, each of which are contained elsewhere in this 10-K.

                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------
                                                1993         1994       1995       1996       1997
                                             -----------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                             (UNAUDITED)
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
  Vacation Interval and Vacation Point
     sales.................................    $68,867     $116,356   $139,426   $182,300   $281,063
  Interest income..........................     12,770       15,965     20,339     25,415     42,856
  Other income.............................      1,110        1,547      8,553     12,132     13,774
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
          Total revenues...................     82,747      133,868    168,318    219,847    337,693
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
Costs and operating expenses:
  Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost
     of sales..............................     18,548       33,082     39,810     48,218     71,437
  Advertising, sales and marketing.........     32,711       54,098     62,258     89,040    126,739
  Loan portfolio:
     Interest expense -- treasury..........      7,435        8,224     10,077     13,482     13,032
     Other expenses........................        840        1,466      2,034      4,523      5,522
     Provision for doubtful accounts(a)....      1,703        2,045      3,666      8,311      8,579
  General and administrative(a)............      6,852       12,629     19,263     37,436     42,254
  Resort property valuation allowance(a)...         --           --         --      2,620         --
  Depreciation and amortization(a).........        616        1,196      2,514      5,027      6,499
  Merger-related costs(a)(b)...............         --           --         --         --      9,973
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
          Total costs and operating
            expenses.......................     68,705      112,740    139,622    208,657    284,035
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
  Income from operations...................     14,042       21,128     28,696     11,190     53,658
  Interest expense -- other, net...........        519        1,517      1,728      3,763      9,394
  Equity loss on investment in joint
     venture...............................         --          271      1,649        299        639
  Minority interest in income of
     consolidated limited partnership......         --           --         --        199        181
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
          Income before provision (benefit)
            for income taxes and
            extraordinary item.............     13,523       19,340     25,319      6,929     43,444
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
  Provision (benefit) for income taxes from
     continuing operations.................      3,064        2,768      4,020     (4,105)    17,196
  Provision for deferred income taxes
     resulting from the cumulative effect
     of previously non-taxable acquired
     entities..............................         --           --         --         --      5,960
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total provision (benefit) for income
     taxes.................................      3,064        2,768      4,020     (4,105)    23,156
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
     Income before extraordinary item......     10,459       16,572     21,299     11,034     20,288
  Extraordinary item, net of tax...........         --           --         --         --        766
                                               -------     --------   --------   --------   --------
          Net income.......................    $10,459     $ 16,572   $ 21,299   $ 11,034   $ 19,522
                                               =======     ========   ========   ========   ========
  Pro forma net income(c)..................    $ 8,249     $ 11,954   $ 15,310   $  4,380   $ 19,522

37

                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                                1993       1994       1995       1996       1997
                                              --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT AVERAGE PRICES)
OTHER DATA (UNAUDITED FOR ALL PERIODS):
  EBITDA(d).................................  $ 22,622   $ 31,553   $ 41,553   $ 44,622   $ 85,424
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(e).....       2.5        2.4        2.7        1.1        2.3
  Number of resorts at period end...........         5         16         20         31         70
  Number of Vacation Intervals sold.........     5,917     10,695     10,024     11,946     17,271
  Number of Vacation Intervals in inventory
     at period end..........................     2,830      6,915     23,439     30,399     29,168
  Average price of Vacation Intervals
     sold...................................  $ 11,639   $ 10,078   $ 12,298   $ 13,146   $ 13,885
  Number of Vacation Points in inventory at
     period end.............................        --    233,802    205,943    291,674    599,554(f)
  Number of Vacation Points sold............        --     65,325    102,270    132,878    194,055(g)
  Average price of Vacation Points sold.....  $     --   $    198   $    181   $    186   $    213(h)
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
  Cash and cash equivalents, including
     escrow.................................  $ 16,451   $ 17,015   $ 22,779   $ 22,469   $ 47,972
  Mortgages receivable, net.................    78,079    102,470    147,405    215,518    331,735
  Total assets..............................   136,607    210,218    295,771    445,884    761,145
  Total debt................................    87,839    123,009    177,032    236,122    435,208
  Stockholders' equity......................    34,232     61,187     75,448    126,425    207,910


(a) Non-recurring costs for the year ended December 31, 1997, are merger costs relating to the AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions. Non-recurring costs for the year ended December 31, 1996 include costs incurred at AVCOM for (i) an increase in the provision for doubtful accounts of $2.0 million, (ii) $9.1 million in severance costs, lease cancellations, litigation reserves and other integration costs and a reserve for losses associated with certain property management and related contracts, (iii) a $2.6 million write-down of certain property to estimated fair market value, and (iv) a $0.7 million charge relating to amortization of start-up costs over a period of one year.

(b) Merger-related costs include expenses related to fees paid to financial advisors, legal fees, and other transaction expenses in connection with the AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions.

(c) Reflects the effect on the historical statement of operations data, assuming the combined Company had been treated as a C corporation rather than as individual limited partnerships and limited liability companies for federal income tax purposes, and reflects actual net income for December 31, 1997.

(d) EBITDA represents net income before interest expense-treasury, interest expense-other, income taxes, non-recurring costs and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is presented because it is a widely accepted financial indicator of a company's ability to service and/or incur indebtedness. However, EBITDA should not be construed as a substitute for income from operations, net income or cash flows from operating activities in analyzing the Company's operating performance, financial position and cash flows. The EBITDA measure presented herein may not be comparable to EBITDA as presented by other companies. The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income:

                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                            ----------------------------------------------------
                                              1993       1994       1995       1996       1997
                                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Net income................................  $ 10,459   $ 16,572   $ 21,299   $ 11,034   $ 19,522
Interest expense-treasury.................     7,435      8,224     10,077     13,482     13,032
Interest expense-other....................       519      1,517      1,728      3,763      9,394
Capitalized interest expense included in
  Vacation Interval and Vacation Point
  cost of sales...........................       529      1,276      1,915      1,718      3,082
Income taxes (benefit)....................     3,064      2,768      4,020     (4,105)    23,156
Non-recurring costs.......................        --         --         --     14,381(a)    9,973(a)
Depreciation and amortization.............       616      1,196      2,514      4,349(a)    6,499
Extraordinary item, net of tax............        --         --         --         --        766
                                            --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
         EBITDA...........................  $ 22,622   $ 31,553   $ 41,553   $ 44,622   $ 85,424
                                            ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

38

(e) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges has been computed by dividing earnings before income tax, plus fixed charges (excluding capitalized interest) and amortization of previously capitalized interest by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest and other finance expenses and capitalized interest.

(f) Includes 461,473 Vacation Points in Grand Vacation Club and 138,081 Vacation Points in VTS Program. Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted to the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

(g) Includes 180,426 Vacation Points sold by the Grand Vacation Club and 13,629 Vacation Points sold by VTS Program. Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted into the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

(h) Calculated as the weighted average price per Vacation Point of Grand Vacation Club ($220 per Vacation Point) and VTS Program ($119 per Vacation Point). Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted to the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

39

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the preceding Selected Financial Data and the Company's Financial Statements and the notes thereto and the other financial data included elsewhere in this 10-K. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in "Business and Properties."

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of the results of operations includes the Company's corporate and partnership predecessors and wholly-owned subsidiaries and affiliates including AVCOM, PRG, LSI and their subsidiaries. The AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions were accounted for using pooling-of-interests accounting treatment for business combinations. Under such accounting treatment, the results of operations are restated to include the operations of each acquired entity of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995. The following discussion also includes the results of operations for Marc, VI and the Global Group. The Marc, VI and Global Acquisitions were each accounted for using the purchase method of accounting for the business combinations.

Prior to its acquisition by the Company on February 7, 1997, AVCOM recognized a net loss of $12.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. As a result of applying pooling-of-interests accounting treatment to the AVCOM Acquisition, this net loss has been reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1996, reducing the Company's 1996 reported consolidated net income. In addition, as a result of the Company's 1997 acquisitions, the Company incurred $10.0 million of non-recurring merger-related costs, reducing the Company's 1997 reported consolidated net income. Therefore, to allow for a more meaningful comparison of the 1997 and 1996 financial results and management's discussion and analysis of such financial results, reported total revenues and operating expenses have been adjusted for non-recurring charges resulting from the AVCOM, PRG and the LSI Acquisitions. The following table details the adjustments to reported total revenues and costs and operating expenses for such non-recurring charges and revenues:

                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------
                                                               1995      1996      1997
                                                              ------    ------    ------
                                                                (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
Total reported revenues.....................................  $168.3    $219.8    $337.7
Other income(a).............................................      --      (1.7)       --
                                                              ------    ------    ------
          Adjusted total revenues...........................  $168.3    $218.1    $337.7
                                                              ======    ======    ======
Total reported costs and expenses...........................  $139.6    $208.7    $284.0
Provision for doubtful accounts(b)..........................      --      (2.0)       --
General and administrative expenses(b)......................      --      (9.1)       --
Resort property valuation allowance(b)......................      --      (2.6)       --
Merger-related costs(c).....................................      --        --     (10.0)
Amortization of start-up costs(b)...........................      --      (0.7)       --
                                                              ------    ------    ------
          Adjusted total costs and expenses.................  $139.6    $194.3    $274.0
                                                              ======    ======    ======
          Adjusted operating income.........................  $ 28.7    $ 23.8    $ 63.7
                                                              ======    ======    ======


(a) For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company recognized $1.7 million of other income as the result of the settlement of certain receivables from the former owners of the St. Maarten Resorts.

(b) As the result of the AVCOM Acquisition, the Company recognized the following non-recurring charges for the year ended December 31, 1996: (i) $2.0 million in the provision for doubtful accounts; (ii) $9.1 million in general and administrative expenses for severance costs, lease cancellations, litigation reserves, and a reserve for losses associated with certain property management and related expenses; (iii) $2.6 million in resort property valuation allowance for the write-down of certain property to fair

40

market value; and (iv) $0.7 million in depreciation and amortization for the amortization of startup costs over a period of one year.

(c) For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company recognized $10.0 million in non-recurring merger costs for the AVCOM, PRG and LSI Acquisitions. These charges include investment banking, legal, accounting and other professional fees.

The following table sets forth certain operating information, as adjusted for the non-recurring charges and revenues described above.

                                                                YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------
                                                               1995       1996       1997
                                                              -------    -------    -------
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES:
Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales..................     82.8%      83.6%      83.2%
Interest income.............................................     12.1%      11.6%      12.7%
Other income................................................      5.1%       4.8%       4.1%
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Total revenues..............................................    100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
AS A PERCENTAGE OF VACATION INTERVAL AND VACATION POINT
  SALES:
Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost of sales..........     28.6%      26.4%      25.4%
Advertising, sales and marketing............................     44.7%      48.8%      45.1%
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL REVENUES:
General and administrative..................................     11.4%      13.0%      12.5%
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Vacation Intervals sold.....................................   10,024     11,946     17,271
Vacation Points sold........................................  102,270    132,878    194,055(a)
Average sales price per Vacation Interval...................  $12,298    $13,146    $13,885
Average sales price per Vacation Point......................  $   181    $   186    $   213(b)
Number of Vacation Intervals in inventory at end period.....   23,439     30,399     29,168
Number of Vacation Points in inventory at end period........  205,943    291,674    599,554(c)
Number of resorts at period end(d)..........................       20         31         70


(a) Includes 180,426 Vacation Points sold by the Grand Vacation Club and 13,629 Vacation Points sold by the VTS Program. Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted into the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

(b) Calculated as the weighted average price per Vacation Point of Grand Vacation Club ($220 per Vacation Point) and the VTS Program ($119 per Vacation Point). Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted to the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

(c) Includes 461,473 Vacation Points in Grand Vacation Club and 138,081 Vacation Points in the VTS Program. Vacation Points assumed through the Global Acquisition have been converted to the Grand Vacation Club at a rate of ten to one.

(d) Includes resort locations of AVCOM, PRG and LSI acquired by the Company in 1997 and accounted for by the pooling-of-interests method.

COMPARISON OF 1996 TO 1997

The following discussion of financial results adjusts the reported statement of operations data for the non-recurring charges incurred during the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company recognized $10.0 million in non-recurring merger-related expenses for the acquisition by merger of AVCOM, PRG and LSI and a $6.0 million charge to record deferred taxes related to cumulative temporary differences between financial and tax reporting for entities acquired in the PRG Acquisition that were previously taxed as partnerships at the partner level. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company incurred the following non-recurring charges related to the AVCOM Acquisition: (i) general and administrative expense increased by $9.1 million for severance costs, lease cancellations,

41

litigation reserves, reserves for losses associated with certain property management and related contracts; (ii) provision for doubtful accounts increased by $2.0 million; (iii) resort property valuation allowance increased by $2.6 million to write down certain property to market value for projects initiated by AVCOM which were subsequently abandoned; and (iv) depreciation and amortization increased by $0.7 million related to the amortization of start-up costs over a period of one year. Also, in 1996, the Company recognized $1.7 million of other income as the result of a settlement of certain receivables from the former owners of the St. Maarten resorts.

In 1997, total reported revenues were $337.7 million, compared with adjusted total revenues of $218.1 million in 1996, an increase of $119.6 million, or 55%. This increase was due primarily to a 53% increase in Vacation Interval sales, a 66% increase in Vacation Points sales, and a 69% increase in interest income. The growth in Vacation Interval sales was due to both an increase in the number of Vacation Intervals sold to 17,271 in 1997 from 11,946 in 1996, an increase of 45%, and an increase in the average price of Vacation Intervals sold to $13,885 in 1997 from $13,146 in 1996, a 6% increase. The average sales price will change from period to period depending upon the mix of resorts in sales and the types of intervals sold.

Vacation Points sales during 1997 increased 66% to $41.1 million from $24.7 million in 1996. The number of Vacation Points sold in 1997 increased 46%, to 194,055, from 132,878 in 1996, while the average price per Vacation Point sold increased 15% to $213 from $186 in 1996. The increase in the number of Vacation Points sold in 1997 is the result of a 57% increase in Vacation Points sold in LSI, along with the addition of Vacation Points sales by VI, which was acquired in November 1997, and the Global Group, which was acquired in December 1997. The decrease in average price per Vacation Point sold reflects a lower sales price per point in the Global Group and VI compared with LSI. The average price per Vacation Point sold at LSI remained essentially unchanged from 1996 to 1997.

Interest income increased 69% to $42.9 million from $25.4 million in 1996. The increase is the result of an increase in portfolio interest income from increased gross mortgages receivable, and interest income from investments. Gross mortgages receivable increased $121.9 million, or 52%, to $354.7 million in 1997 from $232.8 million in 1996. Interest income from investments increased by $4.9 million in 1997. Other income, which includes rental income, management fees, commissions on the sale of European receivables, and other interest income, increased $3.4 million to reported other income of $13.8 million in 1997 from adjusted other income of $10.4 million in 1996, an increase of 33%.

Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost of sales, as a percentage of Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales, was 25% for 1997, compared with 26% for the prior year as the Company continued to purchase and construct vacation units at a discount to historical development costs, reducing the unit cost on average for each vacation interest sold.

Advertising, sales and marketing expenses increased $37.7 million to $126.7 million for 1997 from $89.0 million for 1996. As a percentage of Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales, advertising, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 45% for 1997 from 49% for 1996. The decrease resulted primarily from decreased expenses at the resorts acquired in the AVCOM Acquisition as well as from the company-wide application of best marketing practices taken from the Company's best performing resorts.

Interest expense-treasury decreased as a percentage of reported total revenues to 4% in 1997 from 6% of adjusted total revenues in the prior year. The Company began financing mortgages receivable with the proceeds from the Concurrent Offerings and the Senior Subordinated Note Offering, rather than with hypothecation debt. Interest expense relating to these offerings is classified as interest expense-other. Other loan portfolio expenses increased $1.0 million during 1997 to $5.5 million from $4.5 million during the prior year. However, as a percentage of gross mortgages receivable, other loan portfolio expense decreased to 1.6% in 1997 from 1.9% in 1996.

The provision for doubtful accounts increased $2.3 million during 1997 to $8.6 million at year end from an adjusted $6.3 million at the end of 1996. The allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of gross mortgages receivable decreased to a reported 6.5% at December 31, 1997 from an adjusted 6.6% at

42

December 31, 1996. The charge off rate as a percentage of the average mortgages receivable loan balance was 0.7% for 1997 compared to 2.1% for 1996.

General and administrative expenses increased to a reported $42.3 million in 1997 from adjusted general and administrative expenses of $28.3 million in 1996, an increase of 49%. General and administrative expenses were 13% of 1997 reported total revenues and 1996 adjusted total revenues. The increase in general and administrative expenses was the result of (i) the addition of a number of senior officers and key executives in order to build the management and organizational infrastructure necessary to efficiently manage the Company's growth, (ii) increased overhead due to the acquisition of additional resorts, and (iii) added salary, travel and office expenses attributable to the growth in the size of the Company.

Depreciation and amortization increased $2.2 million, or 51%, to a reported $6.5 million during 1997 from adjusted depreciation and amortization of $4.3 million in 1996, reflecting an increase in capital expenditures and intangible assets. Depreciation and amortization was 1.9% of reported total revenues in 1997 and 2.0% of adjusted total revenues in 1996.

Interest expense-other, reported net of capitalized interest of $6.8 million and $6.7 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, increased $5.6 million, or 147%, to $9.4 million for 1997 from $3.8 million in 1996. The increase was due primarily to the interest on the Convertible Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes issued in 1997.

As a result of the factors discussed above and the $2.6 million resort property valuation allowance, total costs and operating expenses increased by $79.7 million, or 41%, to an adjusted $274.0 million in 1997 from an adjusted $194.3 million in 1996. Total adjusted costs and operating expenses as a percentage of reported total revenues was 81% in 1997. This represents a decrease of 8% from adjusted total costs and operating expenses as a percentage of adjusted total revenues of 89% in 1996.

In addition, as a result of the factors discussed above, adjusted income before provision for income taxes and extraordinary item and non-recurring costs increased 172% to $53.4 million in 1997 from $19.6 million for 1996. An extraordinary item of $0.8 million, net of income taxes, was charged to net income in 1997 as the result of the early retirement of notes payable to financial institutions.

For 1997, income taxes increased $27.3 million over 1996, reflecting a change in the Company's status to a C corporation subsequent to its August 1996 initial public offering, as well as a $6.0 million charge to income tax expense taken in the fourth quarter resulting from recording deferred taxes for previously non-taxable entities acquired in the PRG Acquisition. Previously, the Company's predecessor entities only incurred federal income taxes with regard to AVCOM and foreign income taxes with respect to LSI and the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries located in St. Maarten, Netherlands Antilles.

Income before extraordinary item and non-recurring charges (net of taxes) was $20.3 million for 1997, an increase of $9.3 million, or 85%, from $11.0 million in 1996. Net income was $19.5 million for 1997, compared with $11.0 million for 1996, an increase of $8.5 million or 77%. Assuming the Company had been taxed as a C corporation in 1996, pro forma net income would have been $4.4 million, compared with $19.5 million net income for 1997, an increase of 343%.

COMPARISON OF 1995 TO 1996

The following discussion of financial results adjusts the reported statement of operations data for the following non-recurring charges and revenues. In 1996, the Company incurred the following non-recurring charges related to the AVCOM Acquisition: (i) general and administrative expense increased by $9.1 million for severance costs, lease cancellations, litigation reserves, reserves for losses associated with certain property management and related contracts; (ii) provision for doubtful accounts increased by $2.0 million; (iii) resort property valuation allowance increased by $2.6 million to write down certain property to market value for projects initiated by AVCOM which were subsequently abandoned; and (iv) depreciation and amortization increased by $0.7 million related to the amortization of startup costs over a period of one year. Also, in 1996, the Company recognized $1.7 million of other income as the result of a settlement of certain receivables from the former owners of the St. Maarten resorts.

43

For 1996, the Company achieved adjusted total revenues of $218.1 million, compared with reported total revenues of $168.3 million for 1995, an increase of $49.8 million or 30%. The increase was due to the growth of Vacation Intervals sold to 11,946 in 1996 from 10,024 in 1995, a 19% increase, coupled with a 7% increase in the average sales price to $13,146 in 1996 from $12,298 in 1995. The growth in Vacation Intervals sold was due to the commencement of sales at Sunterra Resorts San Luis Bay, Sedona Summit and Scottsdale Villa Mirage and Embassy Vacation Resort Lake Tahoe, combined with a full year of Vacation Interval sales at Sunterra Resorts Royal Palm Beach and Flamingo Beach. The average price per Vacation Point sold at the Company's European resorts increased 3% to $186 for 1996 from $181 in 1995. In addition, Vacation Point sales at the Company's European resorts increased 30% to 132,878 sold in 1996 from 102,270 sold in 1995.

Interest income increased $5.1 million, or 25%, due to an increase in gross mortgages receivable to $232.8 million in 1996 from $160.7 million in 1995. Other income, which includes rental income, management fees, other interest income, commission on the sale of European receivables, and portfolio income from the $10.2 million portfolio acquired with the two St. Maarten resorts in 1995, increased $1.8 million to an adjusted $10.4 million in 1996 from a reported $8.6 million in 1995.

As a percentage of Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales, Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost of sales decreased to 26% in 1996, compared with 29% in 1995, as the Company was able to purchase and construct vacation units at a discount to historical development costs, reducing the unit cost and points cost on average for each Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sold.

Advertising sales and marketing expenses increased $26.7 million to $89.0 million in 1996 from $62.3 million in 1995. As a percentage of Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales, advertising, sales and marketing expenses increased to 49% for 1996 from 45% in 1995. The increase was primarily due to advertising, sales and marketing expenses incurred at AVCOM which were 58% and 42% of total Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales in 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Interest expense-treasury increased $3.4 million to $13.5 million in 1996 from $10.1 million in 1995, as the result of notes payable to financial institutions and notes payable to related parties increasing from $177.0 million to $236.1 million, or 33%, and the prime rate increasing during the year. Other expenses increased 125% to $4.5 million in 1996 from $2.0 million in 1995. Other expenses increased to 2% of adjusted total revenues in 1996 from 1% of reported total revenues in 1995. The provision for doubtful accounts increased by $2.6 million to an adjusted $6.3 million from a reported $3.7 million in 1995.

General and administrative expenses increased $9.0 million to an adjusted $28.3 million in 1996 from reported general and administrative expenses of $19.3 million in 1995. As a percentage of adjusted total revenues, adjusted general and administrative expenses were 13% in 1996. This amount compares to reported general and administrative expenses as a percentage of reported total revenues of 11% in 1995. The increase in adjusted general and administrative expenses was the result of (i) the addition of a number of senior officers and key executives in connection with building the Company's management and organizational infrastructure necessary to efficiently manage the Company's future growth, (ii) the Company's expenses and reporting obligations as a public company, (iii) increased overhead due to the acquisition and development of additional resorts, and (iv) added salary, travel, and office expenses attributable to the then current and planned growth of the Company.

Depreciation and amortization increased $1.8 million, or 72%, to an adjusted $4.3 million in 1996 from a reported depreciation and amortization of $2.5 million in 1995, reflecting an increase in capital expenditures and intangible assets.

As a result of the factors discussed above, costs and operating expenses for 1996 increased by $54.7 million to an adjusted $194.3 million in 1996 from a reported $139.6 million in 1995. Adjusted costs and operating expenses increased to 89% of adjusted total revenues in 1996, compared with 83% of reported costs and operating expenses as a percentage of reported total revenues in 1995.

Equity loss on investment in joint venture decreased to $0.3 million in 1996 from $1.6 million in 1995 due to increased Vacation Interval sales and higher hotel occupancy at Embassy Vacation Poipu Point during

44

1996. In 1996, 1,146 Vacation Intervals were sold at the Embassy Vacation Poipu Point, while 281 Vacation Intervals were sold at the Embassy Vacation Poipu Point in 1995.

Income before provision for income taxes decreased to $6.9 million in 1996 from $25.3 million in 1995, primarily due to the significant charges incurred by AVCOM during the fourth quarter of 1996, as discussed previously. However, income before provision for taxes for the Company (excluding AVCOM) increased 17%, to $27.3 million in 1996, from $23.4 million in 1995. AVCOM's (loss) income before provision for taxes decreased to $(20.4) million in 1996 from $1.9 million in 1995, primarily as a result of $13.6 million of non-recurring charges related to accrued expenses and the write-down and write-off of certain assets of AVCOM.

Provision (benefit) for income taxes changed from an expense of $4.0 million in 1995 to a tax benefit of $4.1 million in 1996. The 1996 tax benefit results from the recognition of AVCOM's operating loss carryforward. Previously, the Company's predecessor entities incurred federal income taxes only with respect to AVCOM, as well as foreign income taxes with respect to LSI and the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries in St. Maarten, Netherlands Antilles.

As a result of the factors discussed above, net income decreased 48% to $11.0 million in 1996 from $21.3 million in 1995.

The Company has grown significantly from its August 1996 Initial Public Offering from nine to 70 resort locations at December 31, 1997. This growth has been achieved in part through the acquisition for cash of individual properties and operating companies and by the issuance of Common Stock for operating companies which were accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations. An indication of the change in the financial results of the Company as a result of these acquisitions is shown in the table below which reconciles the Company's total revenues, EBITDA and income before provision for income taxes as reported for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 in its Annual Reports on Form 10-K to the restated and combined amounts for the same periods reflecting pooling-of-interests accounting:

                                                                         EFFECT OF          REPORTED
                                                       FORM 10-K    POOLING TRANSACTIONS     HEREIN
                                                       ---------    --------------------    --------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
Total revenues.......................................   $95,054           $124,793          $219,847
EBITDA...............................................    27,678             16,944            44,622
Income before provision for income taxes.............    17,243            (10,314)            6,929

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
Total revenues.......................................   $72,608           $ 95,710          $168,318
EBITDA...............................................    19,057             22,496            41,553
Income before provision for income taxes.............    11,554             13,765            25,319

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company generates cash for operations from the sale of vacation ownership interests, the financing of the sales of vacation interest units, the rental of unsold vacation interests, and the receipt of management fees. With respect to the sale of vacation interests, the Company generates cash from (i) vacation ownership interests, (ii) the receipt of down payments from customers, and (iii) the financing of mortgages receivable ranging from 85% to 90% of the amount borrowed. The Company generates cash from the financing of vacation interests from the interest charged on mortgages receivable, which averaged approximately 14.4% for the year ended December 31, 1997.

The Company's $100 million Senior Credit Facility was entered into on February 18, 1998. The Senior Credit Facility has a variable borrowing rate based on the percentage of the Company's mortgages receivable pledged under such facility and the amount of funds advanced thereunder. The interest rate will vary between LIBOR plus 7/8% and LIBOR plus 1 3/8%, depending on the amount of advances against mortgages receivable. The Senior Credit Facility has a three-year term and contains customary covenants, representations and

45

warranties and conditions to borrow the funds. As of March 20, 1998, approximately $87 million was outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility. The Company is currently negotiating with its bank syndicate to increase the amount available under the Senior Credit Facility.

The Company expects to securitize approximately $100 million of its mortgages receivable, of which $50 million has been pre-committed. The Company expects to convey the mortgages receivable to a bankruptcy remote subsidiary, which would issue the Securitized Notes. The Securitized Notes would be nonrecourse to the Company. The Company is finalizing negotiations and expects to complete the securitization by May 1998. If completed, the securitization would be treated as a financing transaction for accounting purposes. The mortgages receivable and the Securitized Notes would remain on the Company's balance sheet. The Company would recognize no gain or loss on the Securitized Notes transaction.

For the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company had $50.0 million in negative cash flows from operations. Because the Company typically finances 90% of the purchase price of the vacation interests it sells, it typically incurs significant operating costs in excess of the actual cash proceeds initially received from the sale of a vacation interest. To meet the Company's cash requirements to finance these customer receivables, the Company borrows funds available under its credit facilities. The Company expects to repay its credit facilities with proceeds from the issuance of pass-through mortgage-backed securities under which the Company sells the mortgages receivable and principal or interest payments from its portfolio of mortgages receivable. The Company may also sell or factor additional mortgages receivable or borrow under existing or future lines of credit.

In August 1997, the Company consummated the $200.0 million Senior Subordinated Note Offering. After deducting underwriters discounts and expenses, and giving effect to original issue discount of approximately $1.5 million, the net proceeds to the Company were $191.0 million. The Company has exchanged new registered notes (the "Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes") for the privately-issued Senior Subordinated Notes, such exchange being registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The form and terms of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are identical to the Senior Subordinated Notes, except that the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

In February 1997, the Company consummated its public offering of $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes and its offering of 6.0 million shares of Common Stock (comprised of 2.4 million newly-issued shares sold by the Company and 3.6 million secondary shares sold by certain selling stockholders). The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2.4 million newly-issued shares of Common Stock and from the sale of the $138.0 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes, based on a public price of 100% of the principal amount thereof, in each case after deducting underwriting discounts and expenses, were $53.2 million and $134.9 million, respectively. The Convertible Notes may be exchanged for shares of the Company's Common Stock at any time prior to maturity on January 15, 2007 at a conversion price of $30.417 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as stated in the related indenture.

The Company requires funds to finance the future acquisition and development of vacation ownership resorts and properties and to finance customer purchases of vacation interests. Such capital has been provided by secured financings on vacation ownership inventory, secured financings on mortgages receivable generally funded by third-party lenders and unsecured notes (including the Convertible Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes issued in 1997). As of December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately $199 million of additional borrowing capacity under certain third-party lending agreements. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had $91.0 million outstanding under its notes payable secured by mortgages receivable and $6.2 million outstanding under its notes payable secured by unsold vacation interest inventory or other assets.

During 1997, the Company spent approximately $137 million for expansion and development activities at the Company's resort locations. The Company funded these expenditures primarily with the net proceeds of the Concurrent Offerings, the Senior Subordinated Note Offering, available capacity on credit facilities, and cash generated from operations.

46

The Company expects to incur approximately $20 million in 1998 to complete projects currently under construction. For a description of potential expansion plans, see "Business and Properties -- Description of the Company's Resort Locations."

The Company intends to pursue a growth-oriented strategy. From time to time, the Company may acquire, among other things, additional vacation ownership properties, resorts and completed vacation interests; land upon which additional vacation ownership resorts may be built; management contracts; loan portfolios of vacation interval mortgages; portfolios which include properties or assets which may be integrated into the Company's operations; and operating companies providing or possessing management, sales, marketing, development, administration and/or other expertise with respect to the Company's operations in the vacation ownership industry.

In the future, in addition to the financing activities described, the Company may issue corporate debt, equity securities, or collateralized mortgage-backed securities to finance its acquisition activities. Any debt incurred or issued by the Company may be secured or unsecured, fixed or variable rate interest, and may be subject to such terms as management deems prudent.

The Company believes that, with respect to its current operations, the Senior Credit Facility and borrowing capacity under certain third-party lending agreements, together with cash generated from operations, future borrowings, and securities offerings, will be sufficient to meet the Company's working capital and capital expenditure needs for the period ended December 31, 1998. However, depending upon conditions in the capital and other financial markets, other factors and the Company's growth, development and expansion plans, the Company may from time to time consider the issuance of other debt or equity securities, the proceeds of which would be used to finance acquisitions, refinance debt, finance mortgage receivables or for other purposes.

AVCOM ACQUISITION AND RELATED EXPENSES

In February 1997, the Company consummated the AVCOM Acquisition, acquiring AVCOM for 1,324,554 shares of the Company's Common Stock, representing on a pro forma basis approximately 4.4% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding following such acquisition. Based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on February 7, 1997, the 1,324,554 shares issued in the AVCOM Acquisition were valued at an aggregate of approximately $32.2 million. The Company also assumed approximately $68.3 million in debt and $53.7 million of mortgages receivable in the AVCOM Acquisition. The Company has accounted for the AVCOM Acquisition under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations.

Transaction costs relating to the negotiation of, preparation for, and consummation of the AVCOM Acquisition and the combination of certain operations of the Company and AVCOM resulted in a one-time charge to the Company's earnings of $1.7 million in the first quarter of 1997. This charge includes the fees and expenses payable to financial advisors, legal fees and other transaction expenses related to the AVCOM Acquisition.

PRG ACQUISITION AND RELATED EXPENSES

On May 15, 1997, the Company consummated its merger with PRG, a developer, marketer and operator of two vacation ownership resorts in Williamsburg, Virginia. The PRG Acquisition was consummated through the issuance of 3,601,844 shares of the Company's Common Stock, representing on a pro forma basis approximately 10.7% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding following such merger. Based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on May 15, 1997, the shares issued in the PRG Acquisition were valued at an aggregate of $59.1 million. The Company also assumed approximately $58.4 million of debt, $66.0 million of mortgages receivable and $5.7 million in cash in the PRG Acquisition. The Company has accounted for the PRG Acquisition under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations.

47

The Company recorded a one-time charge of $4.2 million during the second quarter 1997 for charges related to the PRG Acquisition including fees paid to financial advisors, legal, and other transaction-related expenses. Certain entities acquired in the PRG Acquisition were taxed as partnerships at the partner level. As a result of the PRG Acquisition, the Company recorded a deferred tax liability for cumulative temporary differences between financial and tax reporting. This liability was established through a charge to the Company's provision for income taxes in 1997.

LSI ACQUISITION AND RELATED EXPENSES

On August 28, 1997, the Company consummated the LSI Acquisition, acquiring 100% of LSI's capital stock in exchange for 1,996,401 newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock, representing on a pro forma basis approximately 5.6% of the shares of the Company's Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1997. Based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on August 28, 1997, the 1,996,401 shares issued in the LSI Acquisition were valued at an aggregate of approximately $48.2 million. In addition to the Common Stock issued in the LSI Acquisition, the Company also assumed $0.5 million in debt, $1.7 million of mortgages receivable and $6.0 million in cash. The Company also paid cash consideration of approximately $1 million to a former LSI shareholder. The Company has accounted for the LSI Acquisition under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting for business combinations.

Transaction costs relating to the negotiation of and preparation for the LSI Acquisition and the anticipated combination of certain operations resulted in a one-time charge to the Company's earnings of $4.1 million in the third quarter of 1997. These charges include the fees and expenses payable to financial advisors, legal fees and other transaction expenses related to the LSI Acquisition.

MARC HOTELS & RESORTS ACQUISITION

On October 10, 1997, the Company consummated the Marc Acquisition acquiring 100% of the capital stock of Marc Resorts for 212,717 newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock. The Company has accounted for the Marc Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

VACATION INTERNATIONALE ACQUISITION

On November 7, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of VI for approximately $24.3 million, comprised of $8.0 million in cash and promissory notes and the assumption of approximately $16.3 million of long-term indebtedness. The Company has accounted for the VI Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

ACQUISITION OF EMBASSY SUITES RESORT AT KAANAPALI BEACH

On November 14, 1997, a partnership of which the Company is a managing general partner consummated its acquisition of the Embassy Suites Resort at Kaanapali Beach, Maui, Hawaii for approximately $78 million. The acquiring entity is a partnership formed by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (as the managing general partner), the Whitehall Street Real Estate Limited Partnership VII and Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P. The Company's subsidiary owns a 24% partnership interest in the acquiring entity.

ACQUISITION OF GLOBAL GROUP

On December 5, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition of the European vacation ownership business of the Global Group through an asset purchase for cash consideration of approximately $18 million. The Company assumed no debt as part of this transaction, but assumed approximately $7.0 million in current liabilities and acquired assets valued at approximately $15.8 million. The Company has accounted for the Global Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting.

48

YEAR 2000

The Company uses software that will be affected by the date change in the year 2000 and recognizes that the arrival of the year 2000 poses challenges that will require modifications of portions of its software to enable it to function properly. As the year 2000 approaches, date sensitive systems will recognize the year 2000 as 1900, or not at all. This may cause systems to process critical financial and operational information incorrectly. The Company, like many other companies, is expected to incur expenditures over the next few years to address this issue. The Company has several information system improvement initiatives under way to determine the full scope and related costs to insure that the Company's systems continue to meet its needs and those of its customers. These initiatives include upgrading and replacing some computer systems and the conversion of others to be Year 2000 compliant. Although final cost estimates have yet to be determined, it is anticipated that these Year 2000 costs will result in an increase to Company expenses during 1998 and 1999. Suppliers, customers, mortgages receivable servicers and creditors of the Company also face Year 2000 issues. Their failure to successfully address the Year 2000 issue could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or results of operations.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See the information set forth on Index to Financial Statements appearing on page F-1 of this report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On September 12, 1996, Ernst & Young LLP advised the Company that it was resigning as independent auditors for the Company. Ernst & Young LLP had been retained since the Company's inception and there have been no disagreements between the Company and Ernst & Young LLP with respect to accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, auditing scope or procedures, which if not resolved to Ernst & Young LLP's satisfaction, would have resulted in a reference to the subject matters of the disagreement in its audit report. Since the Company's inception, Ernst & Young LLP's report on the Company's financial statements did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were the opinions qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles, nor were there any events of the type requiring disclosure under Item 304(a)(l)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

On September 17, 1996, the Company retained the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP as auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1996 following Board of Directors approval, which was obtained on September 16, 1996. The decision to retain Arthur Andersen LLP was based upon the prior relationship with a predecessor of the Company as auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1994 and Arthur Andersen LLP's experience in the Company's industry, and was not motivated by any disagreements between the Company and Ernst & Young LLP concerning any accounting principles and/or policy matters. From the Company's inception to September 17, 1996, the Company did not consult with Arthur Andersen LLP with respect to the matters described in Item 304(a)(2) of Regulation S-K.

49

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The following table sets forth certain information, as of March 31, 1998, concerning each person who is a director or executive officer of the Company.

                NAME                     AGE                          POSITION
                ----                     ---                          --------
Osamu Kaneko.........................     50    Chairman of the Board
Andrew J. Gessow.....................     40    Director and Chief Executive Officer
Steven C. Kenninger..................     45    Director and President
Michael A. Depatie...................     41    Director, Executive Vice President and Chief
                                                Financial Officer
James E. Noyes.......................     51    Director and Chief Operating Officer
Charles C. Frey......................     43    Senior Vice President, Accounting and Administration
Loren V. Gallagher...................     51    Senior Vice President, Asia
Genevieve Giannoni...................     34    Senior Vice President, Operations
Michael V. Paulin....................     56    Senior Vice President, Hospitality Management
Dewey W. Chambers....................     40    Vice President and Treasurer
Andrew D. Hutton.....................     33    Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Timothy D. Levin.....................     41    Vice President, Architecture
David D. Philp.......................     36    Vice President, Acquisitions
Peter J. Shoobridge..................     32    Vice President, Business Development
James D. Wheat.......................     40    Vice President and Corporate Controller
Adam M. Aron.........................     43    Director
Sanford R. Climan....................     42    Director
J. Taylor Crandall...................     43    Director
Joshua S. Friedman...................     42    Director
W. Leo Kiely III.....................     51    Director

OSAMU KANEKO has served as a Chairman of the Board of the Company since June 1996, previously serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1996 to July 1997 and as Co-Chief Executive Officer from July 1997 to February 1998. Mr. Kaneko, a Japanese national, received a B.A. degree from Indiana State University in 1971. From 1974 to 1986, Mr. Kaneko was the Executive Vice President of Hasegawa Komuten (USA) Inc., the American subsidiary of Hasegawa Komuten Ltd., a Japanese real estate development company. In this capacity, Mr. Kaneko was responsible for the development of income producing properties in Hawaii, including resort condominiums and hotels. In 1985, Mr. Kaneko co-founded KOAR Group, Inc. ("KOAR") (a real estate acquisition and development company) with Mr. Kenninger and since that time has served as its Chief Executive Officer.

ANDREW J. GESSOW has served as a Director of the Company since its inception in May 1996 and as Chief Executive Officer since February 1998, previously serving as Co-Chief Executive Officer since July 1997 and as President since June 1996. Mr. Gessow founded Argosy Group Inc. ("Argosy")(a real estate acquisition and development company and one of the Company's predecessor entities) in 1990 and served as its President from 1990 through August 1996. Prior thereto, Mr. Gessow served as a Partner with Trammell Crow Company (a real estate development, management and investment company) and was President of Trammell Crow Residential Services, Florida and West Coast from 1987 to 1990. From 1981 through 1987, Mr. Gessow was Founder and President of Travel, Inc., and Home Search, Inc. which he co-founded with Citicorp Venture Capital. Mr. Gessow received a B.B.A. degree in Finance from Emory University in 1978 and a M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School in 1980.

STEVEN C. KENNINGER has served as a Director of the Company since its inception and as President of the Company since February 1998. Previously, Mr. Kenninger served as Chief Operating Officer and Secretary of the Company from June 1996 to February 1998. Mr. Kenninger co-founded KOAR with Mr. Kaneko in 1985

50

and most recently served as its President. Mr. Kenninger was a practicing attorney at the law firm of Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker, located in Los Angeles, California from 1977 through 1981 and at the law firm of Riordan & McKinzie, located in Los Angeles, California from 1981 through 1985, where he was a partner. Mr. Kenninger received a B.S. degree in Mechanical Engineering from Purdue University in 1974 and received a J.D. degree from Stanford Law School in 1977. Mr. Kenninger is a member of the Board of Visitors of the Stanford Law School and has been a member of the State Bar of California since 1977.

MICHAEL A. DEPATIE has served as a Director of the Company since October 1997 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company since November 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Depatie was Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financing Officer of La Quinta Inns, Inc. (a hotel operating company) from July 1992 to August 1996. From April 1989 through June 1992, Mr. Depatie was co-founder and Senior Vice President of Finance of Summerfield Hotel Corporation (a hotel operating company). From April 1988 through April 1989, Mr. Depatie was founder and Managing General Partner of Pacwest Capital Partners. From June 1984 through April 1988, Mr. Depatie served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Development of The Residence Inn Company. Mr. Depatie received a B.A. degree from Michigan State University in 1979 and a M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School in 1983.

JAMES E. NOYES has served as a Director of the Company since July 1996 and as Chief Operating Officer since February 1998. Previously, Mr. Noyes served as Executive Vice President of the Company since July 1996. Prior to joining the Company, from 1989 through June 1996 Mr. Noyes served as President of The Trase Miller Group (a travel technology services company), the parent company of MTI Vacations, Inc., with interests in vacation packaging, travel technology and specialized teleservices, and previously served as its Vice President of Marketing and Sales since 1980. Mr. Noyes served in various management positions for Wilson Sporting Goods from 1976 to 1980. Mr. Noyes is a director of Preview Travel, Inc. and Ball Horticultural, Inc. (a horticultural supply company). Mr. Noyes received a B.A. degree in 1970 from Dartmouth College and received a M.B.A. degree in 1974 from Stanford Business School.

CHARLES C. FREY has served as Senior Vice President, Accounting and Administration of the Company since January 1997. Previously, he served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since July 1996. Prior thereto, Mr. Frey had served as Senior Vice President of Administration and Treasurer of Argosy (one of the Company's predecessor entities) since 1992. Prior thereto, Mr. Frey was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Trammell Crow Residential Services-Florida from 1986 to 1992. Mr. Frey is a Certified Public Accountant and a licensed real estate broker in Florida. He received a B.S. degree in Accounting and Economics from the Indiana University of Pennsylvania in 1977.

LOREN V. GALLAGHER has served as Senior Vice President, Asia of the Company since January 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Gallagher held executive management positions with Vacation Resorts International (a vacation ownership management company) from 1979 through December 1996, most recently serving as its President and Chief Operating Officer. In addition, Mr. Gallagher was a practicing attorney from 1983 to 1996, specializing in real estate acquisition and vacation ownership. Prior thereto, he was an independent real estate broker in California from 1977 to 1979 and was a licensed real estate sales associate at Coldwell-Banker from 1975 to 1977. He is a licensed real estate broker in California and is a member of the State Bar of California. Mr. Gallagher received a B.A. degree from Winona State University, M.A. degrees from San Diego State University and National Chengchi University in Taiwan (Chinese language), and a J.D. degree from Loyola Law School.

GENEVIEVE GIANNONI has served as Senior Vice President, Operations of the Company since July 1996. Ms. Giannoni joined Argosy (one of the Company's predecessor entities) in May 1992 as Director of Marketing, became a Vice President in 1993, and Senior Vice President, Operations in 1994. Prior to joining Argosy, Ms. Giannoni was a marketing director at Trammell Crow Residential Services-Florida from 1987 to 1992. Ms. Giannoni is a licensed real estate agent in Florida. She received a B.A. degree from Rollins College in 1985 and graduated from the Crummer Management Program at Rollins College in 1990.

MICHAEL V. PAULIN has served as Senior Vice President, Hospitality Management of the Company since January 1998. Mr. Paulin also serves as President of the Company's Marc Hotels & Resorts subsidiary which he founded in 1987 and the Company acquired in October 1997. Prior to forming Marc Hotels & Resorts,

51

Mr. Paulin served as Senior Vice President of Aston Hotels & Resorts form 1978 to 1987 and Vice President of Colony Hotels from 1970 to 1978. From 1964 to 1970, Mr. Paulin was President and Founder of World Wide Living, Inc., tourist apartment, home, and yacht rentals provider. Mr. Paulin has served as Chairman of the Hawaii Hotel Association and Chairman of the Pacific Asia Travel Association. Mr. Paulin received a B.S. degree in Business Economics and International Trade from the University of Southern California in 1963.

DEWEY W. CHAMBERS has served as Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since January 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Chambers served as Vice President -- Treasurer of La Quinta Inns, Inc. from 1992 through December 1996. Prior thereto, Mr. Chambers served with the accounting firm of KPMG Peat Marwick, L.L.P. from 1983 to 1992, most recently as Senior Manager. Mr. Chambers is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Chambers received a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Oklahoma in 1980 and a B.B.A. degree in Accounting from the University of Texas at San Antonio in 1983.

ANDREW D. HUTTON has served as Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since October 1996 and as Secretary of the Company since February 1998. Prior to joining the Company, from 1991 through October 1996, Mr. Hutton practiced corporate securities and finance law with the law firm of Latham & Watkins, located in Los Angeles, California. Mr. Hutton received a J.D. degree from the University of Minnesota Law School in 1991 and received B.S. and B.A. degrees from the University of Kansas in 1988. Mr. Hutton has been a member of the State Bar of California since 1991.

TIMOTHY D. LEVIN has served as Vice President, Architecture of the Company since July 1996. Prior thereto, Mr. Levin was Vice President, Architecture, of KOAR since December 1995. From 1989 through December 1995, Mr. Levin was President of Sevelex Consultants, Inc., a project management and design consulting firm affiliated with Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger. Mr. Levin was the senior design and production manager at Carl Wahlquist AIA Architects, Inc. from 1983 through 1988. Mr. Levin is a member of the American Institute of Architects and has been a licensed General Contractor in the State of California since 1980. Mr. Levin received his Bachelor of Architecture degree from Southern California Institute of Architecture in 1986.

DAVID D. PHILP has served as Vice President, Acquisitions of the Company since September 1997, previously serving as Senior Director of Acquisitions since February 1996. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Philp was a Director of Development for Doubletree Hotels Corporation from October 1994 through August 1995 and from 1991 through September 1994 was a Director of the Hospitality Consulting Group for Kenneth Leventhal & Company. Prior thereto, Mr. Philp was a Manager of Development for IDG Development (a real estate development company) from 1990 to 1991, was a Senior Consultant for the accounting firm of Pannell Kerr Forster from 1987 to 1990 and held operations management positions with Hyatt Hotels Corporation from 1984 to 1987. He received a B.A. degree from the Cornell University School of Hotel Administration in 1984.

PETER J. SHOOBRIDGE has served as Vice President of Business Development of the Company since September 1997. From January 1994 to September 1997 he served as Chief Financial Officer and from July 1996 to September 1997, as Director of Business Development of LSI Group Holdings Plc, which was acquired by the Company in August 1997. Prior to joining LSI, Mr. Shoobridge served with the accounting firm of BDO Sloy Hayward in London, England from January 1984 to August 1987, most recently as manager in the Corporate Finance department. Mr. Shoobridge holds a degree in music from the Royal Northern College of Music in Manchester, England, and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

JAMES D. WHEAT has served as Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Company since November 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Wheat served with Raychem Corporation (a materials science manufacturing company) from 1991 to November 1997 as internal auditor, division controller and external reporting manager. Mr. Wheat is a Certified Public Accountant, Certified Management Accountant, Certified Internal Auditor and is a licensed real estate broker in California. He received a B.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan in 1980 and a M.B.A. degree from The Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania in 1985.

52

ADAM M. ARON has served as Director of the Company since October 1997. Mr. Aron has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Vail Resorts, Inc. since July 1996. Prior to joining Vail Resorts, Mr. Aron served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Norwegian Cruise Line Ltd. from July 1993 to July 1996, as Senior Vice President of Marketing for United Airlines from November 1990 to July 1993 and as Senior Vice President of Marketing for Hyatt Hotels Corporation from 1987 to 1990. Mr. Aron also serves as a director of Florsheim Group, Inc. Mr. Aron holds a B.A. degree from Harvard College and a M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School.

SANFORD R. CLIMAN has served as a Director of the Company since August 1996. In June 1997, Mr. Climan returned to Creative Artists Agency, Inc. ("CAA"), a leading literary and talent agency, as a member of its senior executive team. Mr. Climan was formerly a member of CAA's senior executive team from June 1986 to September 1995. From October 1995 through May 1997, Mr. Climan was Executive Vice President and President Worldwide Business Development of Universal Studios, Inc. From 1979 to 1986, Mr. Climan held various positions in the entertainment industry. Mr. Climan also serves as a director of PointCast, Inc. (an internet computer software company). Mr. Climan received a B.A. degree from Harvard College in 1977, a M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School in 1979 and a Master of Science in Health Policy and Management from the Harvard School of Public Health in 1979.

J. TAYLOR CRANDALL has served as a Director of the Company since October 1997. Mr. Crandall has served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Keystone, Inc., the principal investment vehicle of Robert M. Bass of Fort Worth, Texas since October 1996 and as President, Director and sole stockholder of Acadia MGP, Inc. (managing general partner of Acadia Investment Partners, L.P., the sole general partner of Acadia Partners, L.P. (an investment partnership)) since 1992. Mr. Crandall also serves as a director of Bell & Howell Company, Quaker State, Specialty Foods Corporation and Washington Mutual. Mr. Crandall holds a B.A. degree from Bowdoin College, where he has served as a trustee.

JOSHUA S. FRIEDMAN has served as a Director of the Company since August 1996. Mr. Friedman is a founder of Canyon Partners Incorporated, a private merchant banking firm and an affiliate of Canpartners Incorporated, and has been a Managing Partner of Canyon Partners Incorporated since its inception in 1990. From 1984 through 1990, Mr. Friedman served with Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated (an investment banking firm), most recently as Executive Vice President and Co-Director, Capital Markets. Mr. Friedman also serves as a director of First Aviation Services, Inc. (an aircraft services supplier) and several privately held companies and charitable organizations. Mr. Friedman received a B.A. degree from Harvard College in 1976, a M.A. degree from Oxford University in 1978, a J.D. degree from Harvard Law School in 1982 and a M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School in 1982.

W. LEO KIELY III has served as a Director of the Company since August 1996. Mr. Kiely has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Coors Brewing Company since 1993. From 1982 through 1993, Mr. Kiely held various executive positions with Frito-Lay Inc., a subsidiary of PepsiCo, most recently serving as President of Frito-Lay's Central Division. Prior to joining Frito-Lay, Mr. Kiely was President of Ventura Coastal Corporation, a division of Seven-Up Corporation, from 1979 through 1982. Mr. Kiely also serves as a director of Bell Sports, Inc. (a bicycle helmet manufacture). He is also on the advisory boards of the National Association of Manufacturers and several educational and charitable organizations. Mr. Kiely received a B.A. degree from Harvard College in 1969 and a M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania in 1971.

On August 5, 1996, an action was filed in California state court against KEN/KOAR LAX Partners, L.P., which was affiliated with Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger (the "LAX Partnership"), the owner of the Embassy Suites hotel located at Los Angeles International Airport, by the secured lender on the hotel. The complaint sought judicial foreclosure of the loan, appointment of a receiver and certain other relief. The LAX Partnership subsequently sold its interest in the Embassy Suites hotel, and the Chapter 11 proceeding was dismissed concurrently with the closing of such transaction. The Company has no interest in the hotel or the LAX Partnership. Following the consummation of the sale, neither Mr. Kaneko nor Mr. Kenninger holds any interest in or obligation related to the hotel.

53

COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(A) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), requires certain of the Company's directors and officers, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of the Company's equity securities ("Insiders"), to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock. Insiders are required by the Commission's regulations to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports filed by such persons.

To the Company's knowledge, based solely on its review of the copies of such reports furnished to the Company and written representations from the Insiders that no other reports were required, during the year ended December 31, 1997, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to Insiders were complied with.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth the annual base salary and other annual compensation which the Company paid in 1997 and would have paid in 1996 on an annualized basis to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the other four most highly compensated executive officers whose cash compensation exceeded $100,000 in salary and bonus (the "Named Executive Officers").

                                                         ANNUAL COMPENSATION                          LONG-TERM
                                        -----------------------------------------------------       COMPENSATION
                                        FISCAL                                OTHER ANNUAL      SECURITIES UNDERLYING
NAME AND CURRENT PRINCIPAL POSITION(1)   YEAR    SALARY($)   BONUS($)(2)   COMPENSATION($)(3)    OPTIONS/SARS(#)(4)
--------------------------------------  ------   ---------   -----------   ------------------   ---------------------
Osamu Kaneko, Chairman of the Board...   1997    $280,000     $280,000          $ 2,500                     --
                                         1996    $280,000     $      0          $ 2,500                225,000
Andrew J. Gessow, Director and Chief
  Executive Officer................      1997    $280,000     $280,000          $ 2,500                     --
                                         1996    $280,000     $      0          $ 2,500                225,000
Steven C. Kenninger, Director and
  President........................      1997    $280,000     $280,000          $ 2,500                     --
                                         1996    $280,000     $      0          $ 2,500                225,000
James E. Noyes, Director and Chief
  Operating Officer................      1997    $289,000     $271,000          $14,500                     --
                                         1996    $280,000     $120,000          $14,500                562,500
Michael A. Depatie, Director,
  Executive Vice President and Chief
  Financial Officer................      1997    $280,000     $200,000          $ 2,500                     --
                                         1996    $280,000     $      0          $ 2,500                562,500


(1) Certain Named Executive Officers served the Company in different capacities during 1996 and 1997. For a description of the various positions held by Messrs. Gessow, Kaneko, Kenninger and Noyes, see "Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant" above.

(2) Amounts stated include bonus amounts earned in 1997 by the Named Executive Officers and paid in 1998. See "Employment Agreements and Covenants Not to Compete" below for a discussion of annual performance bonuses payable to key employees and executive officers.

(3) Represents automobile lease payments ($12,000 with respect to Mr. Noyes) and insurance premiums for customary life and health benefits ($2,500 with respect to each of Messrs. Kaneko, Gessow, Kenninger, Noyes and Depatie).

(4) The indicated options to purchase 1,800,000 shares of Common Stock were granted to the Named Executive Officers in 1996. No options were granted to any of the Named Executive Officers in 1997.

54

The following table contains information concerning the value of stock options issued under the Company's 1996 Equity Participation Plan and held by the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1997. No stock options were granted to or exercised by any of the Named Executive Officers during 1997.

DECEMBER 31, 1997 OPTION YEAR-END VALUES

                                             NUMBER OF SECURITIES               VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                            UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                  IN-THE-MONEY
                                                  OPTIONS AT                         OPTIONS AT
                                              FISCAL YEAR-END(#)                 FISCAL YEAR-END($)
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION         EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE          EXERCISABLE/UNEXERCISABLE
     -----------------------------         -------------------------          -------------------------
Osamu Kaneko, Chairman of the Board....          75,000/150,000                   $940,875/$1,881,750
Andrew J. Gessow, Director and Chief
  Executive Officer....................          75,000/150,000                   $940,875/$1,881,750
Steven C. Kenninger, Director and
  President............................          75,000/150,000                   $940,875/$1,881,750
James E. Noyes, Director and
  Chief Operating Officer..............         281,250/281,250                 $3,902,344/$3,902,344
Michael A. Depatie, Director, Executive
  Vice President and
  Chief Financial Officer..............         225,000/337,500                 $1,567,875/$2,351,813

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

The Company pays its directors who are not officers of the Company ("Independent Directors") a fee of $1,000 per meeting of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof (including telephonic meetings) for their services as directors. In addition, the Company grants options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment) at a price equal to fair market value on the date of grant to each such Independent Director to vest in equal portions over a term of three years from the date of election as an Independent Director. Each Independent Director who is still a member of the Board of Directors at the end of the three year vesting period of the initial grant of options will receive a grant of additional options to purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant, with such options to vest over an additional three year period. In addition to such option grants, the Independent Directors will be reimbursed for expenses of attending each meeting of the Board of Directors. Officers of the Company who are directors will not be paid any director fees but will be reimbursed for expenses of attending meetings of the Board of Directors.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS NOT TO COMPETE

In 1996, each of Messrs. Kaneko, Gessow, Kenninger, Noyes and Depatie entered into an employment agreement with the Company for a term of two years, subject to extension. The employment agreement for each of such executives provides for an annual salary of $280,000 per year for the first year and at such salary as may be determined by the Compensation Committee thereafter, with annual performance bonuses determined by the Compensation Committee in connection with the achievement of performance criteria to be determined (except with respect to Mr. Noyes, who will receive a guaranteed quarterly bonus of $30,000 for each quarter he is employed by the Company). In 1996, pursuant to their employment agreement each of Messrs. Kaneko, Gessow, Kenninger, Noyes and Depatie received options to purchase 225,000, 225,000, 225,000, 562,500 and 562,500 shares of Common Stock, respectively. In addition, pursuant to their employment agreement each of Messrs. Kaneko, Gessow, Kenninger, Noyes and Depatie shall receive severance payments equal to base compensation and bonus at the most recent annual amount for the longer of the balance of the employment term or two years upon the death, disability, termination or resignation of such executive, unless such executive resigns without "good cause" or unless the Company terminates such executive as a result of gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or a material breach of the employment agreement. Each such executive will have "good cause" to terminate his employment with the Company in the event of any reduction in his compensation or benefits, material breach or material default by the Company under his employment agreement or following the merger or change in control of the Company.

55

Each of Messrs. Gessow, Kenninger, Noyes and Depatie have agreed to devote substantially full time to the business of the Company and not engage in any competitive businesses. In particular, the foregoing individuals are prohibited from managing, consulting or participating in any way in any vacation ownership business or from acquiring any property with the intent to convert the property to a vacation ownership operation, unless the Independent Directors of the Company determine that such investment is in the best interest of the Company. Such noncompetition provisions shall survive for two years following any termination of employment. Such individuals are not, however, prohibited from investing in residential or commercial real estate with no prospect to be converted to vacation ownership or resort related use or, acquiring hotels, including hotels which may compete directly with properties of the Company.

In March 1998, in connection with Mr. Kaneko's new status as non-executive Chairman of the Board, the Company amended its employment agreement with Mr. Kaneko to provide that he shall devote at least 50% of his time to the Company's business. Correspondingly, Mr. Kaneko's annual salary was reduced to $140,000 per year. Mr. Kaneko is allowed to devote the remainder of his time to acquire, develop or manage other investments in non-resort residential or commercial real estate that do not present a prospect for conversion to vacation ownership or resort-related use.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

Set forth in the following table is the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of March 28, 1998 for all current directors, the Named Executive Officers, all directors and executive officers as a group and beneficial holders of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock. Pursuant to the rules of the Securities Exchange Commission, in calculating percentage ownership, each person is deemed to beneficially own his own shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days, but options owned by others (even if exercisable within 60 days) are deemed not to be outstanding shares. Percentage ownership is based on 35,880,507 shares of Common Stock outstanding on March 28, 1998 in addition to shares acquirable pursuant to options which will become exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 1998.

                                                                               SHARES          PERCENT
                                                                            BENEFICIALLY          OF
    NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER(A)                   POSITION                     OWNED            CLASS
    ---------------------------                   --------                  ------------       --------
Directors and Named Executive
  Officers:
Osamu Kaneko(b)....................  Chairman of the Board                   3,487,855(c)         9.7%
Andrew J. Gessow(d)................  Director and Chief Executive            3,606,306(c)        10.1%
                                     Officer
Steven C. Kenninger(b).............  Director and President                  1,092,867(c)(e)      3.1%
Michael A. Depatie.................  Director, Executive Vice President        237,682(f)           *
                                     and Chief Financial Officer
James E. Noyes.....................  Director and Chief Operating              318,750(g)           *
                                     Officer
Adam M. Aron.......................  Director                                       --              *
Sanford R. Climan..................  Director                                   12,375(h)           *
J. Taylor Crandall.................  Director                                       --              *
Joshua S. Friedman(i)..............  Director                                    7,500(j)           *
W. Leo Kiely, III..................  Director                                    7,500(j)           *
All directors and executive
  officers as a
  group (19 persons)...............                                          9,149,529(k)        25.5%
5% Beneficial Owners:
Putnam Investments, Inc.(l)........  N/A                                     4,161,207           11.6%
  One Post Office Square
  Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Pilgrim Baxter & Associates,
  Ltd.(m)..........................  N/A                                     3,219,680            9.0%
  825 Duportail Road
  Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087


* Less than 1%.

56

(a) Except as otherwise indicated, each beneficial owner has the sole power to vote and to dispose of all shares of Common Stock owned by such beneficial owner.

(b) The address of such person is 5933 West Century Blvd., Suite 210, Los Angeles, California 90045.

(c) Includes presently exercisable options to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) The address of such person is 2934 Woodside Road, Woodside, California 94062.

(e) With the exception of presently exercisable options to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock, the shares indicated are held by Mr. Kenninger through a trust under which Mr. Kenninger may be deemed presently to share beneficial ownership with his co-trustee spouse.

(f) Includes (i) presently exercisable options to acquire 225,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) 12,682 shares of Common Stock which Mr. Depatie presently may be deemed to have, or to share, beneficial ownership with an affiliated corporation he controls.

(g) Represents presently exercisable options to purchase shares of Common Stock and options which will become exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 1998.

(h) Includes presently exercisable options to purchase 7,500 shares of Common Stock.

(i) Canpartners Incorporated ("Canyon") holds 65,507 shares and is the sole general partner of CPI Securities L.P. ("CPI"), which holds 426,643 shares. Mr. Friedman, Mitchell R. Julis and R. Christian B. Evensen are the sole shareholders and directors of Canyon and may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by Canyon and CPI. Such persons disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares. The 492,150 shares held by Canyon and CPI do not include 154,035 shares held by Mr. Friedman's wife, 154,035 shares held by Mr. Julis, 154,035 shares held by Mr. Evensen's wife, 10,771 shares held by an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Mr. Evensen's children, 10,771 shares held by an irrevocable trust for the benefit of Mr. Friedman's children and 10,771 shares held by Mr. Julis' son. The beneficial ownership of such shares is disclaimed by Canyon. Taken as a group, the entities and persons named in this note hold an aggregate of 1,018,361 shares, or 2.8% of the Common Stock outstanding.

(j) Represents presently exercisable options to purchase shares of Common Stock.

(k) Includes 842,570 shares which may be acquired upon the exercise of presently exercisable options or options which will become exercisable within 60 days of March 28, 1998.

(l) Information based solely on a Schedule 13G filed with the Commission on January 27, 1998 by, among others, Putnam Investments, Inc. ("PI"). Of the shares beneficially owned by PI, Putnam Investment Management, Inc. ("PIM") beneficially owns 3,730,005 (or 10.4%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and The Putnam Advisory Company, Inc. ("PAC") beneficially owns 431,202 (or 1.2%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock. The shares of Common Stock reported as being beneficially owned by PI consist of securities beneficially owned by subsidiaries of PI which are registered investment advisers, which in turn include securities beneficially owned by clients of such investment advisers, which clients may include investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act and/or employee benefit plans, pension funds, endowment funds or other institutional clients. PI, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Marsch & McLennan Companies, Inc. ("M&MC"), wholly owns two registered investment advisers:
PIM, which is the investment adviser to the Putnam family of mutual funds and PAC, which is the investment adviser to Putnam's institutional clients. Both subsidiaries have dispository power over the shares as investment managers, but each of the mutual fund's trustees have voting power over the shares held by each fund, and PAC has shared voting power over the shares held by the institutional clients. M&MC and PI disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of Common Stock reported as being beneficially owned by PI.

(m) Information based solely on Schedule 13G filed with the Commission of February 13, 1998 by Pilgram Baxter & Associates, Ltd.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIP AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Affiliates of Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger currently have managing general partner or similar interests in entities which own investment properties which the Company does not consider to be competitive with its

57

timeshare business (the "KOAR Interests"). These properties include a 225-unit condominium project in Long Beach, California which is being marketed for whole share unit sales or long-term residential use rather than vacation use (and with respect to which the KOAR Interests currently own 74 of the total 225 units, the balance having been sold to third parties); and several retail centers and a proposed office development project. Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger are also currently the constituent general partners of a number of partnerships in which they owe fiduciary duties to limited partners who invested over $80 million of equity therein (which partnerships include certain Embassy Suites hotels which are still owned by partnerships controlled by Affiliates of Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger (the "Prior Partnerships")). Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger are authorized by the Company to meet their duties and responsibilities to the Prior Partnerships pursuant to the terms thereof, including the sale, refinancing, restructuring and packaging of the Prior Partnerships, and including with respect to the formation of public or private entities for such purpose, including a public real estate investment trust ("REIT") for one or all of the Embassy Suites hotels in the Prior Partnerships (provided, that Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger agree not to serve as an officer or employee of such REIT). Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger agree to continue to retain third party management companies to manage these properties (e.g., Promus Hotels manages all such Embassy Suites hotels), and to employ personnel not employed by the Company to carry out the day-to-day responsibilities of managing and overseeing these properties. However, Messrs. Kaneko and Kenninger reserve the right to do what is reasonably necessary within these constraints to carry out their duties and responsibilities to the Prior Partnerships pursuant to the terms thereof. The Company does not believe that such activities detract materially from Messrs. Kaneko's and Kenninger's services to the Company. See "Employment Agreements and Covenants Not To Compete" for additional information regarding such persons' obligations to the Company.

In addition, the Company also competes with the buyers of its Vacation Intervals who subsequently decide to resell those intervals. While the Company believes, based on experience at its resorts, that the market for resale of Vacation Intervals by buyers is presently limited, such resales are typically at prices substantially less than the original purchase price. The market price of Vacation Intervals sold by the Company at a given resort or by its competitors in the market in which each resort is located could be depressed by a substantial number of Vacation Intervals offered for resale.

PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
  2.1       Plan and Agreement of Merger dated as of September 22, 1996
            by and between Signature Resorts, Inc. and AVCOM
            International, Inc. as amended (incorporated by reference to
            Exhibit 2 to Registrant's Registration statement on Form S-4
            (No. 333-16339))
  2.2       Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of May 15, 1997 by and
            among Signature Resorts, Inc., Primavera Acquisition Corp.
            and Plantation Resorts Group, Inc. (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Registrant's current report on
            Form 8-K filed with the Commission on May 29, 1997)
  2.3       Agreement for Purchase and Sale of the Entire Issued Share
            Capital of LSI Group Holdings plc dated as of June 5, 1997
            between Signature Resorts, Inc. and shareholders of LSI
            Group Holdings plc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3
            to Amendment No. 1 on Form S-3 to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-30285))

58

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
  2.4       Amendment to the Agreement for Purchase and Sale of the
            Entire Issued Share Capital of LSI Group Holdings plc dated
            as of August 28, 1997 between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            shareholders of LSI Group Holdings plc (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 2.2 to Registrant's current report on
            Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 12, 1997)
  3.1       Articles of Incorporation, as amended, of Signature Resorts,
            Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-06027))
  3.2       Bylaws of Signature Resorts, Inc., as amended (incorporated
            by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Registrant's Annual Report on
            Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996)
  4.1       Indenture dated as of January 15, 1997 by and between
            Signature Resorts, Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
            Association, as trustee, for the 5 3/4% Convertible
            Subordinated Notes of Signature Resorts, Inc. due 2007
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-30285))
  4.2       Indenture dated as of August 1, 1997 by and between
            Signature Resorts, Inc. and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
            Association, as trustee, for the 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated
            Notes of Signature Resorts, Inc. due 2007 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amendment No. 1 on Form S-3 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.1.1     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 20, 1996 by
            and among Signature Resorts, Inc. and the persons named
            therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.1.2     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of May 15, 1997 by
            and among Signature Resorts Inc. and the persons named
            therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to
            Registrant's current report on Form 8-K filed with the
            Commission on May 29, 1997)
 10.1.3     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 28, 1997 by
            and among Signature Resorts, Inc. and Ian K. Ganney and
            Richard Harrington (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.10 to Amendment No. 1 on Form S-3 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-30285))
 10.1.4     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of August 8, 1997 by
            and among Signature Resorts, Inc. and the persons named
            therein relating to the 9 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
            2007 of Signature Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by reference
            to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 1 on Form S-3 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
*10.1.5     Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 10, 1997
            by and among Signature Resorts, Inc. and Michael V. Paulin,
            Rosemarie Paulin, Maya K. Paulin and Annemarie H. Paulin.
 10.2.1     Employment Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            Osamu Kaneko (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.1 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.2.2     Employment Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            Andrew J. Gessow (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.2.2 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
            (No. 333-30285))
 10.2.3     Employment Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            Steven C. Kenninger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.2.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
            (No. 333-30285))
 10.2.4     Employment Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            James E. Noyes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.4
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-06027))
 10.2.5     Employment Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and
            Michael A. Depatie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
            10.2.5 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4
            (No. 333-16339))
 10.2.6     Option Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and Osamu
            Kaneko (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.6 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))

59

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
 10.2.7     Option Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and Andrew
            J. Gessow (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.7 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.2.8     Option Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and Steven
            C. Kenninger (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.8 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.2.9     Option Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and James
            E. Noyes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.9 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 10.2.10    Option Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc. and Michael
            A. Depatie (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.10 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 *10.2.11   Form of Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between
            Signature Resorts, Inc. and Osamu Kaneko
 10.3.1     1996 Equity Participation Plan of Signature Resorts, Inc.
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-06027))
 10.3.2     First Amendment to 1996 Equity Participation Plan of
            Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of May 16, 1997
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-30285))
 10.3.3     Second Amendment to 1996 Equity Participation Plan of
            Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of October 24, 1997
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
            Registration statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-15361))
 10.3.4     Signature Resorts, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-06027))
 10.3.5     First Amendment to Employee Stock Plan of Signature Resorts,
            Inc. effective as of November 1, 1997 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-15361))
 10.4       Agreement of Limited Partnership of Pointe Resort Partners,
            L.P. (subsequently renamed Poipu Resort Partners L.P.) dated
            October 11, 1994 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-06027))
 10.5       Joint Development Agreement dated as of January 16, 1998
            between Westin Hotel Company and Signature Resorts, Inc.
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant's
            Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and
            Exchange Commission on January 20, 1998))
 10.6.1     Loan and Security Agreement between Port Royal Resort, L.P.,
            and FINOVA Capital Corporation (as successor in interest to
            Greyhound Capital Corporation) dated as of October 7, 1993
            and as amended by the First Amendment to Loan and Security
            Agreement dated as of April 26, 1995 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18447))
 10.6.2     Loan and Security Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc.
            (as successor in interest to Cypress Pointe Resorts, L.P.),
            and FINOVA Capital Corporation (as successor in interest to
            Greyhound Real Estate Finance Company) dated as of December
            19, 1991 and as amended by (i) the First Amendment to Loan
            and Security Agreement and Consent and Agreement of
            Guarantors dated as of November 9, 1992, (ii) the Second
            Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January
            13, 1993, (iii) the Third Amendment to Loan and Security
            Agreement dated as of April 7, 1993, (iv) the Fourth
            Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of
            December 16, 1993, (v) the Fifth Amendment to Loan and
            Security Agreement dated as of June 28, 1994, (vi) the Sixth
            Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 16,
            1994, and (vii) the Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security
            Agreement dated as of November 6, 1995 (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18447))

60

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
 10.6.3     Loan and Security Agreement between Signature Resorts, Inc.
            (as successor in interest to San Luis Resort Partners, LLC),
            and FINOVA Capital Corporation dated as of June 6, 1996
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.3 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18447))
 10.6.4     Loan and Security Agreement between Grand Beach Resort,
            Limited Partnership, and FINOVA Capital Corporation (as
            successor in interest to Greyhound Financial Corporation)
            dated as of October 7, 1994 and as amended by the First
            Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 5,
            1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.4 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-18447))
 10.6.5     Loan and Security Agreement (Receivables) between Signature
            Resorts, Inc. (as successor in interest to Fall Creek
            Resort, L.P.), and Heller Financial, Inc., dated as of
            October 9, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.5
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-18447))
 10.6.6     Loan and Security Agreement between AKGI-St. Maarten NV (as
            successor in interest to AKGI-Royal Palm C.V.o.a.), and
            FINOVA Capital Corporation dated as of July 12, 1995
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.6 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-18447))
 10.6.7     Loan and Security Agreement between Lake Tahoe Resort
            Partners, LLC, and FINOVA Capital Corporation dated as of
            April 29, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.7
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-18447))
 10.6.8     Construction Loan Agreement between Lake Tahoe Resort
            Partners, LLC, and FINOVA Capital Corporation dated as of
            April 29, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.8
            to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-18447))
 10.6.9     Lender's Certification and Consent from Resort Capital
            Corporation to Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of August
            15, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.1 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
            333-16339))
 10.6.10    Lender's Certification and Consent from FINOVA Capital
            Corporation to Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of August
            15, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No.
            333-16339))
 10.6.11    Assumption Agreement between FINOVA Capital Corporation and
            Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of August 15, 1996
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.3 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-16339))
 10.6.12    Assumption Agreement between Resort Capital Corporation and
            Signature Resorts, Inc. dated as of August 15, 1996
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.4 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-16339))
 10.6.13    Assumption Agreement between FINOVA Capital Corporation and
            AKGI-Sint Maarten, N.V. dated as of August 15, 1996
            (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.5 to Registrant's
            Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-16339))
*10.6.14    Credit Agreement dated as of February 18, 1998 by and among
            Signature Resorts, Inc., certain lender parties thereto,
            NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as administrative lender and
            Societe Generale, as document agent
*10.6.15    Amendment to Various Loan and Commitment Agreements dated as
            of February 18, 1998, by and between FINOVA Capital
            Corporation, the Company, Lake Tahoe Resort Partners, LLC,
            Grand Beach Resort, Limited Partnership, Port Royal Resort
            L.P., AKGI-Sint Maarten, N.V., All Seasons Resorts, Inc.,
            AVCOM International, Inc. and Kabushiki Gaisha Kei, L.L.C.
*10.6.16    Loan Agreement between Powhatan Associates and Marine
            Midland Bank dated as of June 28, 1995
*10.6.17    Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 17, 1990,
            as amended, between Greyhound Real Estate Finance Company
            and Powhatan Associates

61

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
*10.6.18    Development and Receivables Loan and Security Agreement by
            and between FINOVA Capital Corporation and Greensprings
            Associates dated as of June 30, 1995 and as amended by the
            Amendment to Development and Receivables Loan and Security
            Agreement dated as of July 15, 1996

62

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                             DESCRIPTION
--------                            -----------
 10.7       Amended Consulting Agreement dated as of August 1, 1997 by
            and between Signature Resorts, Inc., Resort Services, Inc.
            and Dr. Kay F. Gow and Robert T. Gow (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Amendment No. 1 on Form S-3 to
            Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No.
            333-30285))
 16.1       Letter from Ernst & Young LLP regarding change in certifying
            accountant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to
            Registrant's current report on Form 8-K filed with the
            Commission on September 18, 1996)
21          Subsidiaries of Signature Resorts, Inc. (incorporated by
            reference to Exhibit 21 to Registrant's Registration
            Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-46511))
*23.1       Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
*23.2       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
*23.3       Consent of KPMG
*23.4       Consent of Schreeder, Wheeler & Flint, LLP
*27.1       Financial Data Schedule (for the fiscal year ended December
            31, 1997)
*27.2       Financial Data Schedule (for the fiscal quarters ended March
            31, June 30 and September 30, 1997)
*27.3       Financial Data Schedule (for the fiscal quarter ended
            September 30, 1996 and for the fiscal year ended December
            31, 1996)


* Filed herewith

(b) Reports on Form 8-K.

(i) The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on October 6, 1997;

(ii) The Company's amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Commission on October 10, 1997;

(iii) The Company's amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Commission on October 22, 1997; and

(iv) The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 24, 1997;

(c) The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K have been listed above.

(d) Financial Statement Schedules

None. Schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information required by such omitted schedules is set forth in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

62

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.
(Registrant)

                                          By:     /s/ ANDREW D. HUTTON
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Andrew D. Hutton
                                            Vice President, General Counsel and
                                              Secretary

Dated: March 30, 1998

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                       SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                   DATE
                       ---------                                      -----                   ----

                    /s/ OSAMU KANEKO                      Chairman of the Board          March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                      Osamu Kaneko

                  /s/ ANDREW J. GESSOW                    Director and Chief Executive   March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------  Officer (Principal Executive
                    Andrew J. Gessow                      Officer)

                /s/ STEVEN C. KENNINGER                   Director and President         March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                  Steven C. Kenninger

                 /s/ MICHAEL A. DEPATIE                   Director, Executive Vice       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------  President and Chief Financial
                   Michael A. Depatie                     Officer (Principal Financial
                                                          Officer)

                   /s/ JAMES E. NOYES                     Chief Operating Officer and    March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------  Director
                     James E. Noyes

                  /s/ CHARLES C. FREY                     Senior Vice President and      March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------  Chief Accounting Officer
                    Charles C. Frey                       (Principal Accounting
                                                          Officer)

                    /s/ ADAM M. ARON                      Director                       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                      Adam M. Aron

                 /s/ SANFORD R. CLIMAN                    Director                       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                   Sanford R. Climan

                 /s/ J. TAYLOR CRANDALL                   Director                       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                   J. Taylor Crandall

63

                       SIGNATURE                                      TITLE                   DATE
                       ---------                                      -----                   ----
                 /s/ JOSHUA S. FRIEDMAN                   Director                       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                   Joshua S. Friedman

                  /s/ W. LEO KILEY III                    Director                       March 30, 1998
--------------------------------------------------------
                    W. Leo Kiley III

64

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
Signature Resorts, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants..........   F-2
Report of Independent Auditors..............................   F-3
Independent Auditors' Report................................   F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
  1996......................................................   F-5
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three
  years ended December 31, 1997.............................   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three
  years ended December 31, 1997.............................   F-7
Consolidated Statements of Equity for each of the three
  years ended December 31, 1997.............................   F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................   F-9

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

To Signature Resorts, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Signature Resorts, Inc. (a Maryland Corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the 1996 and 1995 financial statements of LSI Group Holdings plc and the 1995 financial statements of AVCOM International, Inc. and subsidiaries, both companies acquired during 1997 in transactions accounted for as pooling of interests, as discussed in Note 1. Such statements are included in the consolidated financial statements of Signature Resorts, Inc. and subsidiaries, and reflect total assets and total revenues of 5 percent and 13 percent in 1996, respectively, and total revenues of 34 percent in 1995, of the related consolidated totals. These statements were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us and our opinion, insofar as it relates to amounts included for LSI Group Holdings plc and AVCOM International, Inc. and subsidiaries, is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of the other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Signature Resorts, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Arthur Andersen LLP
Orlando, Florida
January 26, 1998 (except with respect
to the matters discussed in Note 6, as to which the date is February 18, 1998, and Note 13, as to which the dates are February 3 and February 18, 1998)

F-2

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
AVCOM International, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of AVCOM International, Inc. (Company) as of December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended (not separately presented herein). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of AVCOM International, Inc. as of December 31, 1995, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Phoenix, Arizona
May 31, 1996, except for
Note 12, as to which the
date is July 1, 1996

F-3

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Shareholders
LSI Group Holdings Plc

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of LSI Group Holdings Plc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income, equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996 (not presented separately herein). These financial statements are the responsibility of Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of LSI Group Holdings Plc and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

KPMG
Chartered Accountants
Registered Auditors

Preston, England
March 27, 1997

F-4

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

ASSETS

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
Cash and cash equivalents...................................  $ 38,487    $ 20,757
Cash in escrow..............................................     9,485       1,712
Mortgages receivable, net of an allowance of $22,916 and
  $17,328 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.......   331,735     215,518
Due from related parties....................................    25,576      11,897
Other receivables, net......................................    17,669      11,847
Income tax refund receivable................................     4,719          --
Prepaid expenses and other assets...........................    13,047      14,738
Investment in joint ventures................................    15,657       7,397
Real estate and development costs...........................   219,299     142,870
Property and equipment, net.................................    35,024      14,612
Intangible assets, net......................................    50,447       4,536
                                                              --------    --------
          Total assets......................................  $761,145    $445,884
                                                              ========    ========

                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accounts payable............................................  $ 25,196    $ 24,418
Accrued liabilities.........................................    68,047      49,198
Due to related parties......................................     1,032       1,656
Income taxes payable........................................        --       3,268
Deferred taxes..............................................    23,752       3,259
Notes payable...............................................   435,208     236,122
                                                              --------    --------
          Total liabilities.................................   553,235     317,921
                                                              --------    --------
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 8)......................
Minority interest in consolidated limited partnership.......        --       1,538
                                                              --------    --------

Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock (25,000,000 shares authorized; none issued
     or outstanding)........................................        --          --
  Common stock ($0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares
     authorized; 35,875,287 and 33,011,106 shares
     outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1996,
     respectively)..........................................       359         330
  Additional paid-in capital................................   162,969     101,978
  Retained earnings.........................................    43,797      23,544
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment........       785         573
                                                              --------    --------
          Total stockholders' equity........................   207,910     126,425
                                                              --------    --------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........  $761,145    $445,884
                                                              ========    ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                1997       1996       1995
                                                              --------   --------   --------
REVENUES:
Vacation Interval and Vacation Point sales..................  $281,063   $182,300   $139,426
Interest income.............................................    42,856     25,415     20,339
Other income................................................    13,774     12,132      8,553
                                                              --------   --------   --------
         Total revenues.....................................   337,693    219,847    168,318
                                                              --------   --------   --------
COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES:
Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost of sales..........    71,437     48,218     39,810
Advertising, sales, and marketing...........................   126,739     89,040     62,258
Loan portfolio:
  Interest expense-treasury.................................    13,032     13,482     10,077
  Other expenses............................................     5,522      4,523      2,034
  Provision for doubtful accounts...........................     8,579      8,311      3,666
General and administrative..................................    42,254     37,436     19,263
Resort property valuation allowance.........................        --      2,620         --
Depreciation and amortization...............................     6,499      5,027      2,514
Merger-related costs........................................     9,973         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
         Total costs and operating expenses.................   284,035    208,657    139,622
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Income from operations......................................    53,658     11,190     28,696
Interest expense-other (net of capitalized interest of
  $6,774, $6,723, and $3,315 in 1997, 1996 and 1995,
  respectively).............................................     9,394      3,763      1,728
Equity loss on investment in joint ventures.................       639        299      1,649
Minority interest in income of consolidated limited
  partnership...............................................       181        199         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes and
  extraordinary item........................................    43,444      6,929     25,319
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing
  operations................................................    17,196     (4,105)     4,020
Provision for deferred income taxes resulting from the
  cumulative effect of previously non-taxable acquired
  entities..................................................     5,960         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes..................    23,156     (4,105)     4,020
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Income before extraordinary item............................    20,288     11,034     21,299
Extraordinary item, net of income taxes.....................       766         --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Net income..................................................  $ 19,522   $ 11,034   $ 21,299
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Pro forma income data (unaudited):
Income before provision for income taxes....................        --   $  6,929   $ 25,319
Pro forma provision for income taxes........................        --      2,549     10,009
                                                              --------   --------   --------
Pro forma net income........................................        --   $  4,380   $ 15,310
                                                              ========   ========   ========
EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Basic:
       Income before extraordinary item.....................  $   0.57   $   0.41   $   0.89
       Extraordinary item, net of income taxes..............     (0.02)        --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
       Net income...........................................  $   0.55   $   0.41   $   0.89
                                                              ========   ========   ========
  Diluted:
       Income before extraordinary item.....................  $   0.56   $   0.40   $   0.89
       Extraordinary item, net of income taxes..............     (0.02)        --         --
                                                              --------   --------   --------
       Net income...........................................  $   0.54   $   0.40   $   0.89
                                                              ========   ========   ========
Pro forma earnings per share: (unaudited)
  Basic.....................................................        --   $   0.16   $   0.64
  Diluted...................................................        --   $   0.16   $   0.64
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding........    35,373     27,232     23,955
Weighted average number of common and potentially dilutive
  common shares outstanding.................................    36,180     27,640     23,955

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------------------
                                                                1997        1996        1995
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income..................................................  $  19,522   $  11,034   $ 21,299
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in)
  provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...........................      6,499       5,027      2,514
    Provision for doubtful accounts.........................      8,579       8,311      3,666
    Resort property valuation allowance.....................         --       2,620         --
    Equity loss on investment in joint venture..............        639         299      1,649
    Minority interest in income of consolidated limited
     partnership............................................        181         199         --
    Other...................................................         --         573       (566)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of
     effect of acquisitions:
         Cash in escrow.....................................     (6,916)      1,037        473
         Due from related parties...........................    (12,504)     (1,712)    (4,083)
         Prepaid expenses and other assets..................      2,068      (5,878)    (3,753)
         Real estate and development costs..................    (65,595)    (73,086)   (19,012)
         Other receivables, net.............................     (4,448)     (2,017)    (5,797)
         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...........    (10,398)     36,499     14,204
         Income taxes.......................................     (6,518)      1,653        353
         Deferred income taxes..............................     19,481      (8,605)       497
         Due to related parties.............................       (636)       (250)     1,267
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities.........    (50,046)    (24,296)    12,711
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash (paid) received for acquisition of subsidiaries........    (31,296)         --        129
Investment in joint venture.................................     (8,899)        (63)        --
Property and equipment......................................    (19,973)     (8,214)    (4,601)
Intangible assets...........................................     (1,637)     (2,206)    (2,608)
Mortgages receivable........................................   (108,942)    (76,424)   (48,601)
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
Net cash used in investing activities.......................   (170,747)    (86,907)   (55,681)
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from notes payable.................................     28,088     170,394     98,733
Payments on notes payable...................................   (167,229)   (101,436)   (46,890)
Proceeds from subordinated and convertible notes, net of
  debt issuance costs.......................................    325,176          --         --
Proceeds from notes payable to related parties..............         --       5,606      3,711
Payments on notes payable to related parties................         --     (15,074)    (1,343)
Proceeds from stock offerings...............................     52,643      73,324        885
Acquisition of minority limited partners' interests.........         --      (7,465)        --
Distributions...............................................       (738)    (14,413)    (9,241)
Other.......................................................        648         420      2,447
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
Net cash provided by financing activities...................    238,588     111,356     48,302
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents...................     17,795         153      5,332
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents.......        (65)        574        (41)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............     20,757      20,030   $ 14,739
                                                              ---------   ---------   --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................  $  38,487   $  20,757   $ 20,030
                                                              =========   =========   ========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid for interest......................................  $  18,508   $  24,127   $ 14,466
Cash paid for taxes.........................................  $   7,918   $   1,629   $  2,753
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INFORMATION:
Stock issued in connection with acquisition of Marc
  Resorts...................................................  $   6,010          --         --
Costs incurred in conjunction with debt issuances...........  $  12,824          --         --
Tax benefit resulting from exercise of common stock
  options...................................................  $   1,469          --         --
Stock issued and goodwill recorded in connection with the
  acquisition of investment in joint venture................         --   $   4,989         --
Deferred taxes recorded in connection with the Consolidation
  Transactions..............................................         --   $   9,464         --
Interest accrued on deferred installment gains in connection
  with the Consolidation Transactions.......................         --   $     820         --
Net assets of predecessor partnership acquired in exchange
  for 17,032,058 shares of common stock in connection with
  the Consolidation Transactions............................         --   $  37,380         --
Assignment to venturers of receivable due from related party
  recorded as a reduction of venturers' equity..............         --   $   3,449         --
Write-off of receivable from related party recorded as a
  reduction of stockholders' equity.........................         --   $   3,890         --
Conversion of convertible notes payable to AVCOM common
  stock.....................................................         --   $     400         --

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)

                                                                 ADDITIONAL                                  GENERAL     LIMITED
                                            SHARES                PAID-IN     RETAINED       MEMBERS        PARTNERS'   PARTNERS'
                                          OUTSTANDING   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     EARNINGS   EQUITY (DEFICIT)    EQUITY      EQUITY
                                          -----------   ------   ----------   --------   ----------------   ---------   ---------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994............     6,923       $ 69     $  2,703    $27,326        $    --         $3,329     $ 27,722
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
Issuance of Common Stock................        --         20          157         --             --             --           --
Distributions...........................        --         --           --     (4,811)        (2,437)           (43)      (1,950)
Net income..............................        --         --           --     12,437          1,004            516        7,342
Other...................................        --         --        1,035        655              1            374           --
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995............     6,923         89        3,895     35,607         (1,432)         4,176       33,114
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
Distributions of partnership equity and
  other equity interests................        --         --           --     (7,191)        (5,394)            --       (1,633)
Conversion of convertible notes payable
  to AVCOM common stock.................        --         --          400         --             --             --           --
Proceeds from the sale of common stock
  to the public, net of offering costs,
  including 16,212 shares issued in
  exchange for partners' and members'
  equity................................    25,268        253       73,071         --             --             --           --
Stock issued and goodwill recorded in
  connection with the acquisition of
  investment in joint venture...........       820          8        4,981         --             --             --           --
Acquisition of minority limited
  partners' interests...................        --         --       (7,465)        --             --             --           --
Deferred taxes recorded in connection
  with the consolidation transactions...        --         --       (9,464)        --             --             --           --
Net income (loss).......................        --         --           --      3,875          3,568           (164)       3,755
Exchange of partners' and members'
  equity for stock in connection with
  the consolidation transactions........        --        (20)      37,380     (1,370)         3,258         (4,012)     (35,236)
Assignment to venturers' of receivable
  due from related party................        --         --           --     (3,449)            --             --           --
Write-off of receivable from related
  party.................................        --         --           --     (3,890)            --             --           --
Other...................................        --         --         (820)       (38)            --             --           --
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............    33,011        330      101,978     23,544             --             --           --
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
Net income..............................        --         --           --     19,522             --             --           --
Proceeds from the sale of common stock,
  net of offering costs.................     2,400         24       52,619         --             --             --           --
Common stock issued in connection with
  purchase of subsidiary................       213          2        6,008         --             --             --           --
Distributions...........................        --         --           --       (738)            --             --           --
Other...................................       251          3        2,364      1,469             --             --           --
                                            ------       ----     --------    -------        -------         ------     --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997............    35,875       $359     $162,969    $43,797        $    --         $   --     $     --
                                            ======       ====     ========    =======        =======         ======     ========

                                           CUMULATIVE
                                            FOREIGN
                                            CURRENCY
                                          TRANSLATIONS
                                          ADJUSTMENTS    TOTAL EQUITY
                                          ------------   ------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994............      $ 40         $ 61,189
                                              ----         --------
Issuance of Common Stock................        --              177
Distributions...........................        --           (9,241)
Net income..............................        --           21,299
Other...................................       (41)           2,024
                                              ----         --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995............        (1)          75,448
                                              ----         --------
Distributions of partnership equity and
  other equity interests................        --          (14,218)
Conversion of convertible notes payable
  to AVCOM common stock.................        --              400
Proceeds from the sale of common stock
  to the public, net of offering costs,
  including 16,212 shares issued in
  exchange for partners' and members'
  equity................................        --           73,324
Stock issued and goodwill recorded in
  connection with the acquisition of
  investment in joint venture...........        --            4,989
Acquisition of minority limited
  partners' interests...................        --           (7,465)
Deferred taxes recorded in connection
  with the consolidation transactions...        --           (9,464)
Net income (loss).......................        --           11,034
Exchange of partners' and members'
  equity for stock in connection with
  the consolidation transactions........        --               --
Assignment to venturers' of receivable
  due from related party................        --           (3,449)
Write-off of receivable from related
  party.................................        --           (3,890)
Other...................................       574             (284)
                                              ----         --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1996............       573          126,425
                                              ----         --------
Net income..............................        --           19,522
Proceeds from the sale of common stock,
  net of offering costs.................        --           52,643
Common stock issued in connection with
  purchase of subsidiary................        --            6,010
Distributions...........................        --             (738)
Other...................................       212            4,048
                                              ----         --------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1997............      $785         $207,910
                                              ====         ========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

1. NATURE OF BUSINESS

Signature Resorts, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries ("the Company") generate revenues from the sale and financing of vacation ownership interests in its resorts, which entitle the buyer to use a fully-furnished vacation residence, generally for a one-week period each year, in perpetuity (Vacation Intervals). The Company's principal operations consist of (i) acquiring, developing and operating vacation ownership resort locations, (ii) marketing and selling Vacation Intervals in certain of its resorts, (iii) marketing and selling vacation points at certain of its resort locations which may be redeemed for occupancy rights at participating resorts ("Vacation Points") and (iv) providing consumer financing to individual purchasers of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points at its resorts. The Company also provides resort management and maintenance services at its resorts for which it receives fees paid by the resorts' homeowners' associates.

The Company was incorporated in May 1996. On August 20, 1996, the Company consummated an initial public offering of a portion of its Common Stock (the "Initial Public Offering") by offering 9,056,250 shares to the public. The gross proceeds from the public offering were $84.5 million. The Company incurred $11.2 million of costs associated with this offering. Concurrent with the Initial Public Offering, certain predecessor limited partnerships, limited liability companies and corporations (the "Entities") exchanged their direct or indirect interest in, and obligations of the entities, for 16,211,558 shares of the Company's common stock (the "Consolidation Transactions"). The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the financial position and results of operations of the Entities since the date they were acquired or formed, which range from November 1986 to June 1996. Concurrent with the Initial Public Offering, the Company exchanged 820,500 shares of Common Stock with the former holders of interests in the Embassy Vacation Resort at Poipu Point, Koloa, Kauai, Hawaii.

On February 7, 1997 the Company consummated its acquisition by merger of AVCOM International, Inc. ("AVCOM") and its subsidiaries (the "AVCOM Acquisition"). AVCOM is the parent company of All Seasons Resorts, Inc., a developer, marketer and operator of vacation ownership resorts in Arizona, California and Texas. Under the terms of the AVCOM merger agreement, the Company issued 1,324,554 shares of its common stock in exchange for all the outstanding capital stock of AVCOM. The AVCOM Acquisition has been treated as a pooling-of-interests and is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as if it took place at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

On May 15, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition by merger ("the PRG Acquisition") of Plantation Resorts Group, Inc. ("PRG"), a Williamsburg, Virginia, based developer, owner and operator of vacation ownership resorts in Williamsburg, Virginia. PRG was incorporated in April 1997 through a private placement of its common stock in which certain predecessor joint ventures and corporations (the "PRG Entities") exchanged their interests for shares of PRG's common stock (the "PRG Exchange"). The PRG Acquisition was consummated through the issuance of 3,601,844 shares of the Company's common stock. The PRG Acquisition has been treated as a pooling-of-interests and is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as if it took place at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

On August 28, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition by merger of 100% of the capital stock of LSI Group Holdings plc ("LSI"), in exchange for 1,996,401 newly-issued shares of the Company's common stock and approximately $1.0 million in cash (the "LSI Acquisition"). United Kingdom-based LSI is a developer, owner and operator of vacation ownership resorts located in Europe. Through its Grand Vacation Club, LSI operates a points-based club system. The LSI Acquisition has been treated as a pooling-of-interests and is reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as if it took place at the beginning of the earliest period presented.

F-9

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Total revenues and net income for the Company, AVCOM, PRG, and LSI are shown in the following table (amounts in millions) for the years ended 1996 and 1995, which represent the periods prior to the poolings, which occurred in 1997:

                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ------------------------
                                                           1996            1995
                                                         --------        --------
Revenues
  Consolidated.........................................   $219.8          $168.3
  AVCOM................................................     48.4            34.3
  PRG..................................................     48.4            38.8
  LSI..................................................     27.9            22.6
Net income (loss)
  Consolidated.........................................   $ 11.0          $ 21.3
  AVCOM................................................    (12.4)            1.0
  PRG..................................................      7.0             7.5
  LSI..................................................      2.3             1.8

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation -- The accompanying financial statements include the combined accounts of Signature Resorts, Inc., AVCOM, PRG, LSI and the Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries that were acquired or formed prior to August 20, 1996, which became wholly-owned subsidiaries in connection with the Consolidation Transactions. As a result, the combined accounts are now referred to as consolidated financial statements for the historical periods presented. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated from these consolidated financial statements.

The Consolidation Transactions have been accounted for as a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the net assets of the Entities were recorded at the Entities' historical cost. In addition, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the historical results of operations of the predecessor partnerships on a combined basis.

Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, money market, and all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less.

Cash in Escrow -- Cash in escrow is restricted cash consisting of deposits received on sales of vacation intervals and vacation points that are held in escrow until a certificate of occupancy is obtained or the legal rescission period has expired.

Real Estate and Development Costs -- Real estate is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Development costs include both hard and soft construction costs and together with real estate costs are allocated to Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. Interest, taxes, and other carrying costs incurred during the construction period are capitalized.

Property and Equipment -- Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 3 to 7 years. Buildings are amortized over the estimated useful life of 39 to 40 years.

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $2.8 million, $1.5 million and $1.0 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Intangible Assets -- Organizational costs incurred in connection with the formation of the Company have been capitalized and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of three to five years. Start-up

F-10

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

costs relate to costs incurred to develop marketing programs prior to receiving regulatory approval to market the related property and are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of one year.

Financing and loan origination fees incurred in connection with obtaining funding for the Company have been capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the respective loans. Debt issuance costs in connection with the 9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Senior Notes") and the 5.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Convertible Notes") are being amortized on the effective interest method over the 10 year life of the notes.

Goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of the Investment in Joint Venture is being amortized by a fixed amount per interval as intervals are sold. Goodwill in connection with the acquisition of subsidiaries is being amortized over the estimated useful lives of 10 to 40 years.

At each balance sheet date, the Company evaluates the realizability of its goodwill based upon expectations of nondiscounted cash flows and operating income. Based upon its most recent analysis, the Company believes that no material impairment of its goodwill exists at December 31, 1997.

Foreign Currency Translation -- Financial statements for the Company's subsidiaries outside the United States are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted average exchange rates for income and expenses. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of equity.

Revenue Recognition -- The Company recognizes sales of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points on an accrual basis after a binding sales contract has been executed, a 10% minimum down payment has been received, the rescission period has expired, construction is substantially complete, and certain minimum sales levels have been achieved. If all the criteria are met except that construction is not substantially complete, then revenues are recognized on the percentage-of-completion (cost to cost) basis. For sales that do not qualify for either accrual or percentage-of-completion accounting, all revenue is deferred using the deposit method.

Income Taxes -- Prior to August 20, 1996, the Entities were taxed either as a corporation at the corporate level, as an S corporation taxable at the shareholder level, or as a partnership taxable at the partner level. The Company became subject to federal, state, and foreign income taxes from the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. The pro forma net income per common and common equivalent share uses the historical net income of the Company as adjusted by the unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes to reflect the net income per common and common equivalent share, as if the Company had been treated as a C corporation rather than as individual limited partnerships and limited liability companies for federal income tax purposes for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995.

As a result of the AVCOM Acquisition, AVCOM's results of operations have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. During each period presented, AVCOM was taxed as a C corporation.

Prior to the PRG Acquisition, certain of the PRG Entities were not subject to federal and state income taxes at the consolidated level for all periods presented. In connection with the PRG Exchange and the PRG Acquisition, the PRG Entities became subject to federal and state income taxes from the date of incorporation. As a result, the pro forma provision for income taxes assumes the PRG Entities were treated as C corporations for federal income tax purposes.

As a result of the LSI Acquisition, LSI's results have been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements under the pooling-of-interests method of accounting. During each period presented, LSI was subject to income taxes levied by the various local and country taxing authorities in the foreign countries in which it operates.

F-11

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability approach in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to the future years in which the related deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be settled or realized. Income tax expense consists of the taxes payable for the current period and the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Long-Lived Assets -- In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of (SFAS 121), which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. SFAS 121 also addresses the accounting for the expected disposition of long-lived assets. The Company adopted SFAS 121 during the year ended December 31, 1996. The impact of adopting SFAS 121 was to reduce net income by $2.6 million in 1996 and has been recorded as a resort property valuation allowance to reduce real estate and development costs. During 1997, there was no change in the resort property valuation allowance.

Stock-Based Compensation -- In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123). SFAS 123 was adopted during the year ended December 31, 1996. SFAS 123 requires that the Company's financial statements include certain disclosures about stock-based employee compensation arrangements and permits the adoption of a change in accounting for such arrangements. Changes in accounting for stock-based compensation are optional and the Company has adopted only the disclosure requirements (see Note 10, "Stock Options").

Newly Issued Accounting Standards -- During February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 128 (SFAS 128), Earnings Per Share. The statement establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share (EPS) and applies to publicly held common stock or potential common stock. The statement simplifies the standards for computing EPS previously found in APB Opinion No. 15, Earnings Per Share (Opinion 15). It replaces presentation of primary EPS with a presentation of basic EPS. It also requires dual presentation of basic and diluted EPS on the face of the income statement for all entities with complex capital structures.

Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. Diluted EPS is computed similarly to fully diluted EPS pursuant to Opinion 15. The Company implemented SFAS No. 128 in the fourth quarter of 1997.

In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income (SFAS 130). SFAS 130 establishes standards for reporting and the display of comprehensive income and its components in a financial statement that is displayed with the same prominence as other financial statements. Comprehensive income as defined includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from nonowner sources. Examples of items to be included in comprehensive income, which are excluded from net income, include foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gain/loss on available-for-sale securities. The disclosures prescribed by SFAS 130 must be made beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 1999.

F-12

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (SFAS 131). This statement establishes standards for the way companies report information about operating segments in annual financial statements. It also establishes standards for related disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The company is in the process of reassessing current business segment reporting to determine if changes in reporting will be required in adopting this new standard. Any required disclosures prescribed by SFAS 131 will first be adopted in the Company's 1999 annual report.

In February 1998, the FASB issued Statement No. 132, Employers Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits (SFAS 132). This statement establishes standards for footnote disclosure requirements relating to pension and other retiree benefits. The Company is currently in the process of reassessing current retiree benefit disclosures to determine if changes in footnote disclosure will be required in adopting this new standard. The new standard will not have a financial impact on the company. Any required disclosures prescribed by SFAS 132 will first be adopted in the Company's 1998 annual report.

Reclassifications -- Certain reclassifications were made to the 1996 and 1995 accompanying consolidated financial statements to conform to the 1997 presentation.

3. MORTGAGES RECEIVABLE, NET

The Company provides financing to the purchasers of Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points which are collateralized by their interest in such Vacation Intervals and Vacation Points. The mortgages receivable generally bear interest at the time of issuance of between 12% and 17%, which remain fixed over the term of the loan, which typically averages seven to ten years. The mortgages receivable may be prepaid at any time without penalty. The weighted average rate of interest on outstanding mortgages receivable is 14.4% as of December 31, 1997.

As of December 31, 1997, approximately 4.6% of the Company's consumer loans were considered by the Company to be delinquent (scheduled payment past due 60 or more days). In addition, the Company had commenced deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or foreclosure action on approximately 2.2% of its consumer loans as of December 31, 1997.

At December 31, 1997 and 1996, approximately $5.8 million and $4.4 million, respectively, of mortgages receivable are non-interest bearing. These mortgages, which generally have a stated maturity of one to three years, have not been discounted as management has determined that the effect would not be material to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, the Company has accrued interest receivable related to mortgages receivable of $4.1 million and $2.5 million at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The accrued interest receivable at December 31, 1997 and 1996 is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively, and is included in other receivables, net.

F-13

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

The following schedule reflects the scheduled principal maturities of mortgages receivable (amounts in thousands):

                  YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31:
1998........................................................  $ 50,564
1999........................................................    46,367
2000........................................................    44,615
2001........................................................    43,907
2002........................................................    41,760
Thereafter..................................................   127,438
                                                              --------
Total principal maturities of mortgages receivable..........   354,651
Less allowance for doubtful accounts........................   (22,916)
                                                              --------
Net principal maturities of mortgages receivable............  $331,735
                                                              ========

The activity in the mortgages receivable allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows (amounts in thousands):

                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------
                                                            1997       1996
                                                           -------    -------
Balance, beginning of the period.........................  $17,328    $13,271
Decrease in allowance for purchased mortgages
  receivable.............................................     (718)      (400)
Increase in allowance for company acquired...............    1,265         --
Provision for mortgages receivable doubtful accounts.....    7,234      8,311
Receivables charged off..................................   (2,193)    (3,854)
                                                           -------    -------
          Balance, end of the period.....................  $22,916    $17,328
                                                           =======    =======

The provision for doubtful accounts for 1997 includes $1,345,000 for other receivables.

4. REAL ESTATE AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS

Real estate and development costs and accumulated Vacation Interval and Vacation Point cost of sales consist of the following (amounts in thousands):

                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ----------------------
                                                         1997         1996
                                                       ---------    ---------
Land.................................................  $  74,527    $  54,614
Development costs, excluding capitalized interest....    370,151      248,972
Capitalized interest.................................     20,050       13,276
                                                       ---------    ---------
          Total real estate and development costs....    464,728      316,862
Less accumulated Vacation Interval and Vacation Point
  cost of sales......................................   (242,809)    (171,372)
Less resort property valuation allowance.............     (2,620)      (2,620)
                                                       ---------    ---------
          Net real estate and development costs......  $ 219,299    $ 142,870
                                                       =========    =========

As of December 31, 1997, the Company commenced sales of Vacation Intervals at certain properties, or phases of certain properties, that are expected to be completed during 1998. The estimated cost to complete the projects, or the specific phases of the projects, is approximately $20 million.

F-14

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets and accumulated amortization consist of the following (amounts in thousands):

                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------
                                                            1997       1996
                                                           -------    -------
Organizational costs.....................................  $ 2,569    $ 2,569
Start-up costs...........................................    1,933      2,433
Debt issuance costs......................................   15,257        933
Loan origination fees....................................    1,265      2,712
Financing fees...........................................    1,704      1,620
Goodwill.................................................   35,227         41
                                                           -------    -------
Total intangible assets..................................   57,955     10,308
Less accumulated amortization............................   (7,508)    (5,772)
                                                           -------    -------
  Net intangible assets..................................  $50,447    $ 4,536
                                                           =======    =======

Amortization expense was $3.7 million, $3.5 million and $1.6 million in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. In addition, $2.0 million of amortized intangibles were retired from the related asset and accumulated amortization accounts in 1997.

6. NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31 (amounts in thousands):

                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
Revolving lines of credit not to exceed $241 million in the
aggregate (limited by eligible collateral), with interest
payable monthly at prime plus 2% to prime plus 3% (10.5% to
11.5% at December 31, 1997), payable in monthly installments
of principal and interest equal to 100% of all proceeds of
the receivables collateral collected during the month but
not less than the accrued interest, with any remaining
principal due seven to ten years after the date of the last
advance related to mortgages receivable, collateralized by
specific mortgages receivable...............................  $ 62,676    $ 91,617
Revolving line of credit not to exceed $20 million,
collateralized by certain mortgages receivable with interest
payable at prime plus 1.5% to prime plus 1.75% (10.0% to
10.25% at December 31, 1997) or LIBOR plus 4.25% (9.97% at
December 31, 1997), payable in monthly installments of
principal and interest equal to 100% of all proceeds of the
receivables collateral collected during the month but not
less than the accrued interest, with any remaining principal
from September 2000 to October 2003.........................    11,931      14,654
Revolving line of credit of $100.0 million and $40 million
during 1997 and 1996, respectively, with interest payable
monthly at LIBOR plus 2.75% (8.47% at December 31, 1997)
payable in monthly installments of principal and interest
equal to 100% of all proceeds of the receivables collateral
collected during the month but not less than the accrued
interest, with any remaining principal due June 1998........        --      37,226

F-15

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
Construction loan payable not to exceed $47 million in the
aggregate, with monthly interest payable at prime plus 2%
(10.5% at December 31, 1997) principal payable with a
portion of the proceeds received on the sale of Vacation
Intervals, collateralized by specific land and unsold
interval inventory, due from January 1998 to April 2004.....     2,694      16,476
Mortgages receivable, sold with option to repurchase,
collateralized by certain mortgages receivable..............     4,823       6,281
Bonds payable, due April 2004 with interest at 7.75%,
payable from collections of mortgages receivable,
collateralized by mortgages receivable......................    11,572      17,460
Endpaper loan, due dates from December 2002 to June 2005
with interest at prime plus 1.25% (9.75% at December 31,
1997), payable from collections of mortgages receivable,
collateralized by mortgages receivable......................        --       5,259
Various acquisition notes payable with interest rates
ranging from 6.75% to 11.5% and due dates ranging from
January 1998 to February 2014, collateralized by certain
real property and proceeds from the sale of Vacation
Intervals...................................................        --       5,999
Noninterest bearing land loans payable from proceeds of
Vacation Intervals sold with final maturity of May 1999.....       433       3,995
Other notes payable.........................................     3,079      37,155
9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes with semi-annual interest
payments due April and October and principal due October
2007........................................................   200,000          --
5.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes with semi-annual
interest payments due January and July and principal due
January 2007................................................   138,000          --
                                                              --------    --------
Total notes payable.........................................  $435,208    $236,122
                                                              ========    ========

On February 18, 1998, the Company consummated a $100.0 million Senior Bank Credit Facility (the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility has a variable borrowing rate based on the percentage of the Company's mortgages receivable pledged under such facility and the amount of funds advanced thereunder. The interest rate will vary between LIBOR plus 7/8% and LIBOR plus 1 3/8%, depending on the amount of advances against mortgages receivable. The Credit Facility has a three year term and contains covenants, representations and warranties and conditions to borrow on the funds.

The Convertible Notes are convertible into Common Stock at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed, at a conversion price of $30.417 per share, subject to adjustment under certain events.

At December 31, 1997, under the terms of the revolving lines of credit agreements, the Company may typically borrow from 85% to 90% of the balances of the pledged mortgages receivable. A total of approximately $199 million is available under these certain agreements.

The loans contain certain covenants, the most restrictive of which require certain of the consolidated entities to maintain a minimum net worth and require certain expenses to not exceed certain percentages of sales. At December 31, 1997, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

F-16

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Dividends are restricted by certain of the Company's debt agreements which require tangible net worth of at least $140 million.

The expected maturities of the remaining long-term debt are as follows (amounts in thousands):

  DUE IN FISCAL YEAR
  ------------------
1998.....................        $ 29,537
1999.....................          28,794
2000.....................          18,108
2001.....................          11,503
2002.....................           9,223
2003 and thereafter......         338,043
                                 --------
                                 $435,208
                                 ========

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

At December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, the Company, had accrued $7.0 million and $4.4 million as a receivable from various homeowners' associations at its resorts. At December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively, the Company had accrued $1.0 million and $1.6 million as a payable to the homeowners' associations at its resorts. The Company generally accrues receivables from homeowners' associations for management fees and certain other expenses. Payables to the homeowners' associations consist primarily of maintenance fees for units owned by the Company. All of these amounts are classified as due from and due to related parties in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 1997, the Company had accounts receivable and notes receivable of $2.7 million and $11.8 million, respectively, from the Company's joint ventures in Poipu Point, Hawaii, Kaanapali, Hawaii and St. John, U.S. Virgin Islands. As of December 31, 1996, these accounts receivable and notes receivable balances were $0.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively. The accounts receivable relate to certain reimbursable operating and development expenses. The notes receivable represent loans made to the projects for start-up and development activities.

8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

The Company is currently subject to litigation and claims regarding employment, tort, contract, construction, and commission disputes, among others. In the judgment of management, none of such litigation or claims against the Company is likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements or its business.

The Company owns a partnership interest in the Embassy Vacation Resort at Poipu Point, Koloa, Kauai, Hawaii. Under the terms of the partnership agreement, the Company could be required to purchase the other partner's interest. At December 31, 1997, the Company does not believe that the events requiring such purchase are likely to occur.

9. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires that the Company disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments:

Cash and cash equivalents and cash in escrow: The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash equivalents and cash in escrow approximates their fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

F-17

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Mortgages receivable: The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for mortgages receivable approximates its fair value because the weighted average interest rate on the portfolio of mortgages receivable approximates current interest rates to be received on similar current mortgages receivable.

Notes payable: The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for notes payable approximates its fair value because the interest rates on these instruments approximate current interest rates charged on similar current borrowings.

10. STOCK OPTIONS

The Company issued 1,054,500 and 2,653,500 stock options during 1997 and 1996, respectively. The Company accounts for these options under APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, under which no compensation cost has been recognized. Under SFAS 123, the Company's net income would have been $16.9 million and basic and diluted earnings per share would have been, $0.48 and $0.47, respectively, on an unaudited pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company's unaudited, pro forma net income would have been $1.6 million, and basic and diluted unaudited earnings per share would have been $0.06 on an unaudited pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 1996. SFAS 123 would not have affected the Company's net income and earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1995. A summary of the Company's stock options for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 is presented in the following table:

                                             1997                             1996
                                 -----------------------------    -----------------------------
                                              WEIGHTED AVERAGE                 WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                  OPTIONS      EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS      EXERCISE PRICE
                                 ----------   ----------------    ----------   ----------------
Outstanding options, beginning
  of year......................   2,653,500        $10.29                 --
Granted........................   1,054,500         23.99          2,653,500        $10.29
Exercised......................    (250,180)         9.33                 --            --
Forfeited......................    (168,413)        16.42                 --            --
Expired........................          --            --                 --            --
                                 ----------        ------         ----------        ------
Outstanding options, end of
  year.........................   3,289,407        $14.45          2,653,500        $10.29
Exercisable at end of year.....     817,528        $10.50                522        $10.18
                                 ==========        ======         ==========        ======
Weighted average fair value of
  options granted..............  $     5.32                       $     4.23

All stock options issued by the Company were issued to employees at fair market value on the grant date. The options range from 3 to 5 years for full maturity and the exercise prices range from $8.00 to $28.25.

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
risk free interest rate of 6.0%, expected dividend yield of zero, expected volatility of 35%, and expected lives of 4.1 years in 1997 and 5 years in 1996.

Options to purchase an aggregate of 2,653,500 shares of Common stock were granted to directors, executive officers and other employees of the Company in 1996 and were outstanding on January 1, 1997. The number of options granted exceeded the limit of 2,625,000 shares approved under the 1996 Equity Participation Plan by 28,500 shares. The options that were granted in excess of the limit were granted subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders of an amendment to such plan increasing the number of shares of Common stock reserved for issuance thereunder from 2,625,000 shares to 3,750,000 shares.

On May 16, 1997, shareholders approved a new limit of 3,750,000 total shares reserved for issuance under the Company's 1996 Equity Participation Plan. As of December 31, 1997 the number of shares available for option grants was 460,593 under the plan.

F-18

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has established the Signature Resorts, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan to assist eligible employees to acquire stock ownership in the Company and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company. The Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to meet the requirements of an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and generally allows eligible employees to purchase common stock at 85% of fair market value, subject to dollar limitations. The Company has reserved a maximum of 750,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, an aggregate of 2,482 and no shares, respectively, had been issued pursuant to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

The Company also has established a qualified retirement plan, with a salary deferral feature designed to qualify under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Subject to certain limitations, the 401(k) Plan allows participating employees to defer up to 10% of their eligible compensation on a pre-tax basis. Although the 401(k) Plan allows the Company to make discretionary matching contributions of up to 50% of employee contributions, the Company did not make any such matching contributions during 1997 or 1996.

12. INCOME TAXES

Prior to August 20, 1996, the Entities were taxed either as a corporation at the corporate level, as an S corporation taxable at the shareholder level, or as a partnership taxable at the partner level. In addition, PRG entities were taxed as a corporation at the corporate level or as a partnership at the partner level. Accordingly, the table below summarizes the unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes that would have been reported had the Company been treated as a C corporation rather than as individual limited partnerships and limited liability companies for federal income tax purposes for the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995. AVCOM's and LSI's actual deferred income taxes and provision for income taxes are included in the pro forma schedules and 1996 actual schedule on the next page. The Company's actual income tax provision is presented for the periods subsequent to August 20, 1996.

                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                               -----------------------------------------------
                                                1997      1996         1996           1995
                                               -------   -------   ------------   ------------
                                                                   (PRO FORMA)    (PRO FORMA)
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                           (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
Current:
  Federal....................................  $ 2,194   $ 2,785     $ 4,990        $ 5,654
  State......................................      461       481         846            711
  Foreign....................................    2,533     1,240       1,233          1,645
                                               -------   -------     -------        -------
Total current provision for income taxes.....    5,188     4,506       7,069          8,010
                                               -------   -------     -------        -------
Deferred:
  Federal....................................   16,125    (7,182)     (3,675)         1,363
  State......................................    1,843    (1,393)       (809)           594
  Foreign....................................       --       (36)        (36)            42
                                               -------   -------     -------        -------
Total deferred provision (benefit) for income
  taxes......................................   17,968    (8,611)     (4,520)         1,999
                                               -------   -------     -------        -------
Provision (benefit) for income taxes.........  $23,156   $(4,105)    $ 2,549        $10,009
                                               =======   =======     =======        =======

F-19

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

The reconciliation between the statutory provision for income taxes and the actual provision (benefit) for income taxes is shown as follows (amounts in thousands):

                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         --------------------------------------------------
                                          1997       1996          1996            1995
                                         -------    -------    ------------    ------------
                                                               (PRO FORMA)     (PRO FORMA)
                                                               (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
Income tax at U.S. federal statutory
  rate...............................    $15,205    $ 2,357       $2,357         $ 8,862
State tax, net of federal benefit....      1,738        163          163           1,037
Difference in foreign tax rates......       (994)       (34)         (34)            (56)
Write-off of receivable from related
  party..............................         --     (1,478)          --              --
Non-deductible expenses..............      3,192        598           63             166
Deferred income taxes recorded upon
  acquisition of previously
  non-taxable entities...............      5,960         --           --              --
Other................................       (895)        --           --              --
Non-taxable income from entities.....     (1,050)    (5,711)          --              --
                                         -------    -------       ------         -------
  Provision (benefit) for income
     taxes...........................    $23,156    $(4,105)      $2,549         $10,009
                                         =======    =======       ======         =======

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The significant components of the net deferred tax liabilities were as follows (amounts in thousands):

                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                              --------------------
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              --------    --------
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...........................  $  8,867    $  5,659
  Fixed assets and inventory................................     1,305       3,389
  Accrued expenses..........................................     4,152       2,386
  Adjustment to basis of partnership property...............     3,474          --
  Net operating loss carryover..............................    29,439      15,763
  Capital loss carryover....................................       367          --
  Federal benefit of state deferred tax.....................        --          --
  Foreign tax credit carryover..............................        62         332
  Minimum tax credit carryover..............................     5,776       1,629
                                                              --------    --------
          Total gross deferred tax assets...................    53,442    $ 29,158
                                                              --------    --------
Valuation Allowance.........................................    (2,367)         --
                                                              --------    --------
          Total net deferred tax asset......................  $ 51,075    $ 29,158
                                                              --------    --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Installment sales.........................................   (73,818)    (27,191)
  Percentage of completion..................................      (160)     (4,370)
  Other.....................................................      (849)       (856)
                                                              --------    --------
          Total deferred tax liabilities....................  $(74,827)   $(32,417)
                                                              --------    --------
     Net deferred taxes.....................................  $(23,752)   $ (3,259)
                                                              ========    ========

At December 31, 1997, the Company has available approximately $79 million of unused net operating loss carryforwards (the "NOLs") that may be applied against future taxable income. These NOLs expire on various dates from 2004 through 2012.

F-20

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company changed its estimate regarding its tax provision by $6.0 million or $0.17 per share to reflect the tax effects of certain acquired entities, primarily PRG, that were either previously non-taxable or were taxed in foreign jurisdictions.

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 3, 1998, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of MMG Holding Corp., MMG Development Corp. and certain affiliated companies for approximately $26.5 million, comprised of $18.5 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $8.0 million of debt. The acquired assets include MMG's approximately $6.6 million mortgages receivable portfolio. MMG is an Orlando, Florida based developer, operator and manager of vacation ownership resorts, with sales or management operations at six resorts. In addition, on February 18, 1998, the Company consummated MMG's commitment to purchase an additional resort in Gatlinburg, Tennessee. The Company will account for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

In January 1998, the Company acquired the Westin Carambola Beach Resort (the "Carambola Beach Resort") on the island of St. Croix, United States Virgin Islands for a cash purchase price of $13 million. The Carambola Beach Resort contains 156 one-bedroom suites and one two-bedroom suite. The Company will account for the acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

In January 1998, the Company announced that it and Westin Hotels & Resorts ("Westin") modified their existing joint development agreement to make the relationship non-exclusive between the parties. Under their modified relationship, the Company and Westin each will be free to independently pursue all vacation ownership development opportunities. Under the parties' prior exclusive agreement, the Company and Westin each were restricted from developing four and five star vacation ownership resorts with third parties. The Company and Westin, however, will continue to jointly own and operate the Westin Vacation Club St. John located in the U.S. Virgin Islands. As part of the modification, the Company's and Westin's representatives no longer serve on the other's board of directors.

14. SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

The Company operates in one industry segment, which includes the development, acquisition, marketing, sales, financing and management of vacation ownership resorts. The Company's areas of operation outside of the United States include Mexico, Canada, Netherlands Antilles, United Kingdom, Spain, Austria and France. The Company's customers are not concentrated in any specific geographic region and no single customer accounts for a significant amount of the Company's sales.

F-21

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Information about the Company's operations in different geographic locations is shown below (amounts in thousands):

                                                    UNITED STATES    FOREIGN     TOTAL
                                                    -------------    -------    --------
1997
  Total revenues..................................    $270,296       $67,397    $337,693
  Income before provision for income taxes........      31,177        12,267      43,444
  Identifiable assets.............................     701,509        59,636     761,145

1996
  Total revenues..................................    $179,003       $40,844    $219,847
  Income before provision for income taxes........         356         6,573       6,929
  Identifiable assets.............................     412,339        33,545     445,884

1995
  Total revenues..................................    $138,925       $29,393    $168,318
  Income before provision for income taxes........      18,162         7,157      25,319
  Identifiable Assets.............................     267,162        28,609     295,771

NOTE 15. ACQUISITIONS

On October 10, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition (the "Marc Acquisition") of Hawaii-based Marc Hotels & Resorts, Inc. ("Marc Resorts"), acquiring 100% of the capital stock of Marc Resorts for 212,717 newly issued shares of the Company's Common Stock. Marc Resorts is a Hawaiian hospitality management company and operator of hotels, resort condominiums and all-suite resorts with 22 managed resort locations on Hawaii's five major islands. The Company accounted for the Marc Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

On November 7, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of Vacation Internationale, Ltd. ("VI") and its subsidiaries for approximately $24.3 million, comprised of $8.0 million in cash and promissory notes and the assumption of approximately $16.3 million of long-term indebtedness (the "VI Acquisition"). VI is a Bellevue, Washington based developer and operator of vacation ownership resorts. VI's vacation time share program includes 21 resort locations in the Western United States, Hawaii, Mexico and Canada. The Company accounted for the VI Acquisition using the purchase method of accounting for business combinations.

On November 14, 1997, a partnership of which the Company is a managing general partner consummated its acquisition of the Embassy Suites Resort at Kaanapali Beach, Maui, Hawaii for approximately $78 million. The acquiring entity is a partnership formed by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (as the managing general partner), the Whitehall Street Real Estate Limited Partnership VII and Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P. The Company's subsidiary owns a 24% partnership interest in the acquiring entity. The Company accounts for this investment under the equity method of accounting.

On December 5, 1997, the Company consummated its acquisition of the European vacation ownership business of Global Development Ltd. ("Global") and certain of its affiliated companies through an asset purchase for cash consideration of approximately $18 million. Global has 13 resort locations in Europe. The Company assumed no long-term debt as part of this transaction, but assumed approximately $7.0 million in liabilities and acquired assets valued at approximately $15.8 million. The Company accounted for the asset purchase using the purchase method of accounting.

F-22

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with the Company's acquisitions are as follows (amounts in thousands):

Assets acquired in acquisitions:
  Cash in escrow............................................  $   857
  Mortgages receivable, net.................................   14,509
  Due from related parties..................................    1,175
  Other receivables, net....................................    2,719
  Prepaid expenses and other................................      377
  Real estate and development costs.........................   10,834
  Property and equipment, net...............................    3,202
  Goodwill in conjunction with acquisitions.................   35,186
                                                              -------
          Total assets acquired in acquisitions.............  $68,859
                                                              =======
Liabilities assumed in acquisitions:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $ 8,666
  Accrued liabilities.......................................   21,359
  Due to related parties....................................       12
  Deferred income taxes.....................................    1,012
  Notes payable.............................................      227
  Cumulative translation adjustments........................      277
                                                              -------
          Total liabilities assumed in acquisitions.........  $31,553
                                                              =======

The following tables sets forth certain unaudited pro forma information for the Company's acquisitions as if they had occurred as of the beginning of 1997 and 1996 (amounts in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                                         PRO FORMA
                                            ACTUAL      ADJUSTMENTS       TOTAL
                                           ---------    -----------    -----------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
Year ended December 31, 1997
  Total revenues.........................  $337,693      $ 53,094       $390,787
  Net Income.............................    19,522        (2,951)        16,571
  Basic EPS..............................  $   0.55                     $   0.47
  Diluted EPS............................  $   0.54                         0.46
Year ended December 31, 1996
  Total revenues.........................  $219,847      $ 74,014       $293,861
  Net Income.............................    11,034           261         11,295
  Basic EPS..............................  $   0.41                     $   0.41
  Diluted EPS............................  $   0.40                         0.41

F-23

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
DECEMBER 31, 1997 AND 1996

NOTE 16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share was calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share was calculated by dividing the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus all additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares had been issued. The following table reconciles the number of shares utilized in the earnings per share calculations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997.

                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -----------------------------
                                                         1997       1996       1995
                                                        -------    -------    -------
                                                            (AMOUNT IN THOUSANDS)
Net income............................................  $19,522    $11,034    $21,299
                                                        =======    =======    =======
Net income available to common stockholders after
  assumed conversion of dilutive securities(a)........  $19,522    $11,034    $21,299
                                                        =======    =======    =======
Weighted average number of common shares used in basic
EPS...................................................   35,373     27,232     23,955
Effect of dilutive stock options......................      807        408         --
                                                        -------    -------    -------
Weighted average number of common shares and dilutive
  potential common shares used in diluted EPS(a)......   36,180     27,640     23,955
                                                        =======    =======    =======

(a) The potential effect on net income and on common stock shares related to the Convertible Notes have not been included in the calculation of net income or weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding used in diluted EPS because the effect would be anti-dilutive.

F-24

Page 1

EXHIBIT 10.1.5

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered into as of October 10, 1997, by and among Michael V. Paulin, Rosemarie Paulin, Maya K. Paulin and Annemarie H. Paulin (collectively, the "Holders") and Signature Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company").

This Agreement is made in connection with the acquisition by the Company of 100% of the capital stock of Marc Hotels & Resorts, Inc., a Hawaii corporation ("Marc"), pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated August 21, 1997 (the "Merger Agreement"), under which a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company will merge with and into Marc (the "Merger"). As a result of the Merger, the Holders will exchange of their interests in Marc for an aggregate number of shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company as determined pursuant to section 1.3 of the Merger Agreement. As used herein the term "Registrable Shares" shall refer to such number of shares of Common Stock upon original issuance thereof, and at all times subsequent thereto, until the earlier to occur of such time as (i) a registration statement of the Company that covers such Registrable Shares has been declared effective and any such Registrable Shares have been disposed of in accordance with such effective registration statement and (ii) such earlier time as all such shares are tradeable without restriction under any applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). The "Merger Date" shall be the closing date of the Merger.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Shelf Registration.

(a) The Company shall prepare or amend and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), a registration statement for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), covering the Registrable Shares (the "Shelf Registration"). The Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-1 or another appropriate form (e.g. Form S-3 after having established eligibility therefor) permitting registration of the Registrable Shares for resale by the Holders in the manner or manners designated by them (including, without limitation, one or more underwritten offerings). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts (subject in all cases to any procedures and limitations which may be imposed by the staff of the Commission) to (i) file the Shelf Registration with the Commission within 30 days following the Merger Date,
(ii) cause the Shelf Registration to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable following the Merger Date, and (iii) keep the Shelf Registration continuously effective under the Securities Act for a period (the "Effectiveness Period") of the shorter of (A) two years from the Merger Date, (B) the date when all Registrable Shares are tradeable without restriction under any applicable rules and regulations under the Exchange Act and (C) the date when all Registrable Shares covered by the Shelf Registration have been disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration.

(b) The Company may require in its sole discretion that Registrable Shares proposed to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration effected pursuant to this Section 1 be sold in trades, which shall be block trades if requested by the approved underwriter(s) or broker-dealer, through approved underwriter(s), or broker-dealers, selected by the Company. In the event that the Company has either given Notice or at such time gives Notice of an


Page 2

Underwritten Offering (each as defined in Section 2 below) in which the Holder is offered the opportunity to participate and the Company provides with such Notice a statement signed in the name of the Company that the Company reasonably anticipates the completion of such Underwritten Offering within 45 days of the date of the Notice, the Company may require that the Holders discontinue public sales of such Holder's Registrable Securities (other than through such Underwritten Offering) for the shorter of the 45-day period set forth in such Notice or the period ending on the date of the closing of such Underwritten Offering. In the event any of the Registrable Shares covered by the Shelf Registration effected pursuant to this Section 1 are sold in such an Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected in accordance with
Section 6 below.

(c) The Company may include in any such Shelf Registration referred to in this Section 1 other shares of Common Stock of the Company held by other security holders of the Company who have registration rights.

2. Incidental Registration. If, at any time or from time to time during a period of two years following the Merger Date, the Company shall propose to file a registration statement (a "Registration Statement") with the Commission with respect to the proposed sale by the Company of shares of its Common Stock (or securities exchangeable or convertible therefor) to an underwriter(s) for reoffering to the public (an "Underwritten Offering") (other than in connection with an offering on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or successor forms of such registration statements under the Act) and the Shelf Registration has not been declared effective, then the Company shall in each case give written notice (the "Notice") of such proposed filing to the Holders not less than 30 days before the anticipated filing date, which shall offer to the Holders the opportunity to include in such Registration Statement such number of Registrable Shares as each Holder may request. Upon written request by any Holder given within 15 days after the giving of the Notice, the Company shall include in any Registration Statement relating to the Common Stock of the Company all or such portion of the Registrable Shares as the Holders may request. Neither the delivery of the Notice by the Company nor of such request by the Holders shall obligate the Company to file such Registration Statement and, notwithstanding the filing of such Registration Statement, the Company may, at any time prior to the effective date thereof, determine not to offer the securities to which such Registration Statement relates, without liability or obligation to the Holders. As a condition to any Holder including any Registrable Shares in any Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 2, such Holder agrees to effect sales of such Registrable Shares thereunder solely under the plan of distribution established by the Company and set forth therein.

3. Company's Obligations. In connection with the Company's obligation to effect a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 1, or in the event the Company files a Registration Statement in connection with an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2, it shall:

(a) Notify the Holders as to the filing thereof and of all amendments or supplements thereto filed prior to the effective date of such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement;

(b) Notify the Holders, promptly after the Company shall receive notice thereof, of the time when such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement became


Page 3

effective or any amendment or supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement has been filed;

(c) Notify the Holders promptly of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information;

(d) Prepare and file with the Commission any amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement and the prospectus which may be necessary or advisable to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the offer of the Registrable Shares covered by such Registration Statement during the period required for the distribution of such securities, which, in the case of a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2 in connection with an Underwritten Offering, such period shall not be in excess of 120 days from the effective date of the Registration Statement or post-effective amendment pursuant to which such Registrable Shares may be sold;

(e) Prepare and promptly file with the Commission and promptly notify the Holders of the filing of such amendment or supplement to such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement and the prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements therein or omission therefrom if, at any time when a prospectus relating to such Registrable Shares is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event with respect to the Company shall have occurred as a result of which any prospectus would include an untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(f) In case the Holders or any underwriter(s) for the Holders are required to deliver a prospectus, prepare promptly upon request such amendment or amendments to such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement and such prospectus or prospectuses as may be necessary to permit compliance with the requirements of Section 9(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(g) Advise the Holders promptly after the Company shall receive notice or obtain knowledge of the issuance of any stop order by the Commission suspending the effectiveness of any such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement or amendment thereto or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, and promptly use its maximum reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

(h) Use its maximum reasonable efforts to qualify such Registrable Shares for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such states within the United States as the Holders may reasonably designate, except that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business in any such state or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; and

(i) Furnish to the Holders, as soon as available, copies of any such Shelf Registration or Registration Statement and each preliminary or final prospectus, or supplement or amendment required to be prepared thereto, all in such quantities required as


Page 4

they may from time to time reasonably request.

Each Holder of Registrable Shares agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Shares that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(e) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Shares until such Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by
Section 3(e) hereof, or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the prospectus, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder's possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Shares current at the time of receipt of such notice.

4. Holders' Obligation to Furnish Information. In connection with the Company's obligation to effect a Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 1, or in the event the Company files a Registration Statement in connection with an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2, each Holder shall furnish information to the Company concerning such Holder's holdings of securities of the Company and the proposed method of sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares and such other information and undertakings as shall be required in connection with the preparation and filing of the Shelf Registration, any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment covering all or part of the Registrable Shares in order to insure full compliance with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Each Holder further agrees to enter into such undertakings and take such other action relating to the conduct of the proposed offering which the Company or the underwriter(s) may reasonably request as being necessary to ensure compliance with the federal and state securities laws and the rules or other requirements of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") or otherwise to effectuate the offering.

5. Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (the "Registration Expenses") incident to each registration of the Registrable Shares under Sections 1 and 2, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and NASD fees, all fees and expenses of complying with state securities or blue sky laws, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits or "cold comfort" letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, premiums and other costs of policies of insurance purchased by the Company at its option against liabilities arising out of the public offering of such Registrable Shares, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and fees and expenses of underwriter(s), selling brokers, dealer managers or similar securities industry professionals relating to the distribution of the Registrable Shares, transfer taxes, fees and disbursements of counsel for any selling shareholder(s) and other selling expenses, if any.

6. Selection of Underwriter. In the event of any Registration Statement filed in connection with an Underwritten Offering pursuant to Section 2 and in the event any of the Registrable Shares covered by the Shelf Registration effected pursuant to Section 1 are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will manage the offering will be selected by the Company.

7. Priority in Incidental Registration. If in connection with an Underwritten


Page 5

Offering registered pursuant to Section 2, the managing underwriter(s) of such Underwritten Offering informs the Company and the Holders by letter of its belief that the number of securities requested to be included in such Registration Statement exceeds the number which should be sold in such Underwritten Offering, then the Company will include in such Registration Statement, to the extent of the number which the Company is so advised should be sold in such Underwritten Offering, (i) first, all shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold by the Company for its own account and (ii) second, the number of Registrable Shares proposed by the Holders to be included in the registration that, in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s), can be sold without adversely affecting the price or probability of success of such Underwritten Offering, allocated pro rata among such Holders, on the basis of the relative amount of Registrable Shares requested to be included in such Registration Statement; provided that in all cases the Holders of Registrable Shares shall be entitled to include in any such registration an aggregate of up to 25% of the total number of shares sold in any such Underwritten Offering.

8. Underwritten Offerings. In the event that Registrable Shares are to be distributed through an Underwritten Offering, each Holder offering Registrable Shares in such Underwritten Offering shall be a party to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriter(s) and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriter(s) shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Holder. Holders shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriter(s), other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding the Holders, the Registrable Shares, and the Holders' intended method of distribution and any other representations required by law. Any representations or warranties to or agreements with the underwriter(s) made by the Holders shall also be made to and for the benefit of the Company.

9. Indemnification.

(a) By the Company. In the event of any registration of the Registrable Shares of the Company under the Securities Act, the Company will, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless the Holders with respect to the Registrable Shares included in such registration, its directors, officers, underwriters and each other person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or such Holder or any such director or officer or underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, and the Company will reimburse such Holder and each such director, officer, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, liability, action or proceeding; provided that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or


Page 6

proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such underwriter or such Holder, as the case may be, specifically for use in the preparation thereof and; provided further that the Company shall not be liable to any person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of such person's failure to send or give a copy of the final prospectus, as the same may be then supplemented or amended, to the person asserting an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or prior to written confirmation of the sale of the Registrable Shares to such person if such statement or omission was corrected in such final prospectus as amended or supplemented. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such underwriter or such Holder or any such director, official, underwriter or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders. Each Holder agrees that, as a condition to including any Registrable Shares in any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 1 or 2, that each such Holder with Registrable Shares included in such Registration Statement will and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 9) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company, each other person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other person, if any, who controls the Company or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, with respect to any statement or alleged statement in or omission or alleged omission from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

The Company shall be entitled to receive indemnities from underwriters, selling brokers, dealer managers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, to the same extent as provided above with respect to information so furnished in writing by such persons specifically for inclusion in any prospectus or registration statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any preliminary prospectus.

(c) Notices of Claims, etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in the preceding subdivisions of this Section 9, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an


Page 7

indemnified party, unless in such indemnified party's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and the Holders with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation or any governmental authority other than the Act.

(e) Indemnification Payment. The indemnification required by this Section 9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

(f) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Agreement shall for any reason be unavailable or insufficient (other than by reason of exceptions provided in those sections) to an indemnified party under paragraphs (a), (b) and (d) of this Section 9 in respect to any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, or referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and any Holder on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or such Holder, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to in this Section 9 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 9, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

10. Rule 144. So long as the Company has any securities registered under


Page 8

Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder (or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, will upon the request of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares, make publicly available other information for a period of up to four months) and will take such further action as such Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable the Holders to sell Registrable Shares without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of such Holders, the Company will deliver to such Holders a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

11. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company shall have obtained the written consent to such amendment, action or omission to act, of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares.

12. Notices. Any notice from one party to the other shall be in writing and either delivered personally or by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, or by telegram, telecopier, or by overnight mail delivery by a nationally recognized courier, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or, if mailed or given by telegram or telecopier or overnight mail, upon receipt thereof by the addressees, as follows:

If to the Company:

Signature Resorts, Inc.
Attention: Andrew D. Hutton, Esq.
5933 Century Boulevard, Suite 210
Los Angeles, California 90045
Telephone: (310) 348-1000
Telecopy: (310) 348-1010

with a copy to:

Edward H. Brown, Esq.
Schreeder, Wheeler & Flint
1600 Candler Building
127 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30303

If to any Holder:

At its address as it appears on the register of holders of
Common Stock maintained by the Company.

13. Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns as hereinafter set forth in this Section 13. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment shall have been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the


benefit of the Holders shall also be for the benefit of and enforceable by any subsequent holder ("Subsequent Holders") of any Registrable Shares, except any Subsequent Holder with respect to Registrable Shares acquired in a public offering pursuant to a Registration Statement or an exemption from registration under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

14. Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of the several sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

15. Governing Law. The validity of this Agreement and all matters relating to its interpretation and performance shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts made and fully performed therein, but without regard to principles of conflicts of law. The courts in Los Angeles, California shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any controversy arising under this Agreement and venue in Los Angeles is appropriate.

16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

17. Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains all of the terms agreed upon by the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and there are no representations or understandings between the parties except as provided in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any way except by a written amendment duly executed by each of the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.

By  /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   --------------------------------
Title: Vice President and Treasurer

HOLDERS

  /s/ MICHAEL V. PAULIN
-----------------------------------
Michael V. Paulin

  /s/ ROSEMARIE PAULIN
-----------------------------------
Rosemarie Paulin


  /s/ MAYA K. PAULIN
-----------------------------------
Maya K. Paulin


  /s/ ANNEMARIE PAULIN
-----------------------------------
Annemarie Paulin


Page 1

EXHIBIT 10.2.11

FORM OF AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the

"Amendment") is dated as of _________, 1998, between Signature Resorts, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the "Company"), and Osamu Kaneko (the "Executive").

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive previously have entered into that Employment Agreement, dated August 20, 1996 (the "Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company currently employs the Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive each have determined that it would be to the advantage and best interest of the Company and the Executive to enter into the Amendment and modify certain of the Executive's and the Company's obligations and responsibilities under the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, this Amendment amends and restates the Agreement in its entirey and shall supersede the Agreement in all respects;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ the Executive, and the Executive hereby agrees to be employed by the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Term. The employment of the Executive by the Company as provided in
Section 1 will commence on ________, 1998 and will terminate at 12:01 a.m. on ________, 2000 (the "Expiration Date") unless automatically extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided (such period, the "Employment Period"). Unless terminated by the Executive or the Company prior to ________, 2000, this Agreement shall automatically renew on the terms set forth herein for a second two-year period. If so renewed, no later than ________, 2002, the Company shall notify the Executive with written notice as to whether the Company intends to further renew or extend the Agreement (including proposals for such further renewal which the Executive may accept, reject or negotiate, at his discretion).

3. Position, Duties and Responsibilities.

(a) Position. The Executive hereby agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Company's wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary, created or to be created by the Company to conduct the Company's resort acquisition, development and operations business in Japan and other Asian countries. The Executive shall devote his best efforts and at least 50% of his full business time and attention to the performance of services to the Company in his capacity as Chief Executive Officer of


Page 2

the Company's wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary and as may reasonably be requested by the Company's Board of Directors. The Company shall retain full direction and control of the means and methods by which the Executive performs the above services.

(b) Place of Employment. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall perform the services required by this Agreement at the Company's place of business in the Tokyo, Japan and/or the Los Angeles, California metropolitan area; provided, however, that the Company will require the Executive to travel extensively to other locations on the Company's business.

(c) Other Activities. Except with the prior written approval of the Board (which the Board may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion), the Executive during the Employment Period, will not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) serve on the board of directors or similar body of any other business entity (except as otherwise set forth below), or (iii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be competitive with, or that might place him in a competing position to, that of the Company or any of its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company agrees that the Executive (or affiliates of the Executive) shall be permitted (i) to undertake the activities set forth in Section 8 and (ii) to make any other passive personal investment that is not in a business activity that is directly or indirectly competitive with the Company.

4. Compensation and Related Matters.

(a) Salary. During the Employment Period, the Company shall pay the Executive a salary of not less than $140,000 during the first full year and at such salary as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board during the second and subsequent years of the Executive's employment with the Company. All salary is to be paid consistent with the standard payroll practices of the Company (e.g., timing of payments and standard employee deductions, such as income tax withholdings, social security, etc.). The Executive's performance and salary shall be subject to review at the end of each fiscal year and increase consistent with the standard practices of the Company.

(b) Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Executive in connection with the conduct of the Company's business upon presentation of sufficient evidence of such expenditures consistent with the Company's policies as in place from time to time.

(c) Other Benefits. The Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive health, welfare, life insurance, long-term disability insurance, bonus plan and similar benefits as the Company provides generally from time to time to its executives. Except as otherwise set forth in this
Section 4 and except with respect to the Company's obligations under any stock option agreements previously entered into with the Executive, nothing herein is intended, or shall be construed to require the Company to


Page 3

institute or continue any, or any particular, plan or benefits.

(d) Bonus. The Compensation Committee of the Board shall establish, monitor, and oversee an incentive bonus program for the Executive which will provide for payment of a cash bonus to the Executive in an amount up to 100% of the Executives then current base annual salary if certain performance objectives established by the Compensation Committee for the Executive (such as specified targets of growth in revenues and earnings per share) are achieved. The Executive shall have the opportunity to be considered for additional performance-based bonus compensation at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board, upon notification to the Executive; however, the Company makes no commitment to the Executive that any performance-based bonus compensation will be paid to the Executive.

(e) Fringe Benefits. The Executive will be entitled to fringe benefits as may be determined or granted from time-to-time by the Board.

(f) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to four vacation weeks (20 days) in each calendar year on a pro-rated basis. The Executive will be entitled to all Company holidays.

(g) Performance Reviews. At the end of each fiscal year, the Board will review the Executive's job performance and will provide the Executive a written review of the Executive's job performance during the prior year and implement any Board determined revisions to the Executive's base salary, the Executive's merit bonus, the Executive's title and/or the Executive's responsibility at the Company; provided, however, that the provisions set forth in this Agreement with respect to the Executive's compensation and the terms and conditions of the Executive's employment at the Company cannot be modified by the Board in a manner which would result in less favorable or beneficial terms or conditions thereof being imposed on the Executive without the Executive's full concurrence and consent.

5. Termination. The Executive's employment hereunder shall be, or may be, as the case may be, terminated under the following circumstances:

(a) Death. The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.

(b) Disability. The Executive's employment hereunder shall terminate on the Executive's physical or mental disability or infirmity which, in the opinion of a competent physician selected by the Board, renders the Executive unable to perform his duties under this Agreement for more than 120 days during any 180-day period.

(c) Cause. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment hereunder for "Cause." Cause shall mean (i) Employee's material breach of any of the terms of this Agreement, (ii) his conviction of a crime involving moral turpitude or constituting a felony under the laws of any state, the District of Columbia or of the


Page 4

United States, or (iii) his gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud in the performance of his duties hereunder.

(d) Employment-At-Will/Termination for Any Reason. Notwithstanding the term of this Agreement having a duration of two years and Sections 2 and 4 hereof referring to extensions of this Agreement and the annual salary to be paid to the Executive during each of the first five full years of his employment with the Company, nothing in this Agreement should be construed as to confer any right of the Executive to be employed by the Company for a fixed or definite term. Subject to Section 6 hereof, the Executive hereby agrees that the Company may dismiss him under this Section 5(d) without regard (i) to any general or specific policies (whether written or oral) of the Company relating to the employment or termination of its employees, or (ii) to any statements made to the Executive, whether made orally or contained in any document, pertaining to the Executive's relationship with the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, including Sections 2 and 4, the Executive's employment with the Company is not for any specified term, is at will and may be terminated by the Company at any time by delivery of a notice of termination to the Executive, for any reason, with or without cause, without liability except with respect to the payments provided for by Section 6.

(e) Voluntary Resignation. The Executive may voluntarily resign his position and terminate his employment with the Company at any time by delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Company (the "Notice of Resignation"). The Notice of Resignation shall set forth the date such resignation shall become effective (the "Date of Resignation"), which date shall, in any event, be at least ten (10) days and no more than thirty (30) days from the date the Notice of Resignation is delivered to the Company. At its option, the Company may reduce such notice period to any length, upon thirty
(30) days written notice to the Executive.

(f) Notice. Any termination of the Executive's employment by the Company shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated.

(g) "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by his death, the date of his death, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of his disability, the date of the opinion of the physician referred to in Section 5(b), above, (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause pursuant to subsection 5(c) above, or without Cause by the Company pursuant to subsection 5(d) above, the date specified in the Notice of Termination and (iv) if the Executive voluntarily resigns pursuant to subsection 5(e) above, the date of the Notice of Resignation.


Page 5

(h) Termination Obligations.

(i) The Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all personal property and equipment furnished to or prepared by the Executive in the course of or incident to his employment, belongs to the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of the Employment Period. "Personal property" includes, without limitation, all books, manuals, records, reports, notes, contracts, lists, blueprints, and other documents, or materials, or copies thereof (including computer files), and all other proprietary information relating to the business of the Company. Following termination, the Executive will not retain any written or other tangible material containing any proprietary information of the Company.

(ii) Upon termination of the Employment Period, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships then held with the Company or any affiliate.

(iii) The representations and warranties contained herein and the Executive's obligations under Sections 5(h), 7, 8, 9 and 15 through 18 shall survive termination of the Employment Period and the expiration of this Agreement.

(i) Release. In exchange for the Company entering into the Agreement, the Executive agrees that, at the time of his resignation or termination from the Company, he will resign from the Board and will execute a release acceptable to the Company of all liability of the Company and its officers, shareholders, employees and directors to the Executive in connection with or arising out of his employment with the Company, except with respect to any then-vested rights under any stock option agreement and except with respect to any Severance Payments which may be payable to him under the terms of the Agreement.

6. Compensation Upon Termination.

(a) Death. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated pursuant to Section 5(a), the Company shall pay the Executive monthly his base salary payable pursuant to Section 4(a) and one-twelfth of any bonus payable pursuant to Section 4(d) at the most recent annual amount received, or entitled to be received, by the Executive (the "Severance Payment") for a period of two years following the Date of Termination. At the Executive's own expense, the Executive's dependents shall also be entitled to any continuation of health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.

(b) Disability. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated by reason of disability pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall receive the Severance Payment for the lesser of two years or the duration of such disability; provided that payments so made to the Executive during the disability shall be reduced by the sum of the amounts, if any, payable to the Executive at or prior to the time of any such payment under any


Page 6

disability benefit plan of the Company. At the Executive's own expense, the Executive and his dependents shall also be entitled to any continuation of health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.

(c) Cause. If the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause pursuant to Section 5(c) hereof, the Company shall pay the Executive his salary and any bonus then payable pursuant to Section 4(d)) through the Date of Termination. At the Executive's own expense, the Executive and his dependents shall also be entitled to any continuation of health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.

(d) Other Terminations by the Company. If the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment without cause pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof, the Company shall pay the Executive the Severance Payment for a period of two (2) years from the Date of Termination. The Executive and his dependents shall also be entitled to any continuation of health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.

(e) Voluntary Resignation. If the Executive terminates his employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof for "Good Cause", the Company shall pay the Executive the Severance Payment for a period of two years from the Date of Resignation. If the Executive terminates his employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5(g) hereof without "Good Cause," the Company shall have no obligation to compensate the Executive following the Date of Resignation. In any event, at the Executive's own expense, the Executive and his dependents shall be entitled to any continuation of health insurance coverage rights under any applicable law.

For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Cause" shall mean, without the express written consent of Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events unless such events are substantially corrected within 30 days following written notification by Executive to the Company that he intends to terminate his employment hereunder for one of the reasons set forth below:

(i) Any material alteration, reduction or diminution in the duties, responsibilities and status of Executive's position;

(ii) a material breach by the Company of any provision of this Agreement; and

(iii) the occurrence of a "Change in Control."

As used in this Agreement, "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (ii) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person or group, other than any of Osamu Kaneko, Andrew J. Gessow and Steven C. Kenninger or their affiliates (the "Principals"), becomes the "beneficial owner" (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of


Page 7

more than 50% of the total voting power of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis or (iii) the consummation of the first transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person or group, other than the Principals, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company.

The Executive understands that any voluntary resignation by him as a result of any personal or family reasons not otherwise set forth in this
Section 6(e) shall not constitute "Good Cause."

(f) The Company will be entitled to offset and reduce each month the amount of the monthly Severance Payment otherwise payable to the Executive hereunder by the amount of the Executive's prior month's earnings (if any) from post-Company full time employment (including both salary, bonus and other cash or cash equivalent compensation) at a subsequent full time employer or in connection with a full time consulting practice or other self-employment or any full time venture founded by the Executive; provided, however, that the Company shall not be entitled to any Severance Payment offset or reduction as a result of any earnings or income generated by the Executive from part-time consulting work, unless and until such consulting work becomes a full time endeavor.

(g) In the event of any Termination pursuant to Section 5, the Executive shall be entitled to retain any and all options to purchase capital stock of the Company granted to the Executive pursuant to the terms and conditions of any stock option agreement between the Company and the Executive that have vested as of the date of such Termination.

(h) Any Severance Payment made pursuant to this Section 6 shall be payable in equal monthly installments over the required duration set forth in Sections 6(a) through 6(e).

(i) The continuing obligation of the Company to make the Severance Payment to the Executive is expressly conditioned upon the Executive complying and continuing to comply with his obligations and covenants under Sections 7 and 8 of this Agreement following termination of employment with the Company.

7. Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Covenants.

(a) Confidentiality. In addition to the agreements set forth in
Section 5(h)(i), the Executive hereby agrees that the Executive will not, during the Employment Period or at any time thereafter directly or indirectly disclose or make available to any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, any Confidential Information (as defined below). The Executive agrees that, upon termination of his employment with the Company, all Confidential Information in his possession that is in written or other tangible form (together with all copies or duplicates


Page 8

thereof, including computer files) shall be returned to the Company and shall not be retained by the Executive or furnished to any third party, in any form except as provided herein; provided, however, that the Executive shall not be obligated to treat as confidential, or return to the Company copies of any Confidential Information that (i) was publicly known at the time of disclosure to the Executive, (ii) becomes publicly known or available thereafter other than by any means in violation of this Agreement or any other duty owed to the Company by any person or entity or (iii) is lawfully disclosed to the Executive by a third party. As used in this Agreement the term "Confidential Information" means: information disclosed to the Executive or known by the Executive as a consequence of or through his relationship with the Company, about the owners, customers, employees, business methods, public relations methods, organization, procedures or finances, including, without limitation, information of or relating to owner or customer lists of the Company and its affiliates.

(b) Non-Solicitation. In addition, the Executive hereby agrees that during the Employment Period and at all times thereafter, regardless of the reason or circumstances of termination of employment with the Company, the Executive will not, either on his own account or jointly with or as a manager, agent, officer, employee, consultant, partner, joint venturer, owner or shareholder or otherwise on behalf of any other person, firm or corporation, (i) carry on or be engaged or interested directly or indirectly in, or solicit, the manufacture or sale of goods or provision of services to any person, firm or corporation which, at any time during the Employment Period has been or is a customer of or in the habit of dealing with the Company in its business, (ii) endeavor directly or indirectly to canvas or solicit in competition with Company or to interfere with the supply of orders for goods or services from or by any person, firm or corporation which during the Employment Period has been or is a supplier of goods or services to Company or (iii) directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit away from Company any of its officers or employees or offer employment to any person who, on or during the 6 months immediately preceding the date of such solicitation or offer, is or was an officer or employee of Company.

8. Covenant Not to Compete.

(a) The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period he will devote at least 50% of his full business time to the business of the Company and not engage in any competitive businesses. Subject to such full-time requirement and the restrictions set forth below in this Section 8 and Section 3(c) above, the Executive shall be permitted to continue his existing business investments and activities and may pursue additional business investments; provided that the Executive not serve as officer of any public company resulting from such business investments. The Executive agrees that he shall not (i) invest in, manage, consult or participate in any way in any other timeshare business (in either an active or passive manner), (ii) participate in or advise any business wherein timeshare is a relevant business segment or (iii) act for or on behalf of any business that intends to enter or participate in the timeshare business, in each case unless the independent members of the Company's Board of Directors determine that such action is in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the


Page 9

foregoing, the Executive may purchase stock as a stockholder in any publicly traded company, including any company which is involved in the timeshare business; provided that the Executive does not own (together or separately or through his affiliates) more than 5% of any company (other than the Company) in the timeshare business. In addition, the Executive shall not invest (directly or indirectly) in any timeshare property in the hospitality business (including any condominium project) or any property where the business plan therefor includes an intention to convert the property to timeshare, unless the independent members of the Company's Board of Directors determine that such an investment is in the best interest of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Executive and/or affiliates thereof is permitted, at his option, to pursue the development of a timeshare resort on that certain property located on Harbor Island, San Diego, California, owed by the Port of San Diego. In the event the Executive or affiliate thereof so acquires such an interest, the Company has the option, at its election (which the Company may exercise at any time), to require the Executive or affiliate thereof to sell such interest to the Company at a price not to exceed 50% of the cumulative actual, direct cost incurred by the Executive or affiliate thereof in pursuing the development or acquisition of such property. In addition, at the direction of the independent members of the Company's Board of Directors, at any time following the decision by the Company not to acquire such interest, the Executive agrees to sell his interest in such property, and to divest himself of any interest in any affiliate possessing any controlling or managing interest therein, within six months after receipt of notice from the Company to do so, unless the independent members of the Board determine that such investment by or interest held by the Executive is in the best interest of the Company.

(c) The provisions of this Section 8 shall survive for two years following any termination of employment, regardless of whether the termination is for "Good Cause" or otherwise.

9. Injunctive Relief and Enforcement. In the event of breach by the Executive of the terms of Sections 5(h)(i), 7 or 8, and only following mediation or attempted mediation as set forth in Section 16 below (unless the Company is suffering irreparable injury, in which case Section 16 will not prevent the Company from seeking injunctive relief against the Executive in any court or forum), the Company shall be entitled to institute legal proceedings to enforce the specific performance of this Agreement by the Executive and to enjoin the Executive from any further violation of Sections 5(h)(i), 7 or 8 and to exercise such remedies cumulatively or in conjunction with all other rights and remedies provided by law and not otherwise limited by this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges, however, that the remedies at law for any breach by him of the provisions of Sections 5(h)(i), 7 or 8 may be inadequate. In addition, in the event the agreements set forth in Sections 5(h)(i), 7 or 8 shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of extending for too great a period of time or over too great a geographical area or by reason of being too extensive in any other respect, each such agreement shall be


Page 10

interpreted to extend over the maximum period of time for which it may be enforceable and to the maximum extent in all other respects as to which it may be enforceable, and enforced as so interpreted, all as determined by such court in such action.

10. Notice. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices, demands and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered when transmitted by telecopy with receipt confirmed, or one day after delivery to an overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:        Osamu Kaneko
                      c/o Signature Resorts, Inc.
                      5933 West Century Boulevard, Suite 210
                      Los Angeles, California 90045


If to the Company:          Signature Resorts, Inc.
                      1875 South Grant Street, Suite 650
                      San Mateo, California 94402
                      Attention: Andrew D. Hutton

or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the others in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if any one or more of the terms contained in Sections 5(h), 7 or 8 hereto shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad with regard to time, duration, geographic scope or activity, that term shall not be deleted but shall be reformed and constructed in a manner to enable it to be enforced to the extent compatible with applicable law.

12. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Executive, but may be assigned by the Company to any successor to its business and will inure to the benefit and be binding upon any such successor.

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

14. Headings. The headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

15. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and the


Page 11

rights of the parties determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland (without reference to the choice of law provisions of Maryland), except with respect to matters of law concerning the internal corporate affairs of any corporate entity which is a party to or the subject of this Agreement, and as to those matters the law of the jurisdiction under which the respective entity derives its powers shall govern.

16. Mediation. Subject to any irreparable injury being suffered by the Company giving rise to the right of the Company to seek injunctive relief against the Executive pursuant to Section 9 hereof, in the event that there shall be a dispute among the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, the parties agree that such dispute shall be resolved by final and binding mediation in Los Angeles, California, before a mediator and on terms and conditions mutually acceptable to the parties; provided, however, that if the parties cannot agree on the terms and conditions of such mediation, such terms and conditions shall be established by the mediator. Any award issued as a result of such mediation shall be final and binding between the parties thereto, and shall be enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party against whom enforcement is sought. The fees and expenses relating to such mediation (with the exception of the Executive's attorneys' fees, if any) or any action to enforce a mediation award shall be paid by the Company.

17. LIMITATION ON LIABILITIES. IF EITHER THE EXECUTIVE OR THE COMPANY IS AWARDED ANY DAMAGES AS COMPENSATION FOR ANY BREACH OR ACTION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, A BREACH OF ANY COVENANT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED BY EITHER LAW OR FACT), OR ANY OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION BASED IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH DAMAGES SHALL BE LIMITED TO CONTRACTUAL DAMAGES AND SHALL EXCLUDE (I) PUNITIVE DAMAGES, AND
(II) CONSEQUENTIAL AND/OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES (E.G., LOST PROFITS AND OTHER INDIRECT OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES). THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF DAMAGES THAT THE EXECUTIVE MAY RECOVER FOR ANY REASON SHALL BE THE AMOUNT EQUAL TO ALL AMOUNTS OWED (BUT NOT YET PAID) TO THE EXECUTIVE PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT THROUGH ITS NATURAL TERM OR THROUGH ANY SEVERANCE PERIOD, PLUS INTEREST ON ANY DELAYED PAYMENT AT THE MAXIMUM RATE PER ANNUM ALLOWABLE BY APPLICABLE LAW FROM AND AFTER THE DATE(S) THAT SUCH PAYMENTS WERE DUE.

18. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT.

19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and the Executive with respect to the employment of the Executive by the Company as contemplated hereby, and no


Page 12

representations, promises, agreements or understandings, written or oral, not herein contained shall be of any force or effect. This Agreement shall not be changed unless in writing and signed by both the Executive and the Board of Directors of the Company.

20. The Executive's Acknowledgment. The Executive acknowledges (a) that he has had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of his own choice concerning this Agreement, and (b) that he has read and understands the Agreement, is fully aware of its legal effect, and has entered into it freely based on his own judgment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.

Name:
Title:

EXECUTIVE

Osamu Kaneko


EXHIBIT 10.6.14

Execution Counterpart


$100,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

AMONG

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.,

CERTAIN LENDERS PARTY HERETO,

NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., AS ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER,

AND

SOCIETE GENERALE, AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT

FEBRUARY 18, 1998



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
                                              ARTICLE 1

                                             Definitions

Section 1.1      Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     1
Section 1.2      Amendments and Renewals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    25
Section 1.3      Construction  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    25

                                              ARTICLE 2

                                               Advances

Section 2.1      The Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    25
Section 2.2      Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    26
Section 2.3      Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    28
Section 2.4      Fees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    30
Section 2.5      Prepayments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    31
Section 2.6      Reduction of Commitment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    31
Section 2.7      Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Lender . . . . . . . .    32
Section 2.8      Payment of Principal of Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    32
Section 2.9      Reimbursement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    32
Section 2.10     Manner of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    33
Section 2.11     LIBOR Lending Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    34
Section 2.12     Sharing of Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    34
Section 2.13     Calculation of LIBOR Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    35
Section 2.14     Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    35
Section 2.15     Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    38

                                              ARTICLE 3

                                         Conditions Precedent

Section 3.1      Conditions Precedent to the Initial Advance and the Initial
                   Issuance of Letters of Credit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
Section 3.2      Conditions Precedent to All Advances and Letters of Credit . . . .   46
Section 3.3      Conditions Precedent to Conversions and Continuations  . . . . . .   48

                                              ARTICLE 4

                                    Representations and Warranties


Section 4.1      Representations and Warranties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
Section 4.2      Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc . . . . . . . . . .   57

                                              ARTICLE 5

                                          General Covenants

Section 5.1      Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters . . . . . . . . . . .   57
Section 5.2      Business; Compliance with Applicable Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
Section 5.3      Maintenance of Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   57
Section 5.4      Accounting Methods and Financial Records  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
Section 5.5      Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
Section 5.6      Payment of Taxes and Claims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
Section 5.7      Visits and Inspections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
Section 5.8      Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
SECTION 5.9      INDEMNITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   59
Section 5.10     Environmental Law Compliance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
Section 5.11     Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   61
Section 5.12     Management of Projects  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
Section 5.13     Obligations to Purchasers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
Section 5.14     Owners Associations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   62
Section 5.15     Note Receivable Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
Section 5.16     Maintenance of Borrowing Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   63
Section 6.1      Borrowing Base Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.2      Eligible Notes Receivable Report  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.4      Annual Financial Statements and Information; Certificate of
                   No Default . . . . . . . . .  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
Section 6.5      Compliance Certificate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
Section 6.6      Copies of Other Reports and Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   66
Section 6.7      Notice of Litigation, Default and Other Matters . . . . . . . . . .   67
Section 6.8      ERISA Reporting Requirements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   67

                                              ARTICLE 7

                                          Negative Covenants

Section 7.1      Indebtedness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   68
Section 7.2      Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
Section 7.3      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   69
Section 7.4      Liquidation, Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
Section 7.5      Sales of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
Section 7.6      Acquisitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   70
Section 7.7      Capital Expenditures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
Section 7.8      Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71

- ii -

Section 7.9      Affiliate Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
Section 7.10     Compliance with ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   71
Section 7.11     Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Section 7.12     Minimum Tangible Net Worth  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Section 7.13     Maximum Senior Debt to Total Capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Section 7.14     Maximum Total Debt to Total Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Section 7.15     Sale and Leaseback  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   72
Section 7.16     Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.17     Fiscal Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.18     Amendment of Organizational Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.19     Amendments and Waivers of Subordinated Debt . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.20     Use of Lenders' Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.21     Servicing and Collection Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   73
Section 7.22     Custodial Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   74
Section 7.23     Notes Receivable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   74
Section 8.1      Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   74
Section 8.2      Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   77

                                              ARTICLE 9

                                       Changes in Circumstances

Section 9.1      LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78
Section 9.2      Illegality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   78
Section 9.3      Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   79
Section 9.4      Effect On Base Rate Advances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
Section 9.5      Capital Adequacy  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80
Section 9.6      Replacement Lender  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   80

                                              ARTICLE 10

                                       Agreement Among Lenders

Section 10.1     Agreement Among Lenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   81
Section 10.2     Lender Credit Decision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   84
Section 10.3     Benefits of Article . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   84

                                              ARTICLE 11

                                            Miscellaneous

Section 11.1     Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   84
Section 11.2     Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   85
Section 11.3     Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   86

- iii -

Section 11.4     Calculation by the Lenders Conclusive and Binding . . . . . . . . .   86
Section 11.5     Set-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   87
Section 11.6     Assignment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   87
Section 11.7     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
Section 11.8     Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
Section 11.9     Interest and Charges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   89
Section 11.10    Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
Section 11.11    Amendment and Waiver  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
Section 11.12    Exception to Covenants  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
Section 11.13    No Liability of Issuing Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   90
Section 11.14    Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   91
Section 11.15    No Liability of Lenders to Purchasers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
SECTION 11.16    GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
SECTION 11.17    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92
SECTION 11.18    ENTIRE AGREEMENT  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   92

- iv -

Schedules and Exhibits

Schedule 1:      LIBOR Lending Offices
Schedule 2:      Existing Liens
Schedule 3:      Existing Litigation and Material Liabilities
Schedule 4:      Subsidiaries
Schedule 5:      Existing Investments
Schedule 6:      Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 7:      Qualification and Good Standing
Schedule 8:      Intellectual Property and Disputes Relating Thereto
Schedule 9:      Labor Relations
Schedule 10:     List of Specified Resorts




Exhibit A:       Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit B:       Swing Line Note
Exhibit C:       Security Agreement
Exhibit D:       Borrowing Base Report
Exhibit E:       Compliance Certificate
Exhibit F:       Assignment Agreement
Exhibit G:       Subsidiary Guaranty
Exhibit H:       Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit I:       Assignment of Pledged Documents

- v -

CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of February 18, 1998, among SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Borrower"), the Lenders from time to time party hereto, NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and SOCIETE GENERALE, as documentation agent for the Lenders.

BACKGROUND

The Lenders have been requested to provide the Borrower the funds required to (a) refinance certain existing debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined), (b) finance acquisitions permitted hereunder, (c) finance eligible mortgage loans, and (d) finance the ongoing working capital and general corporate requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. The Lenders have agreed to provide such financing, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

Section 1.1 Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement:

"Acquisition" means any transaction pursuant to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) whether by means of a capital contribution or purchase or other acquisition of Capital Stock, (i) acquires more than 50% of the Capital Stock in any Person pursuant to a solicitation by the Borrower or such Subsidiary of tenders of Capital Stock of such Person, or through one or more negotiated block, market, private or other transactions, or a combination of any of the foregoing, or (ii) makes any corporation a Subsidiary of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, or causes any corporation, other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, to be merged into the Borrower or such Subsidiary (or agrees to be merged into any other corporation other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary (excluding directors' qualifying shares) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary), or (b) purchases all or substantially all of the business or assets of any Person or of any operating division of any Person.

"Administrative Lender" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A., a national banking association, as administrative agent for Lenders, or such successor administrative agent appointed pursuant to Section 10.1(b) hereof.


"Advance" means a Revolving Credit Advance or a Swing Line Advance and "Advances" means Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances.

"Affiliate" means, as applied to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more Persons, Controls or is Controlled By or Under Common Control with, that Person.

"Agreement" means this Credit Agreement, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

"Agreement Date" means the date of this Agreement.

"Applicable Environmental Laws" means applicable laws pertaining to health or the environment, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (as amended from time to time, "CERCLA"), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended by the Used Oil Recycling Act of 1980, the Solid Waste Disposal Act amendments of 1980, and the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 (as amended from time to time, "RCRA").

"Applicable Law" means (a) in respect of any Person, all provisions of constitutions, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or regulatory agencies applicable to such Person and its properties, including, without limiting the foregoing, all orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Person in question is a party, and (b) in respect of contracts relating to interest or finance charges that are made or performed in the State of Texas, "Applicable Law" shall mean the laws of the United States of America, including without limitation 12 USC Sections 85 and 86(a), as amended from time to time, and any other statute of the United States of America now or at any time hereafter prescribing the maximum rates of interest on loans and extensions of credit, and the laws of the State of Texas, including, without limitation, Art. 1H, if applicable, and if Art. 1H is not applicable, Art. 1D and any other statute of the State of Texas prescribing maximum rates of interest with respect to extensions of credit; provided that the parties hereto agree that the provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code, as amended, shall not apply to Advances, this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Documents.

"Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin" means the following per annum percentages, applicable in the following situations:

                             Applicability                                  Percentage
                             -------------                                  ----------
(a)      Sum of (i) aggregate outstanding Advances and (ii) aggregate         1.375%
         Reimbursement Obligations is greater than or equal to 75% of
         Eligible Notes Receivable

- 2 -

(b)      Sum of (i) aggregate outstanding Advances and (ii) aggregate         1.125%
         Reimbursement Obligations is greater than or equal to 65% but
         less than 75% of Eligible Notes Receivable

(c)      Sum of (i) aggregate outstanding Advances and (ii) aggregate         0.875%
         Reimbursement Obligations is less than 65% of Eligible Notes
         Receivable

The Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin payable by the Borrower on the LIBOR Advances outstanding hereunder shall be subject to reduction or increase, as applicable and as set forth in the table above, on a monthly basis, retroactively as of the first day of each month and for such month, based upon the aggregate outstanding Advances and Reimbursement Obligations as of the last day of the immediately preceding month and the Eligible Notes Receivable as of the last day of the immediately preceding month (as reflected in the Borrowing Base Report, as of the last day of such month, to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof).

"Art. 1D" means Article 5069-1D, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended.

"Art. 1H" means Article 5069-1H, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended.

"Art. 1.04" means Article 5069-1.04, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended.

"Assignees" means any assignee of a Lender pursuant to an Assignment Agreement and shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.6 hereof.

"Assignment Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 11.6 hereof.

"Assignment of Pledged Documents" means an Assignment of Pledged Documents, in substantially the form of Exhibit I hereto, pursuant to which the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary transfers and assigns to the Administrative Lender (for the benefit of the Lenders), all of the right, title and interest of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary in and to each Note Receivable and the other Pledged Documents with respect to each such Note Receivable, free and clear of all Liens, as security for the Obligations.

"Authorized Signatory" means such senior personnel of the Borrower as may be duly authorized and designated in writing by the Borrower to execute documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of the Borrower, and to request Advances and Letters of Credit hereunder.

"Average Quarterly Delinquency Rate" means the ratio (expressed as a percentage), calculated on a monthly basis as of the last day of each month, of
(i) the aggregate outstanding

- 3 -

principal balance, as of the date of calculation, of all notes receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries generated from, or attributable to, the Specified Resorts, with respect to which notes receivable any scheduled payment is more than sixty (60) days past due, to (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal balance, as of the date of calculation, of all notes receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries generated from, or attributable to, the Specified Resorts; provided, however, that notes receivable of the Borrower or of any Subsidiary that are, at the time of such calculation, included in any Securitization shall be excluded entirely from the foregoing calculation.

"Base Rate Advance" means any Advance bearing interest at the Base Rate Basis.

"Base Rate Basis" means, for any day, a per annum interest rate equal to the higher of (a) the sum of (i) 0.50% plus (ii) the Federal Funds Rate on such day or (b) the Prime Rate on such day. The Base Rate Basis shall be adjusted automatically without notice as of the opening of business on the effective date of each change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Rate, as the case may be, to account for such change.

"Borrower" has the meaning specified in the introductory provision hereof.

"Borrowing Base" means, the following amounts, during the following periods of time and under the following circumstances:

(i) during the period of time from the Agreement Date through, and including, the date of consummation of the first Securitization to be consummated by the Borrower after the Agreement Date, the Borrowing Base shall be an amount equal to 85% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance, at the time in question, of Eligible Notes Receivable;

(ii) during the period of time from the date of consummation of the first Securitization to be consummated by the Borrower after the Agreement Date through, and including, the date of consummation of the second Securitization to be consummated by the Borrower after the Agreement Date, the Borrowing Base shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 85% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance, at the time in question, of Eligible Notes Receivable and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (x) 100%, minus two
(2) times the Credit Enhancement Percentage with respect to such Securitization and (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount, at the time in question, of Eligible Notes Receivable; and

(iii) thereafter, the Borrowing Base shall be an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 85% of the aggregate unpaid principal balance, at the time in question, of Eligible Notes Receivable and (ii) an amount equal to the product of (x) 100%, minus two (2) times the maximum Credit Enhancement Percentage with respect to the Borrower's two most recent Securitizations and (y) the aggregate unpaid principal amount, at the time in question, of Eligible Notes Receivable.

- 4 -

This Note has been negotiated in substantial part in the State of Texas and all questions with respect to the Note and the rights and liabilities of the parties will be governed by the laws of Texas in all respects, including matters of construction, validity, enforcement and performance, regardless of the choice of law provisions of Texas or any other jurisdiction. Any and all disputes between the parties which may arise pursuant to this Note not resolved by then will be heard and determined before an appropriate federal or state court located in Houston, Texas. The parties hereto acknowledge that such courts have the jurisdiction to interpret and enforce the provisions of this Note and the parties waive any and all objections that they may have as to personal jurisdiction or venue in any of the above courts.

JALATE, LTD.,
a California corporation

By:

Frederick A. Findley Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Accepted:

/s/ WILLIAM M. DEARMAN
----------------------------------------
William M. DeArman

-5-

"Borrowing Base Report" means a report, signed by an Authorized Signatory, in substantially the form of Exhibit D, appropriately completed.

"Business Day" means a day on which commercial banks are open (a) for the transaction of business in Dallas, Texas and New York, New York, and, (b) with respect to any LIBOR Advance, for the transaction of international business (including dealings in U.S. dollar deposits) in London, England.

"Capital Expenditures" means, for any period, expenditures made by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to acquire or construct fixed assets, plant and equipment (including renewals, improvements and replacements during such period and the aggregate amount of items leased or acquired under Capitalized Lease Obligations at the cost of the item, but excluding capital expenditures made with insurance proceeds to the extent used to replace or repair damaged fixed assets, plant and equipment) computed in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, provided however, that the term "Capital Expenditures" shall not include (i) Investments permitted hereunder, (ii) Acquisitions permitted hereunder or (iii) expenditures made by the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries to acquire or construct time-share residential real estate projects that are acquired or constructed for the purpose of creating, maintaining or enhancing the Borrower's inventory of Time-Share Interests.

"Capital Stock" means, as to any Person, the equity interests in such Person, including, without limitation, the shares of each class of capital stock in any Person that is a corporation, and each class of partnership interest (including, without limitation, general, limited and preference units) in any Person that is a partnership.

"Capitalized Lease Obligations" means that portion of any obligation of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary as lessee under a lease which at the time are recorded as capitalized lease obligations on the balance sheet of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary prepared in accordance with GAAP.

"Cash and Cash Equivalents" means with respect to the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary (a) cash (which, after the occurrence of an Event of Default, shall exclude any cash proceeds of Accounts), (b) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition, (c) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers' acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any Lender or with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (b) and (c) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (c) above, (e) commercial paper issued by any Lender or the parent corporation of any Lender, and commercial paper rated A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of McGraw-Hill, Inc., a New York corporation, or P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service, Inc., and

- 5 -

in each case maturing within six months after the date of acquisition, and (f) a readily redeemable "money market mutual fund" advised by a bank described in clause (c) hereof, or an investment advisor registered under Section 203 of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, that has and maintains an investment policy limiting its investments primarily to instruments of the types described in clauses (a) through (e) hereof and having on the date of such Investment total assets of at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00).

"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events after the Agreement Date: (a) any Person or any Persons acting together which would constitute a "group" (a "Group") for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or any successor provision thereto, other than the Group whose nominees constituted a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower as of the close of business on the Agreement Date, together with any Affiliates or Related Persons thereof, shall beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act or any successor provision thereto) at least 30% of the aggregate voting power of all classes of Capital Stock of the Borrower entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Borrower; (b) any Person or Group, other than any Person or Group whose nominees constituted a majority of the board of directors of the Borrower as of the close of business on the Agreement Date, together with any Affiliates or Related Persons thereof, shall succeed in having sufficient of its or their nominees elected to the Board of Directors of the Borrower, such that such nominees, when added to any existing director remaining on the Board of Directors of the Borrower after such election who is an Affiliate or Related Person of such Group, shall constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower; or (c) any "change of control" or "change in control" or similar term howsoever defined in any agreement governing any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Collateral" means any collateral granted at any time by any Person to the Administrative Lender for the benefit of the Lenders to secure the Obligations.

"Collateral Document" means any document under which Collateral is granted and any document related thereto.

"Commitment Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof.

"Commitment" means $100,000,000, as reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof.

"Compliance Certificate" means a certificate, signed by an Authorized Signatory, in substantially the form of Exhibit E, appropriately completed.

"Control" or "Controlled By" or "Under Common Control" means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether

- 6 -

through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise); provided, however, that in any event any Person which beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more (in number of votes) of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of a corporation shall be conclusively presumed to control such corporation.

"Controlled Group" means as of the applicable date, as to any Person not an individual, all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) which are under common control with such Person and which, together with such Person, are treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code; provided, however, that the Subsidiaries of the Borrower shall be deemed to be members of the Borrower's Controlled Group.

"Credit Enhancement Percentage" means, with respect to the Securitization in question, the highest overall credit enhancement (expressed as a percentage) that was, or would have been, required in order to attain a "BBB" rating (or its equivalent) by the applicable rating agency(ies) involved on all securities issued in connection with such Securitization (assuming that all securities that were issued in connection therewith were so rated), as such Credit Enhancement Percentage shall be communicated to the Administrative Lender by such rating agency(ies); provided, however, that if such Credit Enhancement Percentage shall, for any reason whatsoever, not be communicated to the Administrative Lender by such rating agency(ies) with respect to any such Securitization, the Administrative Lender shall determine such Credit Enhancement Percentage with respect to such Securitization based upon the information available to the Administrative Lender at such time.

"Custodial Agreement" means collectively, one or more agency and custodial agreement(s) among the Borrower, each Restricted Subsidiary that owns any of the Notes Receivable included, from time to time, in the Borrowing Base, the Administrative Lender and the Custodian, providing for the maintenance of the Pledged Documents, as such agreement(s) may, from time to time, be amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated with the written consent of the Administrative Lender.

"Custodian" means LaSalle National Bank or such other Person(s) as may be designated from time to time by the Administrative Lender, following notice thereof to the Borrower, to maintain physical possession of the Pledged Documents.

"Debtor Relief Laws" means any applicable liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, moratorium, rearrangement, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws affecting the rights of creditors generally from time to time in effect.

"Deed of Trust" means any deed of trust or mortgage executed and delivered by a Purchaser, encumbering all the right, title and interest of each such Purchaser in and to its purchased Time-Share Interest as security for the Purchaser's obligations under any Note Receivable.

- 7 -

"Default" means an Event of Default and/or any of the events specified in Section 8.1, regardless of whether there shall have occurred any passage of time or giving of notice that would be necessary in order to constitute such event an Event of Default.

"Default Rate" means a simple per annum interest rate equal to (a) with respect to Base Rate Advances the lesser of (i) the Highest Lawful Rate or
(ii) the Prime Rate plus 2.00% or (b) with respect to LIBOR Advances, the lesser of (i) the Highest Lawful Rate or (ii) the LIBOR Basis plus 2% in excess of the Applicable Rate Margin then in effect.

"Determining Lenders" means, on any date of determination, any combination of the Lenders having more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Advances (which for purposes of the calculation shall include for each Lender an amount equal to the product of such Lender's Specified Percentage multiplied by the aggregate amount of Swing Line Advances outstanding) then outstanding; provided, however, that if there are no Advances outstanding hereunder, "Determining Lenders" shall mean any combination of Lenders whose Specified Percentages aggregate more than 50%.

"Dividend" means, as to any Person, (a) any declaration or payment of any dividend (other than a stock dividend) on, or the making of any distribution on account of, any shares of Capital Stock of, or other similar interest in, such Person and (b) any purchase, redemption, or other acquisition or retirement for value of any shares of Capital Stock of, or similar interest in, such Person.

"Dollar" or "$" means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

"Domestic Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

"EBIT" means, for any period, determined in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, the sum of
(a) Pretax Net Income (excluding therefrom, to the extent included in determining Pretax Net Income, any items of extraordinary gain, including net gains on the sale of assets other than asset sales in the ordinary course of business, and adding thereto, to the extent included in determining Pretax Net Income, any items of extraordinary loss, including net losses on the sale of assets), plus (b) interest expense, plus (c) non-recurring charges incurred as a result of business combinations utilizing the pooling accounting method to the extent that such charges would be permitted to be capitalized utilizing the purchase accounting method.

"EBITDA" means, for any period, determined in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum of (a) EBIT plus (b) depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges (to the extent included in determining EBIT).

- 8 -

"Eligible Notes Receivable" means at the time of any determination thereof, the Notes Receivable of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (at least 85% of which the Purchasers in respect thereof are residents of the United States, Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands or Canada) which are reasonably acceptable to the Determining Lenders in their discretion for the purposes of determining the Borrowing Base and as to which the following requirements have been fulfilled with respect to each Note Receivable:

(a) The Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has lawful and absolute title to such Note Receivable;

(b) The interests of the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary(ies) in such Note Receivable and the Pledged Documents relating thereto are subject to a first priority security interest in favor of the Administrative Lender pursuant to the Collateral Documents, prior to the rights of, and enforceable against, all other Persons;

(c) The Note Receivable shall not have a term of greater than one-hundred twenty (120) months and the Note Receivable shall be payable in equal monthly payments in amounts sufficient to repay in full the principal balance thereof and accrued interest thereon during such term; provided, however, that Notes Receivable having terms greater than one-hundred twenty
(120) months but not greater than one-hundred eighty (180) months may be included as Eligible Notes Receivable to the extent that such longer term Notes Receivable otherwise satisfy the criteria for inclusion as Eligible Notes Receivable and the aggregate outstanding principal balance of such longer term Notes Receivable does not, at any time, exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Eligible Note Receivable included in the Borrowing Base;

(d) The Purchaser in respect of such Note Receivable shall have timely made at least the first regularly scheduled installment payment due thereon;

(e) The Purchaser in respect of such Note Receivable has made a cash down payment of at least ten percent (10%) of the aggregate actual purchase price of all Time-Share Interests purchased by such Purchaser, all of the Notes Receivable with respect to such Purchaser qualify as, and are included as, Eligible Notes Receivable and as Collateral hereunder and no part of such cash down payment by such Purchaser has been made or loaned to the Purchaser by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or an Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) The terms of such Note Receivable have not been restructured, rewritten or otherwise modified in any manner that would reduce the interest rate with respect thereto, reduce the principal amount thereof, reduce the amount of any scheduled payment(s) with respect thereto, extend the maturity date thereof (unless such extension was granted solely for the purpose of upgrading the applicable Purchaser to a larger Unit and/or an additional Time-Share Interest in the Project), release or impair any collateral securing same, release or impair any obligations or duties of any Purchaser with respect thereto or in any manner that would

- 9 -

otherwise result in such Note Receivable not qualifying as an Eligible Note Receivable hereunder;

(g) No installment of such Note Receivable is more than fifty-nine
(59) days past due;

(h) The Unit in respect of such Note Receivable has been completed, developed, and furnished pursuant to the specifications provided in the Purchase Documents or a certificate of occupancy or a bond insuring the completion thereof has been posted;

(i) The Purchaser is not an Affiliate of, related to or employed by, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries nor is the Purchaser in default under any Note Receivable or other obligation of such Purchaser to the Borrower or to any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries;

(j) The Note Receivable is free and clear of all Liens, and subject to no claims of rescission, invalidity, unenforceability, illegality, defense, discount, offset or counterclaim;

(k) The Purchaser in respect of such Note Receivable has no right to rescind the purchase of the Time-Share Interest;

(l) All sales and financing documents relating to the Note Receivable have been executed and delivered to the Administrative Lender and have not been modified from the standard forms theretofore approved by the Administrative Lender;

(m) The terms of such Note Receivable and all related instruments comply with all Laws;

(n) The Note Receivable is recognized on the books of the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, as a bona fide sale of a fee simple interest time-share estate in one or more Time-Share Interests, and such sale is evidenced by Purchase Documents and secured by a first priority mortgage or deed of trust on the purchased Time-Share Interest, which mortgage or deed of trust has been assigned of record by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to the Administrative Lender;

(o) The Time-Share Interest purchased and to which the Note Receivable relates is not subject to any Lien (other than Liens for ad valorem taxes that are not yet due and payable, Liens for association assessments that are not yet due and payable and Liens in favor of the Administrative Lender), and either (i) the Unit with respect to the Time-Share Interest purchased and to which such Note Receivable relates is not subject to any Lien (other than Liens for ad valorem taxes that are not yet due and payable, Liens for association assessments that are not yet due and payable and Liens in favor of the Administrative Lender) or (ii) the Time-Share Interest purchased and to which the Note Receivable relates has been permanently and irrevocably released from any such Lien (including, without limitation, any after-acquired property provisions thereof) with respect to such Unit;

- 10 -

(p) The Deed of Trust securing the Note Receivable is insured under a mortgagee title insurance policy in favor of the Administrative Lender acceptable to the Administrative Lender, subject only to those exceptions to title as the Administrative Lender approves;

(q) Payments under the Note Receivable are to be in legal tender of the United States;

(r) The Note Receivable and the other Purchase Documents are valid, genuine and enforceable against the Purchaser;

(s) The Purchaser in respect of the Note Receivable has not assigned his or her obligations under such Note Receivable or rights in the applicable Time-Share Interest, except to the extent that any such Purchaser has assigned its interest in a Time-Share Interest to such Purchaser's former spouse in connection with divorce proceedings between such Purchaser and such former spouse or to a member of such Purchaser's immediate family and, in either case, such Purchaser remains primarily liable with respect to such Note Receivable;

(t) The payments due under such Note Receivable have been made by the Purchaser in respect thereof and not by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on such Purchaser's behalf;

(u) The Purchaser in respect of such Note Receivable is not subject to any Debtor Relief Laws and is not an adverse party in any Litigation (and has not threatened any Litigation) with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Lender;

(v) The Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, has performed all of its obligations to the Purchasers in respect of such Note Receivable, and there shall be no executory obligations to such Purchaser to be performed by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary; and

(w) The Project containing the Unit subject to such Note Receivable is located in the United States of America or in such other jurisdiction(s) as may, from time to time, be designated in writing by the Determining Lenders.

"Equity" means shares of capital stock or partnership, profits, capital or member interest, or options, warrants or any other right to subscribe for or otherwise acquire capital stock or a partnership, profits, capital or member interest, of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any regulation promulgated thereunder.

"ERISA Event" means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (a) a Reportable Event (other than a Reportable Event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC pursuant to regulations issued under Section 4043 of ERISA), (b) the withdrawal

- 11 -

of any such Person or any member of its Controlled Group from a Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate under Section 4041(c) of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, (e) the failure to make required contributions which could result in the imposition of a lien under Section 412 of the Code or
Section 302 of ERISA, or (f) any other event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA.

"Event of Default" means any of the events specified in Section 8.1, provided that any requirement for notice or lapse of time has been satisfied.

"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Lender from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

"Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b) hereof.

"Foreign Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not organized under the laws of any state of the United States of America, the District of Columbia or the United States Virgin Islands.

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis, set forth in the Opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or their successors which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question. The requirement that such principles be applied on a consistent basis shall mean that the accounting principles applied in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those applied in a preceding period.

"Guarantor" means each direct and indirect Restricted Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower and each direct and indirect Restricted Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower which has executed a Subsidiary Guaranty.

"Guaranty" or "Guaranteed", means (a) as applied to an obligation of another Person, (i) a guaranty, direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such obligation, and (ii) an

- 12 -

agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of nonperformance) of any part or all of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, any reimbursement obligations with respect to amounts which may be drawn by beneficiaries of outstanding letters of credit and (b) an agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, to maintain the net worth, working capital, earnings or other financial performance of another Person; provided, however, Guaranty does not mean (y) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business and (z) customary indemnities given in connection with asset sales in the ordinary course of business.

"Hedge Agreements" means any and all agreements, devices or arrangements designed to protect at least one of the parties thereto from the fluctuations of interest rates, exchange rates or forward rates applicable to such party's assets, liabilities or exchange transactions, including, but not limited to, dollar-denominated or cross-currency interest rate exchange agreements, forward currency exchange agreements, interest rate cap, swap or collar protection agreements, and forward rate currency or interest rate options, as the same may be amended or modified and in effect from time to time, and any and all cancellations, buy backs, reversals, terminations or assignments of any of the foregoing.

"Highest Lawful Amount" means at the particular time in question the maximum amount of interest which, under Applicable Law, the Lenders are then permitted to charge on the Obligations at the Highest Lawful Rate.

"Highest Lawful Rate" means at the particular time in question the maximum rate of interest which, under Applicable Law, the Lenders are then permitted to charge on the Obligations. If the maximum rate of interest which, under Applicable Law, the Lenders are permitted to charge on the Obligations shall change after the date hereof, the Highest Lawful Rate shall be automatically increased or decreased, as the case may be, from time to time as of the effective time of each change in the Highest Lawful Rate without notice to the Borrower. For purposes of determining the Highest Lawful Rate under the Applicable Law of the State of Texas, the applicable rate ceiling shall be (a) the weekly rate ceiling described in and computed in accordance with the provisions of Art. 1H, or (b) either the quarterly ceiling or the annualized ceiling computed pursuant to Art. 5069-ID.008, Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended; provided, however, that at any time the weekly rate ceiling, the quarterly ceiling or the annualized ceiling shall be less than 18% per annum or more than 24% per annum, the provisions of Art. 5069-1D.009(a) and
(b), Title 79, Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, as amended, shall control for purposes of such determination, as applicable.

"Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, (e) all obligations secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned by such Person (other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary

- 13 -

course of business), whether or not the obligation secured thereby shall have been assumed (provided that, unless such obligations shall have been assumed, for purposes of this definition the amount of such Indebtedness at any time shall be deemed to equal the fair market value of such property or asset at such time), (f) the principal portion of all obligations of such Person under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an Operating Lease in accordance with GAAP, (g) to the extent not otherwise included, all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, all obligations of any general partnership, joint venture or other Person to the extent that the Person in question is liable, whether contractually, as a matter of applicable law or otherwise, for such obligations, all obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers' acceptances and similar instruments, all obligations under Hedge Agreements, and all obligations in respect of payment, performance and similar bonds, (h) the Net Exposure Under Securitizations, (i) an amount equal to eight times the annual rental payment(s) under, or in connection with, any Operating Lease entered into as part of, or in connection with, any sale and leaseback transaction and (j) any Guaranty of such Person of any obligation of another Person constituting obligations of a type set forth above.

"Indemnified Matters" has the meaning specified in Section 5.9(a) hereof.

"Indemnitees" has the meaning specified in Section 5.9(a) hereof.

"Intangible Assets" means those assets which are treated as intangible pursuant to GAAP, and in any event including, without limitation: (a) obligations, if any, owing by Affiliates to the Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary, (b) accounts, notes or mortgages receivable which are deemed by the Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or the Administrative Lender to be uncollectible or which should be subject to a reserve for bad debts in accordance with GAAP or which are subject to claims or set-offs (to the extent of such claim or set-off); (c) leases and leasehold improvements; (d) any asset which is intangible or lacks intrinsic and marketable value or collectibility, including without limitation goodwill, noncompetition agreements, patents, copyrights, trademarks, franchises or organization or research and development costs; (e) organizational and experimental expense; and (f) unamortized debt discount and expense.

"Interest Coverage Ratio" means the ratio of EBITDA to Interest Expense, calculated for the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the date of calculation.

"Interest Expense" means, for any period, determined in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, interest expense (including interest expense pursuant to Capitalized Lease Obligations).

"Interest Period" means the period beginning on the day any LIBOR Advance is made and ending one, two, three or six months thereafter (as the Borrower shall select); provided, however, that all of the foregoing provisions are subject to the following:

- 14 -

(a) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, unless, with respect to a LIBOR Advance, the result of such extension would be to extend such Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Advance that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(c) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period which ends after the Maturity Date.

"Investment" means any acquisition of all or substantially all assets of any Person, or any direct or indirect purchase or other acquisition of, or beneficial interest in, capital stock or other securities of any other Person, or any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than loans or advances to employees for moving and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution to, or investment in any other Person, including without limitation the purchase of accounts receivable of any other Person.

"Issuing Bank" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as issuer of the Letters of Credit.

"Law" means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, writ, injunction, or decree of any Tribunal.

"Lender" means each financial institution shown on the signature pages hereof so long as such financial institution maintains a portion of the Commitment or is owed any part of the Obligations (including the Administrative Lender in its individual capacity), and each Assignee that hereafter becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 11.6 hereof, subject to the limitations set forth therein.

"L/C Cash Collateral Account" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(g) hereof.

"L/C Related Documents" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(e) hereof.

"Letter of Credit" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a) hereof.

"Letter of Credit Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b) hereof.

"Letter of Credit Facility" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(a) hereof.

- 15 -

"LIBOR Advance" means an Advance which the Borrower requests to be made as a LIBOR Advance or which is reborrowed as a LIBOR Advance, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof.

"LIBOR Basis" means a simple per annum interest rate equal to the lesser of (a) the Highest Lawful Rate, or (b) the sum of the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin. The LIBOR Basis shall, with respect to LIBOR Advances subject to reserve or deposit requirements, be subject to premiums for such reserve or deposit requirements assessed by each Lender to the extent incurred by such Lender, which are payable directly to each Lender. Once determined, the LIBOR Basis shall remain unchanged during the applicable Interest Period.

"LIBOR Lending Office" means, with respect to a Lender, the office designated as its LIBOR Lending Office on Schedule 1 attached hereto, and such other office of the Lender or any of its Affiliates hereafter designated by notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Lender.

"LIBOR Rate" means, for any LIBOR Advance for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such rate is not available, the term "LIBOR Rate" shall mean, for any LIBOR Advance for any Interest Period therefor, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO Page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period; provided, however, if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates.

"Lien" means, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, collateral assignment, hypothecation, charge, security interest, title retention agreement, levy, execution, seizure, attachment, garnishment or other similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property, whether or not choate, vested or perfected.

"Litigation" means any proceeding, claim, lawsuit, arbitration, and/or investigation by or before any Tribunal, including, without limitation, proceedings, claims, lawsuits, and/or investigations under or pursuant to any environmental, occupational, safety and health, antitrust, unfair competition, securities, Tax or other Law, or under or pursuant to any contract, agreement or other instrument.

"Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreements, any other Collateral Document, the Subsidiary Guaranty, the Administrative Lender Fee Letter, any Hedge Agreements entered into with any Lender, the Assignments of Pledged Documents, and any other document or agreement executed or delivered from time to time by the Borrower, any

- 16 -

Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person in connection herewith or as security for the Obligations.

"Material Adverse Effect" means any act or circumstance or event that
(a) could reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, financial condition, results of operations, or business prospects of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (b) in any manner whatsoever does or could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document.

"Maturity Date" means February 17, 2001, or the earlier date of termination in whole of the Commitment pursuant to Section 2.6 or 8.2 hereof.

"Multiemployer Plan" means, as to any Person, at any time, a "multiemployer plan" within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and to which such Person or any member of its Controlled Group is making, or is obligated to make contributions or has made, or been obligated to make, contributions within the past five (5) years.

"NationsBank" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A., a national banking association, in its capacity as a Lender hereunder, but not in its capacity as Administrative Lender hereunder.

"Necessary Authorization" means any right, franchise, license, permit, consent, approval or authorization from, or any filing or registration with, any Tribunal or any Person necessary or appropriate to enable the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower to maintain and operate its business and properties.

"Net Cash Proceeds" means, with respect to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of any asset by any Person, the amount of cash received by such Person in connection with such transaction (including cash proceeds of any property received in consideration of any such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition) after deducting therefrom the aggregate, without duplication, of the following amounts to the extent properly attributable to such transaction or to the asset that is the subject thereof: (i) reasonable brokerage commissions, legal fees, finder's fees, financial advisory fees, accounting fees, underwriting fees, investment banking fees and other similar commissions and fees, in each case, to the extent paid or payable by such Person; (ii) filing, recording or registration fees or charges or similar fees or charges paid by such Person; (iii) taxes paid or payable by such Person or any shareholder, partner or member of such Person to governmental taxing authorities as a result of such sale or other disposition; and (iv) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest on any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the asset in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such asset sale.

"Net Exposure Under Securitization" means, for any date of calculation, the sum of (i) any and all obligations and liabilities of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under, or in connection with, any Securitization, as of such date of calculation, to the extent that same constitute liabilities of the Borrower or of such Restricted Subsidiary under GAAP or would,

- 17 -

under GAAP, constitute liabilities of the Borrower or of such Restricted Subsidiary if such Securitization were treated as an on balance sheet transaction and (ii) the fair market value of any and all property of the Borrower or of any Restricted Subsidiary that is pledged or encumbered, or as to which the interest(s) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary are subordinated or otherwise impaired, as security for or as a credit enhancement or otherwise in connection with, any Securitization.

"Net Income" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (loss) of such Person, after provisions for taxes and extraordinary items, determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Net Worth" means, as of any date of calculation, for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, the consolidated total stockholders' equity of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Note Receivable" means a promissory note executed by a Purchaser in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary which has arisen out of the sale of a Time-Share Interest to a Purchaser, which note is secured by a Deed of Trust.

"Notes" means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing Line Note.

"Notice of Borrowing" has the meaning specified in Section 2.2(a) hereof.

"Notice of Issuance" has the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b) hereof.

"Obligations" means (a) all obligations of any nature (whether matured or unmatured, fixed or contingent, including the Reimbursement Obligations) of the Borrower or any other Obligor to any Lender or the Administrative Lender under any of the Loan Documents as they may be amended from time to time, and
(b) all obligations of the Borrower or any other Obligor for losses, damages, expenses or any other liabilities of any kind that any Lender may suffer by reason of a breach by the Borrower or any other Obligor of any obligation, covenant or undertaking with respect to any Loan Document payable by the Borrower or any other Obligor under any Loan Document.

"Obligor" means the Borrower and each Guarantor.

"Operating Lease" means any operating lease, as defined in the Financial Accounting Standard Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, dated November, 1976 or otherwise in accordance with GAAP, of the Borrower and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

"Participant" has the meaning specified in Section 11.6(c) hereof.

"Participation" has the meaning specified in Section 11.6(c) hereof.

- 18 -

"Payment Date" means the last day of the Interest Period for any LIBOR Advance.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

"Permitted Liens" means, as applied to any Person:

(a) Any Lien in favor of the Lenders to secure the Obligations hereunder;

(b) (i) Liens on real estate for ad valorem taxes not yet delinquent, and (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments, governmental charges, levies, homeowners' association dues or other claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings in accordance with Section 5.6 hereof and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on such Person's books, but only so long as no foreclosure, restraint, sale or similar proceedings have been commenced with respect thereto;

(c) Liens of carriers, landlords, warehousemen, mechanics, laborers and materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith, if such reserve or appropriate provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(d) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker's compensation, unemployment insurance or similar legislation;

(e) Easements, right-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property which do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person;

(f) Liens in respect of judgments or awards for which appeals or proceedings for review are being prosecuted and in respect of which a stay of execution upon any such appeal or proceeding for review shall have been secured, provided that (i) such Person shall have established adequate reserves for such judgments or awards, (ii) such judgments or awards shall be fully insured (subject to customary deductibles) and the insurer shall not have denied coverage, or (iii) such judgments or awards shall have been bonded to the satisfaction of the Determining Lenders;

(g) Any Liens which secure Indebtedness that is permitted by
Section 7.1 (b) hereof; provided, however, that (i) none of such Liens shall cover or apply to any of the Collateral, (ii) the fair market value of the property covered by any such Lien shall not, at the time of the grant or creation of such Lien, exceed, in the case of property other than notes receivable or accounts receivable, 200% of the principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (iii) none of such Liens shall secure any Subordinated Debt;

- 19 -

(h) Liens arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for precautionary purposes relating solely to true leases of personal property permitted by this Agreement under which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a lessee;

(i) Any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Tribunal to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(j) Any Lien in favor of any Lender to secure any obligations owed to such Lender in respect of any Hedge Agreement;

(k) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(l) any replacements or renewals of Liens (but no increases in the Indebtedness secured thereby) permitted by clauses (h) and (i) hereof.

"Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Plan" means an employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Multiemployer Plan) pursuant to which any employees of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any member of their Controlled Group participate.

"Pledged Documents" means, collectively, the Notes Receivable, the Deeds of Trust and the Purchase Documents.

"Pretax Net Income" means net profit (or loss) before taxes of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Prime Rate" means, at any time, the prime interest rate announced or published by the Reference Lender from time to time as its reference rate for the determination of interest rates for loans of varying maturities in United States dollars to United States residents of varying degrees of creditworthiness and being quoted at such time by the Reference Lender as its "prime rate;" it being understood that such rate may not be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Reference Lender.

"Projects" means those time-share residential real estate projects constructed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells Time-Share Interests and as to which any of the Notes Receivable generated therefrom constitute Collateral hereunder.

- 20 -

"Purchase Documents" means any purchase agreement and related sale and escrow documents executed and delivered by a Purchaser to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the purchase of a Time-Share Interest.

"Purchaser" means a Person who purchases a Time-Share Interest in a Project from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any other obligor in respect of the Note Receivable executed in connection therewith.

"Quarterly Date" means the last day of each March, June, September and December, beginning March 31, 1998.

"Reference Lender" means NationsBank; provided that if the commitments of NationsBank hereunder shall terminate and if NationsBank shall have no Advances and Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder, NationsBank shall cease to be the Reference Lender, and Administrative Lender (after consultation with Borrower) shall, with notice to Borrower and Lenders, designate another Lender as the Reference Lender.

"Reimbursement Obligations" means, in respect of any Letter of Credit as at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the maximum aggregate amount which is then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit plus (b) the aggregate amount of all drawings under such Letter of Credit not theretofore reimbursed by the Borrower.

"Related Person" means (a) any Affiliate of the Borrower, (b) any individual or entity who directly or indirectly holds 10% or more of any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower, (c) any relative of such individual by blood, marriage or adoption not more remote than first cousin and (d) any officer or director of the Borrower.

"Release Date" means the date on which the Notes have been paid, all other Obligations due and owing have been paid and performed in full, and the Commitments have been terminated.

"Reportable Event" has the meaning set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA.

"Restricted Domestic Subsidiary" means each Domestic Subsidiary which has executed a Subsidiary Guaranty and has delivered to the Lenders such board resolutions, officer's certificates and opinions of counsel as the Administrative Lender shall have reasonably requested.

"Restricted Foreign Subsidiary" means each Foreign Subsidiary (i) which either has executed and delivered a Subsidiary Guaranty or with respect to which at least 65% of whose Capital Stock has been pledged to the Administrative Lender, for the benefit of the Lenders, pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Administrative Lender and (ii) as to which the Lenders have received such board resolutions, officer's certificates and opinions of counsel as the Administrative Lender shall have reasonably requested.

- 21 -

"Restricted Payments" means, collectively, (i) Dividends and (ii) any (A) payment or prepayment of principal, premium or penalty on any Subordinated Debt of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any defeasance, redemption, purchase, repurchase or other acquisition or retirement for value, in whole or in part, of any Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, the setting aside of assets or the deposit of funds therefor) and (B) prepayment of interest on any Subordinated Debt.

"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Restricted Domestic Subsidiary or any Restricted Foreign Subsidiary.

"Revolving Credit Advance" means an Advance made pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof.

"Revolving Credit Notes" means the promissory notes of the Borrower evidencing Revolving Credit Advances, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, together with any extensions, renewals or amendments thereof or thereto, and any substitutions therefor.

"Rights" means rights, remedies, powers and privileges.

"Security Agreement" means any Collateral Transfer of Notes and Liens (Security Agreement), substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, as amended, modified, renewed, supplemented or restated from time to time.

"Securitization" means a sale or hypothecation of Notes Receivable by the Borrower in which the proceeds thereof are utilized to repay in full all outstanding Advances attributable to such Notes Receivable pursuant to documentation reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender.

"Securitization Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Borrower which is organized for the sole purpose of facilitating a Securitization and which performs no business and has no other assets outside of those necessary to consummate a Securitization.

"Senior Debt" means, as of the date of any determination, the remainder of (a) Total Debt minus (b) Subordinated Debt.

"Servicing Agent" means, collectively, the Person(s) that are initially named as the servicer(s) under the Servicing and Collection Agreement, or, should such Person(s) cease to act as Servicing Agent under the Servicing and Collection Agreement, such other entity as the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary that is a party to the Servicing and Collection Agreement may appoint with the prior written consent of the Administrative Lender.

"Servicing and Collection Agreement" means, collectively, the Servicing and Collection Agreement(s), in such form as the Administrative Lender shall prescribe, to be made among the Borrower, each Restricted Subsidiary that owns any of the Notes Receivable included in the

- 22 -

Borrowing Base, the Administrative Lender and the Servicing Agent, as from time to time modified, replaced or restated.

"Solvent" means, with respect to any Person, that the fair value of the assets of such Person (both at fair valuation and at present fair saleable value) is, on the date of determination, greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as of such date and that, as of such date, such Person is able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability discounted to present value at rates believed to be reasonable by such Person.

"Special Counsel" means the law firm of Donohoe, Jameson & Carroll, P.C., or such other legal counsel as the Administrative Lender may select.

"Specified Percentage" means, as to any Lender, the percentage indicated beside its name on the signature pages hereof, or if applicable, specified in its most recent Assignment Agreement.

"Specified Resorts" means, collectively, the time-share residential real estate projects described or referred to in Schedule 10 attached hereto.

"Subordinated Debt" means, collectively, (i) the 5.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes, issued by the Borrower as of January 15, 1997, in the aggregate original principal amount of $138,000,000, due in 2007, (ii) the 9.75% Senior Subordinated Notes, issued by the Borrower as of August 1, 1997, in the aggregate original principal amount of $200,000,000, due October 1, 2007 and (iii) any other Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower having maturities and terms, and which is subordinated to payment of the Obligations in a manner, approved in writing by the Administrative Lender and the Determining Lenders, with only such changes or amendments as are not prohibited by Section 7.19 hereof.

"Subsidiary" of any Person means any corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate or other Person of which (or in which) more than 50% of:

(a) the outstanding capital stock having voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether at the time capital stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency),

(b) the interest in the capital or profits of such partnership or joint venture,

(c) the beneficial interest of such trust or estate, or

- 23 -

(d) the equity interest of such other Person,

is at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more of its Subsidiaries or by one or more of such Person's Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (i) no Person shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower solely by virtue of the fact that certain shares of the stock of such Person have been pledged to the Borrower and (ii) the Securitization Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Subsidiary for purposes of this Agreement.

"Subsidiary Guaranty" means a guaranty, substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto, executed and delivered by each Guarantor, as such guaranty(ies) may be amended, supplemented, modified, renewed or otherwise restated from time to time.

"Swing Line Advance" means an Advance made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) hereof.

"Swing Line Bank" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A. and any successors thereto appointed in accordance with Section 10.1(b) hereof.

"Swing Line Facility" has the meaning specified in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

"Swing Line Note" means the Swing Line Note of the Borrower payable to the order of the Swing Line Bank, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, together with any extensions, renewals or amendments thereof or thereto, and any substitutions therefor.

"Tangible Net Worth" means the sum of the following for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP, (a) Net Worth minus (b) the sum of the following (without duplication in respect of items already deducted in arriving at Net Worth):
Intangible Assets, and any write-up in the book value of assets resulting from revaluation thereof subsequent to December 31, 1996.

"Taxes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.14 hereof.

"Time-Share Interest" means an undivided fee simple ownership interest as tenants in common with all other Purchasers with respect to any Unit with respect to the exclusive right to use such Unit and the common areas for the Project with respect to such Unit for a specified length of time, on an annual or a biennial basis.

"Total Capital" means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) Total Debt plus (b) Tangible Net Worth.

"Total Debt" means, as of any date of determination, determined for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, without duplication, (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iv) obligations in respect of letters

- 24 -

of credit, banker's acceptances and similar instruments, (v) obligations under Hedge Agreements, (vi) Capitalized Lease Obligations, (vii) obligations in respect of payment, performance and similar bonds, and (viii) Net Exposure Under Securitization.

"Tribunal" means any state, commonwealth, federal, foreign, territorial, or other court or government body, subdivision, agency, department, commission, board, bureau, or instrumentality of a governmental or other regulatory or public body or authority.

"UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code of Texas, as amended from time to time, and the Uniform Commercial Code applicable in such other states as any Collateral may be located.

"Unit" means a residential unit in a Project as shown on the recorded condominium plat therefor or other evidence thereof, as required or permitted under applicable Law.

"Unused Portion" means an amount equal to the result of (a) the Commitment minus (b) the sum of (i) the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances plus (ii) the outstanding Reimbursement Obligations in respect of the Letters of Credit.

Section 1.2 Amendments and Renewals. Each definition of an agreement in this Article 1 shall include such agreement as amended to date, and as amended or renewed from time to time in accordance with its terms, but only with the prior written consent of the Determining Lenders or all the Lenders as required pursuant to Section 11.11 hereof.

Section 1.3 Construction. The terms defined in this Article 1 (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) for all purposes shall have the meanings set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise specifically required by the context. All accounting terms used in this Agreement which are not otherwise defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise expressly stated herein.

ARTICLE 2

Advances

Section 2.1 The Advances.

(a) Revolving Credit Advances. Each Lender severally agrees, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to make Revolving Credit Advances to the Borrower from time to time until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed its Specified Percentage of the Commitment less its Specified Percentage of the aggregate amount of all Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding (assuming compliance with all conditions to drawing), for the purposes set forth in Section 5.8 hereof. Subject to Section 2.9 hereof,

- 25 -

Revolving Credit Advances may be repaid and then reborrowed. Notwithstanding any provision in any Loan Document to the contrary, in no event shall the principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances exceed the lesser of (i) the result of (A) the Borrowing Base minus (B) the aggregate outstanding Reimbursement Obligations and Swing Line Advances and (ii) the Commitment. Any Revolving Credit Advance shall, at the option of the Borrower as provided in
Section 2.2 hereof (and, in the case of LIBOR Advances, subject to the provisions of Article 9 hereof), be made as a Base Rate Advance or a LIBOR Advance; provided that there shall not be outstanding, at any one time, more than five LIBOR Advances.

(b) The Swing Line Loans. The Borrower may request Swing Line Bank to make, and Swing Line Bank agrees to make, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, advances ("Swing Line Advances") to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date hereof until the Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the lesser of (i) the Commitment, less the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances then outstanding plus (B) the aggregate principal amount of all Reimbursement Obligations then outstanding, and (ii) $10,000,000 (assuming compliance with all conditions to drawing) (the "Swing Line Facility"). Each Swing Line Advance shall be in an amount not less than $100,000 and in multiples thereof. Each Swing Line Advance shall be a Base Rate Advance. Within the limits of the Swing Line Facility, Swing Line Advances may be repaid and then reborrowed.

Section 2.2 Manner of Borrowing and Disbursement.

(a) In the case of Base Rate Advances, the Borrower, through an Authorized Signatory, shall give the Administrative Lender prior to 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any proposed Base Rate Advance irrevocable written notice, or irrevocable telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice, in substantially the form of Exhibit H hereto (a "Notice of Borrowing") (provided, however, that the Borrower's failure to confirm any telephonic notice in writing shall not invalidate any notice so given), of its intention to borrow a Base Rate Advance hereunder. Such notice of borrowing shall specify the requested funding date, which shall be a Business Day, and the amount of the proposed aggregate Base Rate Advances to be made by Lenders.

(b) In the case of LIBOR Advances, the Borrower, through an Authorized Signatory, shall give the Administrative Lender at least three Business Days' irrevocable written notice, or irrevocable telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice (provided, however, that the Borrower's failure to confirm any telephonic notice in writing shall not invalidate any notice so given) pursuant to a Notice of Borrowing, of its intention to borrow a LIBOR Advance hereunder. Notice shall be given to the Administrative Lender prior to 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, in order for such Business Day to count toward the minimum number of Business Days required. LIBOR Advances shall in all cases be subject to Article 9 hereof. For LIBOR Advances, the notice of borrowing shall specify the requested funding date, which shall be a Business Day, the amount of the proposed aggregate LIBOR Advances to be made by Lenders and the Interest Period selected by the Borrower, provided that no such Interest Period shall

- 26 -

extend past the Maturity Date, or prohibit or impair the Borrower's ability to comply with Section 2.5 or 2.8 hereof.

(c) In the case of Swing Line Advances, the Borrower, through an Authorized Signatory, shall give the Swing Line Bank and the Administrative Lender prior to 12:00 noon, Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any proposed Swing Line Advance irrevocable written notice or irrevocable telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice (provided, however, that the Borrower's failure to confirm any telephonic notice in writing shall not invalidate any notice so given), of its intention to borrow or reborrow a Swing Line Advance. Such notice of borrowing shall specify the requested funding date, which shall be a Business Day, and the amount of the proposed Swing Line Advance.

(d) Subject to Sections 2.1 and 2.9 hereof, the Borrower shall have the option (i) to convert at any time all or any part (subject to the requirements contained herein as to the minimum amounts of LIBOR Advances) of the outstanding Base Rate Advances to LIBOR Advances and all or any part of the outstanding LIBOR Advances to Base Rate Advances or (ii) upon expiration of any Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Advance, to continue all or any portion of such LIBOR Advance equal to $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount as a LIBOR Advance and the succeeding Interest Period(s) of such continued LIBOR Advance shall commence on the last day of the Interest Period of the LIBOR Advance to be continued; provided, however, (A) LIBOR Advances may only be converted into Base Rate Advances on the expiration date of the Interest Period applicable thereto and (B) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no outstanding Advance may be continued as, or converted into, a LIBOR Advance when any Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. At least two Business Days prior to a proposed conversion/continuation date, the Borrower, through an Authorized Signatory, shall give the Administrative Lender irrevocable written notice, or irrevocable telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice (provided, however, that the Borrower's failure to confirm any telephonic notice in writing shall not invalidate any notice so given), stating (i) the proposed conversion/continuation date (which shall be a Business Day), (ii) the amount of the Advance to be converted/continued, (iii) in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a LIBOR Advance, the requested Interest Period, and (iv) in the case of a conversion of a Base Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or continuation of a LIBOR Advance, stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. If the Borrower shall fail to give any notice in accordance with this Section 2.2(d), the Borrower shall be deemed irrevocably to have requested that such LIBOR Advance be converted to a Base Rate Advance in the same principal amount. Notice shall be given to the Administrative Lender prior to 11:00 a.m., Dallas, Texas time, in order for such Business Day to count toward the minimum number of Business Days required.

(e) The aggregate amount of Base Rate Advances to be made by the Lenders on any day shall be in a principal amount which is at least $2,000,000 and which is an integral multiple of $500,000; provided, however, that such amount may equal the unused amount of the applicable Commitment. The aggregate amount of LIBOR Advances having the same Interest

- 27 -

Period and to be made by the Lenders on any day shall be in a principal amount which is at least $5,000,000 and which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000.

(f) The Administrative Lender shall promptly notify the Lenders of each notice (other than with respect to a Swing Line Advance) received from the Borrower pursuant to this Section. Each Lender shall, not later than 2:00
p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any Advance, deliver to the Administrative Lender, at its address set forth herein, such Lender's Specified Percentage of such Advance in immediately available funds in accordance with the Administrative Lender's instructions. Prior to 3:00 p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any Advance hereunder, the Administrative Lender shall, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 3, disburse the amounts made available to the Administrative Lender by the Lenders by (i) transferring such amounts by wire transfer pursuant to the Borrower's instructions, or (ii) in the absence of such instructions, crediting such amounts to the account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Lender. All Advances shall be made by each Lender according to its Specified Percentage.

(g) The Swing Line Bank shall, not later than 1:30 p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any Swing Line Advance, deliver to the Administrative Lender at its address set forth herein, the amount of such Swing Line Advance in immediately available funds in accordance with the Administrative Lender's instructions. Prior to 2:00 p.m., Dallas, Texas time, on the date of any Swing Line Advance, the Administrative Lender shall, subject to the conditions set forth in Article 3, disburse the amount made available to the Administrative Lender by the Swing Line Bank by (i) transferring such amounts by wire transfer pursuant to the Borrower's instruction or (ii) in the absence of such instructions, crediting such amounts to the account of the Borrower maintained with the Administrative Lender. Forthwith upon demand by the Swing Line Bank and in any event upon the making of the request or the granting of the consent specified by Section 8.2 to authorize the Administrative Lender to declare the Advances due and payable pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.2, each Lender, including the Swing Line Bank, notwithstanding the failure of the Borrower at such time to satisfy each condition specified in Article 3, shall make by 12:00 noon (Dallas, Texas time) on the first Business Day following receipt by such Lender of notice from the Swing Line Bank, a Revolving Credit Advance which is a Base Rate Advance in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Specified Percentage of such lender times (ii) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Swing Line Advances. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be applied by the Administrative Lender to repay the outstanding Swing Line Advances.

Section 2.3 Interest.

(a) On Base Rate Advances.

(i) The Borrower shall pay interest on the outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Base Rate Advances outstanding from time to time, until such Base Rate Advances are due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration, by scheduled reduction, or otherwise) and repaid at a simple interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate Basis

- 28 -

for the Base Rate Advances as in effect from time to time. If at any time the Base Rate Basis would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, interest payable on the Base Rate Advances shall be limited to the Highest Lawful Rate, but the Base Rate Basis shall not thereafter be reduced below the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest accrued on the Base Rate Advances equals the amount of interest that would have accrued if the Base Rate Basis had been in effect at all times.

(ii) Interest on the Base Rate Advances shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as appropriate, for the actual number of days elapsed, and shall be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the Maturity Date.

(b) On LIBOR Advances.

(i) The Borrower shall pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Advance, from the date such Advance is made until it is due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration, by scheduled reduction, or otherwise) and repaid, at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Basis for such LIBOR Advance. The Administrative Lender, whose determination shall be controlling in the absence of manifest error, shall determine the LIBOR Basis on the second Business Day prior to the applicable funding date and shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of such LIBOR Basis.

(ii) Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, interest on each LIBOR Advance shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed, and shall be payable in arrears on the applicable Payment Date and on the Maturity Date; provided, however, that if the Interest Period for such LIBOR Advance exceeds three months, interest shall also be due and payable in arrears on each three-month anniversary of the commencement of such Interest Period during such Interest Period.

(c) On Swing Line Advances.

(i) The Borrower shall pay interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Swing Line Advance, from the date each Swing Line Advance is made until it is due (whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or repaid, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate Basis in effect from time to time. If at any time the Base Rate Basis would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, interest payable on the Swing Line Advances shall be limited to the Highest Lawful Rate, but the Base Rate Basis shall not thereafter be reduced below the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest accrued on the Swing Line Advances equals the amount of interest that would have accrued if the Base Rate Basis had been in effect at all times.

(ii) Interest on each Swing Line Advance shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, for the number of days elapsed, and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the Maturity Date.

- 29 -

(d) Interest After an Event of Default. (i) After an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof) and during any continuance thereof, at the option of Determining Lenders and provided that the Administrative Lender has given notice to the Borrower of the decision to charge interest at the Default Rate, and (ii) after an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof and during any continuance thereof, automatically and without any action or notice by the Administrative Lender or any Lender, the Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate. Such interest shall be payable on the earlier of demand or the Maturity Date, and shall accrue until the earlier of (i) waiver or cure (to the satisfaction of the Determining Lenders) of the applicable Event of Default, (ii) agreement by the Lenders to rescind the charging of interest at the Default Rate, or (iii) payment in full of the Obligations. The Lenders shall not be required to accelerate the maturity of the Advances, to exercise any other rights or remedies under the Loan Documents, or to give notice to the Borrower of the decision to charge interest at the Default Rate.

Section 2.4 Fees.

(a) Commitment Fee. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Lender, for the ratable account of the Lenders, a commitment fee (the "Commitment Fee") on the daily average Unused Portion during the period commencing on the Agreement Date and ending on the Maturity Date, at the following per annum percentages, applicable in the following situations:

                                Applicability                                        Percentage
                                -------------                                        ----------
(a)      Sum of (i) aggregate outstanding Advances and (ii) aggregate                  0.375%
         Reimbursement Obligations is greater than or equal to 75% of
         Eligible Notes Receivable

(b)      Sum of (i) aggregate outstanding Advances and (ii) aggregate                  0.250%
         Reimbursement Obligations is less than 75% of Eligible Notes
         Receivable

The Commitment Fee shall be subject to reduction or increase, as applicable and as set forth in the table above, on a monthly basis, retroactively as of the first day of each month and for such month, based upon the aggregate outstanding Advances and Reimbursement Obligations as of the last day of the immediately preceding month and the Eligible Notes Receivable as of the last day of the immediately preceding month (as reflected in the Borrowing Base Report, as of the last day of such month, to be delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof). The fee shall be (i) payable in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the Maturity Date, (ii) fully earned when due and, subject to Section 11.9 hereof, nonrefundable when paid and (iii) subject to
Section 11.9 hereof, computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as appropriate, for the actual number of days elapsed.

- 30 -

(b) Other Fees. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Lender, for the account of the Administrative Lender, the fees on the dates and in the amounts specified in the letter agreement (the "Fee Letter"), dated as of the Agreement Date, between the Borrower and the Administrative Lender.

Section 2.5 Prepayments.

(a) Voluntary LIBOR Advance Prepayments. Upon three Business Days' prior telephonic notice (to be promptly followed by written notice) by an Authorized Signatory to the Administrative Lender, LIBOR Advances may be voluntarily prepaid but only so long as the Borrower concurrently reimburses the Lenders in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof. Any notice of prepayment shall be irrevocable.

(b) Mandatory Prepayment. On or before the date of any reduction of the Commitment, the Borrower shall prepay applicable outstanding Advances in an amount necessary to reduce the sum of outstanding Advances and Reimbursement Obligations to an amount less than or equal to the Commitment as so reduced. On any date that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Advances and Reimbursement Obligations exceed the Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Advances in an amount equal to such excess amount and all interest attributable to such excess amount. To the extent required by the immediately preceding two sentences, the Borrower shall first prepay all Base Rate Advances and shall thereafter prepay LIBOR Advances. To the extent that any prepayment requires that a LIBOR Advance be repaid on a date other than the last day of its Interest Period, the Borrower shall reimburse each Lender in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof. To the extent that outstanding Advances exceed the Commitment after any reduction thereof, the Borrower shall repay any such excess amount and all accrued interest attributable to such excess Advances on the date of such reduction.

(c) Payments, Generally. Any prepayment of any LIBOR Advance shall be accompanied by interest accrued on the principal amount being prepaid. Any voluntary partial payment of a Base Rate Advance shall be in a principal amount which is at least $2,000,000 and which is an integral multiple of $500,000 (unless constituting a payment of all outstanding Base Rate Advances). Any voluntary partial payment of a LIBOR Advance shall be in a principal amount which is at least $5,000,000 and which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 (unless constituting a payment of all outstanding LIBOR Advances), and to the extent that any prepayment of a LIBOR Advance is made on a date other than the last day of its Interest Period, the Borrower shall reimburse each Lender in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof. Any voluntary partial payment of a Swing Line Advance shall be in a principal amount which is at least $100,000 or an integral multiple thereof.

Section 2.6 Reduction of Commitment.

(a) Voluntary Reduction. The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than ten Business Days' notice by an Authorized Signatory to the Administrative Lender (if telephonic,

- 31 -

to be confirmed by telex or in writing on or before the date of reduction or termination), which shall promptly notify the Lenders, to terminate or reduce the Commitment, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty except as provided in the next sentence. Each partial termination shall be in an aggregate amount which is at least $5,000,000 and which is an integral multiple of $1,000,000, and no voluntary reduction of the Commitment shall cause any LIBOR Advance to be repaid prior to the last day of its Interest Period unless the Borrower shall reimburse each Lender in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(b) Mandatory Reduction. The Commitment shall be automatically reduced to zero on the Maturity Date.

(c) General Requirements. Upon any reduction of the Commitment pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall immediately make a repayment of applicable Advances in accordance with Section 2.5(b) hereof. The Borrower shall reimburse each Lender in connection with any such payment in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof to the extent applicable. The Borrower shall not have any right to rescind any termination or reduction. Once reduced, the Commitment may not be increased or reinstated.

Section 2.7 Non-Receipt of Funds by the Administrative Lender. Unless the Administrative Lender shall have been notified by a Lender no later than the date that such Lender receives notice of a proposed Revolving Credit Advance from the Administrative Lender pursuant to Section 2.2(e) hereof that such Lender does not intend to make the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advance available to the Administrative Lender, the Administrative Lender may assume that such Lender has made such proceeds available to the Administrative Lender on such date, and the Administrative Lender may in reliance upon such assumption (but shall not be required to) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Lender by such Lender, the Administrative Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender (or, if such Lender fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand, from the Borrower) together with interest thereon in respect of each day during the period commencing on the date such amount was available to the Borrower and ending on (but excluding) the date the Administrative Lender receives such amount from (a) the Lender, at a per annum rate equal to the lesser of (i) the Highest Lawful Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds Rate or (b) the Borrower, at the per annum rate applicable at the time to such Revolving Credit Advance. Notwithstanding Section 10.1(f), no Lender shall be liable for any other Lender's failure to fund a Revolving Credit Advance hereunder.

Section 2.8 Payment of Principal of Advances. To the extent not otherwise required to be paid earlier as provided herein, the principal amount of the Advances, all accrued interest and fees thereon, and all other Obligations related thereto, shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

Section 2.9 Reimbursement. Whenever any Lender shall sustain or incur (other than through a default by that Lender) any losses (inclusive of any such losses attributable to

- 32 -

change(s) in the LIBOR Rate during the applicable period(s), but exclusive of any losses of any other anticipated profits on the part of such Lender) or reasonable out-of-pocket expenses actually incurred in connection with (a) failure by the Borrower to borrow (including any failure to continue or convert into) any LIBOR Advance after having given notice of its intention to borrow (or to continue or convert) in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof (whether by reason of the Borrower's election not to proceed or the non-fulfillment of any of the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof) or (b) any prepayment for any reason of any LIBOR Advance in whole or in part (including a prepayment pursuant to Section 9.3(b) hereof) on other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable to such LIBOR Advance, the Borrower agrees to pay to any such Lender, within 30 days after demand by such Lender, an amount sufficient to compensate such Lender for all such losses (inclusive of any such losses attributable to change(s) in the LIBOR Rate during the applicable period(s), but exclusive of any losses of any other anticipated profits on the part of such Lender) and out-of-pocket expenses, subject to Section 11.9 hereof. Such losses shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, reasonable expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with the re-employment of funds prepaid, repaid, converted or not borrowed, converted or paid, as the case may be. A certificate as to any amounts payable to any Lender under this Section 2.9 submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall certify that such amounts were actually incurred by such Lender and shall show in reasonable detail an accounting of the amount payable and the calculations used to determine in good faith such amount and shall be conclusive absent manifest or demonstrable error. Nothing in this Section 2.9 shall provide the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower the right to inspect the records, files or books of any Lender.

Section 2.10 Manner of Payment.

(a) Each payment (including prepayments) by the Borrower of the principal of or interest on the Advances, fees, and any other amount owed under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made not later than 12:00 noon (Dallas, Texas time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Lender at the Administrative Lender's office, in lawful money of the United States of America constituting immediately available funds.

(b) If any payment under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be specified to be made upon a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day, unless, with respect to a payment due in respect of a LIBOR Advance, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case payment shall be made on the preceding Business Day. Any extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in connection with such payment.

(c) Without waiving any other rights or recourse that the Borrower may otherwise have against any Lender for such Lender's breach of its obligations hereunder, the Borrower agrees to pay principal, interest, fees and all other amounts due under the Loan Documents without deduction for set-off or counterclaim or any deduction whatsoever.

- 33 -

(d) If some but less than all amounts due from the Borrower are received by the Administrative Lender, the Administrative Lender shall apply such amounts in the following order of priority: (i) to the payment of the Administrative Lender's reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Lenders then due and payable, if any; (ii) to the payment of all other fees then due and payable; (iii) to the payment of interest then due and payable on the Advances; (iv) to the payment of all other amounts not otherwise referred to in this clause (d) then due and payable under the Loan Documents; and (v) to the payment of principal then due and payable on the Advances.

(e) Each payment by the Borrower in respect of obligations relating to the Revolving Credit Advances and the Letters of Credit (whether for principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall be made to the Administrative Lender for the account of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Specified Percentages. Each payment by the Borrower in respect of obligations relating to Swing Line Advances (whether for principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall be made to the Administrative Lender for the account of the Swing Line Bank.

Section 2.11 LIBOR Lending Offices. Each Lender's initial LIBOR Lending Office is set forth opposite its name in Schedule 1 attached hereto. Each Lender shall have the right at any time and from time to time to designate a different office of itself or of any Affiliate of such Lender as such Lender's LIBOR Lending Office, and to transfer any outstanding LIBOR Advance to such LIBOR Lending Office. No such designation or transfer shall result in any liability on the part of the Borrower for increased costs or expenses resulting solely from such designation or transfer (except any such transfer which is made by a Lender pursuant to Section 9.2 or 9.3 hereof, or otherwise for the purpose of complying with Applicable Law, to the extent that Applicable Law, or any relevant construction or interpretation thereof, changes after the Agreement Date). Increased costs for expenses resulting from a change in law occurring subsequent to any such designation or transfer shall be deemed not to result solely from such designation or transfer.

Section 2.12 Sharing of Payments. Any Lender obtaining a payment (whether voluntary or involuntary, due to the exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of its Advances or its participation in the Letters of Credit (other than pursuant to Sections 2.4(b), 2.14, 2.15(d), 9.3 or 9.5 or in respect of Swing Line Advances) in excess of its Specified Percentage of all payments made by the Borrower with respect to Advances and the Letters of Credit shall purchase from each other Lender such participation in the Advances made by such other Lender or its participation in the Letters of Credit as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment pro rata according to Specified Percentages with each other Lender; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Lender, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section, to the fullest extent permitted by law, may exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

- 34 -

Section 2.13 Calculation of LIBOR Rate. The provisions of this Agreement relating to calculation of the LIBOR Rate are included only for the purpose of determining the rate of interest or other amounts to be paid hereunder that are based upon such rate, it being understood that each Lender shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of a LIBOR Advance as it sees fit.

Section 2.14 Taxes.

(a) Any and all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.10, free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each Lender and the Administrative Lender, (i) taxes imposed on, based upon or measured by its overall net income, net worth or capital, and franchise taxes, doing business taxes or minimum taxes imposed on it, (A) by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Lender or the Administrative Lender (as the case may be) is organized or in which it has its applicable lending office or any political subdivision thereof; or (B) by any other jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, other than those imposed solely by reason of (1) an asserted relation of such jurisdiction to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (2) the activities of the Borrower in such jurisdiction or (3) the activities in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement of a Lender or the Administrative Lender; (ii) taxes imposed by reason of failure by the Lender or the Administrative Lender to comply with the requirements of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.14; and
(iii) in the case of any Lender, any Taxes in the nature of transfer, stamp, recording or documentary taxes resulting from a transfer (other than as a result of foreclosure) by such Lender of all or any portion of its interest in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Documents; (all such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter referred to as "Taxes"). If the Borrower shall be required by Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable hereunder to any Lender or the Administrative Lender, (x) the sum payable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions for Taxes (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this
Section 2.14) such Lender or the Administrative Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (y) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (z) the Borrower shall pay the full amount of Taxes deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

(b) In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any and all stamp and documentary taxes and any and all other excise and property taxes, charges and similar levies (other than Taxes described in clause (iii) of the first sentence of Section 2.14(a)) that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred to as "Other Taxes").

(c) The Borrower will indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Lender for the full amount of Taxes and Other Taxes (including, without limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this Section 2.14) paid by such Lender

- 35 -

or the Administrative Lender (as the case may be) and all liabilities
(including penalties, additions to tax, interest and reasonable expenses)
arising therefrom or with respect thereto whether or not such Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally asserted, other than penalties, additions to tax, interest and expenses arising as a result of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of such Lender or the Administrative Lender, provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligation to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Lender unless and until such Lender or the Administrative Lender shall have delivered to the Borrower a certificate certifying that such Taxes or Other Taxes (and/or penalties, additions to tax, interest and reasonable expenses) were actually incurred by such Lender or the Administrative Lender and showing in reasonable detail an accounting of the amount payable and the calculations used to determine in good faith such amount, which certificate shall be conclusive absent manifest or demonstrable error. Nothing in this Section 2.14 shall provide the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower the right to inspect the records, files or books of any Lender or the Administrative Lender. This indemnification shall be made within 30 days from the date such Lender or the Administrative Lender (as the case may be) makes written demand therefor.

(d) As soon as practicable after the date of any payment of Taxes, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof. For purposes of this
Section 2.14 the terms "United States" and "United States Person" shall have the meanings set forth in Section 7701 of the Code.

(e) Each Lender which is not a United States Person hereby agrees that:

(i) it shall, no later than the Agreement Date (or, in the case of a Lender which becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 11.6after the Agreement Date, the date upon which such Lender becomes a party hereto) and at such times as necessary in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower through the Administrative Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Lender:

(A) if any lending office is located in the United States of America, two (2) accurate and complete signed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or any successor thereto ("Form 4224"),

(B) if any lending office is located outside the United States of America, two (2) accurate and complete signed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form 1001 or any successor thereto ("Form 1001"),

in each case indicating that such Lender is on the date of delivery thereof entitled to receive payments of principal, interest and fees for the account of such lending office or lending offices under this Agreement free from withholding of United States Federal income tax;

(ii) if at any time such Lender changes its lending office or lending offices or selects an additional lending office it shall, at the same time or reasonably promptly

- 36 -

thereafter but only to the extent the forms previously delivered by it hereunder are no longer effective, deliver to the Borrower through the Administrative Lender, with a copy to the Administrative Lender, in replacement for the forms previously delivered by it hereunder:

(A) if such changed or additional lending office is located in the United States of America, two (2) accurate and complete signed originals of Form 4224; or

(B) otherwise, two (2) accurate and complete signed originals of Form 1001,

in each case indicating that such Lender is on the date of delivery thereof entitled to receive payments of principal, interest and fees for the account of such changed or additional lending office under this Agreement free from withholding of United States Federal income tax;

(iii) it shall, before or promptly after the occurrence of any event (including the passing of time but excluding any event mentioned in clause (ii) above) requiring a change in the most recent Form 4224 or Form 1001 previously delivered by such Lender and if the delivery of the same be lawful, deliver to the Borrower through the Administrative Lender with a copy to the Administrative Lender, two
(2) accurate and complete original signed copies of Form 4224 or Form 1001 in replacement for the forms previously delivered by such Lender;

(iv) it shall, promptly upon the request of the Borrower to that effect, deliver to the Borrower such other forms or similar documentation as may be required from time to time by any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation in order to establish such Lender's tax status for withholding purposes; and

(v) it shall notify the Borrower after any event (including an amendment to, or a change in any applicable law or regulation or in the written interpretation thereof by any regulatory authority or any judicial authority, or by ruling applicable to such Lender of any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration of any law) shall occur that results in such Lender no longer being capable of receiving payments under this Agreement without any deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 2.14 shall survive the payment in full of principal and interest hereunder.

(g) Each Lender (and the Administrative Lender with respect to payments to the Administrative Lender for its own account) agrees that (i) it will take all reasonable actions by all usual means to maintain all exemptions, if any, available to it from United States withholding

- 37 -

taxes (whether available by treaty, existing administrative waiver or by virtue of the location of any Lender's lending office), (ii) it will use reasonable best efforts (consistent with its internal policy and legal and regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its lending office, if the making of such a change would avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue and would not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, be materially disadvantageous to such Lender, and
(iii) otherwise cooperate with the Borrower to minimize amounts payable by the Borrower under this Section 2.14; provided, however, the Lenders and the Administrative Lender shall not be obligated by reason of this Section 2.14(g) to contest the payment of any Taxes or Other Taxes or to disclose any information regarding its tax affairs or tax computations or reorder its tax or other affairs or tax or other planning. Subject to the foregoing, to the extent the Borrower pays sums pursuant to this Section 2.14 and the Lender or the Administrative Lender receives a refund of any or all of such sums, such refund shall be applied to reduce any amounts then due and owing under this Agreement or, to the extent that no amounts are due and owing under this Agreement at the time such refunds are received, the party receiving such refund shall promptly pay over all such refunded sums to the Borrower, provided that (i) no Event of Default is in existence at such time or (ii) all of the Obligations have been fully and finally paid or satisfied. At such time, if any, that such Default or Event of Default is cured or waived, the party receiving such refund shall promptly pay over all such refunded sums to the Borrower.

(h) If the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts described in this Section 2.14 to any Lender, the Borrower may designate a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender to replace such Lender by purchasing for cash and receiving an assignment of such Lender's pro rata share of the Commitment and the Rights of such Lender under the Loan Documents without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, such Lender, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding amounts owed to such Lender (including such additional amounts owing to such Lender pursuant to this
Section 2.14). Upon execution of an Assignment Agreement, such other financial institution shall be deemed to be a "Lender" for all purposes of this Agreement as set forth in Section 11.6 hereof.

Section 2.15 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Facility. The Borrower may request the Issuing Bank, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, to issue, and the Issuing Bank shall, if so requested, issue, letters of credit (the "Letters of Credit") for the account of the Borrower or any other Obligor from time to time on any Business Day from the date of the initial Advance until the Maturity Date in an aggregate maximum amount (assuming compliance with all conditions to drawing) not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the least of (i) $20,000,000 (the "Letter of Credit Facility"), (ii) the remainder of the Borrowing Base minus the aggregate principal amount of Advances then outstanding and the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letter(s) of Credit not theretofore reimbursed by the Borrower, and (iii) the Commitment. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date (including all rights of renewal) later than the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date or (ii) one year after the date of issuance thereof. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each

- 38 -

Lender, and each Lender shall be deemed to have purchased and received from the Issuing Bank, in each case irrevocably and without any further action by any party, an undivided interest and participation in such Letter of Credit, each drawing thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement in respect thereof in an amount equal to the product of (x) such Lender's Specified Percentage times (y) the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (assuming compliance with all conditions to drawing). Within the limits of the Letter of Credit Facility, and subject to the limits referred to above, the Borrower may request the issuance of Letters of Credit under this Section 2.15(a), repay any Advances resulting from drawings thereunder pursuant to Section 2.15(c) and request the issuance of additional Letters of Credit under this Section 2.15(a).

(b) Request for Issuance. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon notice, given not later than 11:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas time) on the fourth Business Day prior to the date of the proposed issuance of such Letter of Credit, by the Borrower to the Issuing Bank. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued upon notice given in accordance with the terms of any separate agreement between the Borrower and the Issuing Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Issuing Bank providing for the issuance of Letters of Credit pursuant to this Agreement and containing terms and conditions not inconsistent with this Agreement (a "Letter of Credit Agreement"), provided that if any such terms and conditions are inconsistent with this Agreement, this Agreement shall control. Each such notice of issuance of a Letter of Credit by the Borrower (a "Notice of Issuance") shall be in writing or by telecopier, specifying therein, in the case of a Letter of Credit, the requested (A) date of such issuance (which shall be a Business Day), (B) maximum amount of such Letter of Credit, (C) expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (D) name and address of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, and (E) form of such Letter of Credit and specifying such other information as shall be required pursuant to the relevant Letter of Credit Agreement. If the requested terms of such Letter of Credit are acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its reasonable discretion, the Issuing Bank will, upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof, make such Letter of Credit available to the Borrower at its office referred to in
Section 11.1 or as otherwise agreed with the Borrower in connection with such issuance.

(c) Drawing and Reimbursement. The payment by the Issuing Bank of a draft drawn under any Letter of Credit shall constitute for all purposes of this Agreement the making by the Issuing Bank of an Advance, which shall bear interest at the Base Rate Basis, in the amount of such draft (but without any requirement for compliance with the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof). In the event that a drawing under any Letter of Credit is not reimbursed by the Borrower by 11:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas time) on the first Business Day after such drawing, the Issuing Bank shall promptly notify Administrative Lender and each other Lender. Each such Lender shall, on the first Business Day following such notification, make a Revolving Credit Advance (or if, as a result of any Debtor Relief Law, the Lenders are prohibited from making a Revolving Credit Advance, each Lender shall fund its participation purchased pursuant to Section 2.15(a) by making such amount available to the Administrative Lender), which shall bear interest at the Base Rate Basis, and shall be used to repay the applicable portion of the Issuing Bank's Advance with respect to such Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to the amount of its

- 39 -

participation in such drawing for application to reimburse the Issuing Bank (but without any requirement for compliance with the applicable conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof) and shall make available to the Administrative Lender for the account of the Issuing Bank, by deposit at the Administrative Lender's office, in same day funds, the amount of such Revolving Credit Advance (or such participation). In the event that any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Lender for the account of the Issuing Bank the amount of such Revolving Credit Advance (or such participation), the Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the Highest Lawful Rate or (ii) the Federal Funds Rate.

(d) Increased Costs. If after the Agreement Date any change in any Law or in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or governmental authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against letters of credit or guarantees issued by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, the Issuing Bank or any Lender or any corporation controlling the Issuing Bank or any Lender or (ii) impose on the Issuing Bank or any Lender or any corporation controlling the Issuing Bank or any Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement or any Letter of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in the preceding clause (i) or
(ii) shall be to increase the cost to the Issuing Bank or any corporation controlling the Issuing Bank of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to any Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender of purchasing any participation therein or making any Advance pursuant to Section 2.15(c), then, within 30 days after demand by the Issuing Bank or such Lender (which demand shall be made not later than one year after the Issuing Bank or applicable Lender receives notice of the relevant change), the Borrower shall, subject to
Section 11.9 hereof, pay to the Issuing Bank or such Lender, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank or such Lender, additional amounts that shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank or such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender for such increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted to the Borrower by the Issuing Bank or such Lender, shall certify that such increased costs were actually incurred by the Issuing Bank or such Lender and shall show in reasonable detail an accounting of the amount payable and the calculation used to determine in good faith such amount and shall be conclusive absent manifest or demonstrable error. In determining such amount, the Issuing Bank or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging or attribution method. Nothing in this Section 2.15(d) shall provide the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower the right to inspect the records, files or books of the Issuing Bank or any Lender. If the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts described in this Section 2.15(d) to any Lender, the Borrower may designate a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender to replace such Lender by purchasing for cash and receiving an assignment of such Lender's pro rata share of the Commitments and the Rights of such Lender under the Loan Documents without recourse to or warranty by, or expenses to, such Lender, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding amounts owing to such Lender (including such additional amounts owing to such Lender pursuant to this Section 2.15(d). Upon execution of an Assignment Agreement, such other financial institution shall be deemed to be a "Lender" for all purposes of this Agreement as set forth in
Section 11.6 hereof. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 2.15(d) shall survive termination of

- 40 -

this Agreement. The Issuing Bank or any Lender claiming any additional compensation under this Section 2.15(d) shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory restrictions) to reduce or eliminate any such additional compensation which may thereafter accrue and which efforts would not, in the reasonable judgment of the Issuing Bank or such Lender, be otherwise disadvantageous.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect to any Letter of Credit, any Letter of Credit Agreement and any other agreement or instrument relating to any Letter of Credit or any Advance pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letter of Credit Agreement and such other agreement or instrument under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Letter of Credit Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto (collectively, the "L/C Related Documents");

(ii) (A) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Letters of Credit or any Advance pursuant to Section 2.15(c) or (B) any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the L/C Related Documents;

(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of a Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Issuing Bank, any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by the L/C Related Documents or any unrelated transaction;

(iv) any statement or any other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, except to the extent finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank in connection therewith;

(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of the Letter of Credit, except to the extent finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank in connection therewith;

(vi) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any guarantee, for all or any

- 41 -

of the Obligations of the Borrower in respect of the Letters of Credit or any Advance pursuant to Section 2.15(c); or

(vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or a guarantor, except to the extent finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be the result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Bank in connection therewith.

(f) Compensation for Letters of Credit.

(i) Credit Fee. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Lender for the ratable account of each Lender a fee (which shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the Maturity Date) equal to a rate per annum equal to the product of the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin in effect from time to time multiplied by the average daily amount available for drawing under all outstanding Letters of Credit. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, such fee shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(ii) Fronting Fee. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Lender for the account of the Issuing Bank a fronting fee (which shall be payable in arrears on each Quarterly Date and on the Maturity Date) in an amount equal to 0.10% per annum on the average daily amount available for drawing under all outstanding Letters of Credit, computed, subject to Section 11.9hereof, on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(iii) Other Fees. Subject to Section 11.9 hereof, the Borrower shall pay, with respect to each amendment, renewal or transfer of each Letter of Credit and each drawing made thereunder, reasonable documentary and processing charges in accordance with the Issuing Bank's standard schedule for such charges in effect at the time of such amendment, renewal, transfer or drawing, as the case may be.

(g) L/C Cash Collateral Account.

(i) Upon the Maturity Date or the occurrence, and during the continuance, of an Event of Default and demand by the Administrative Lender pursuant to Section 8.2(c), the Borrower will promptly pay to the Administrative Lender in immediately available funds an amount equal to the maximum amount then available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit then outstanding. Any amounts so received by the Administrative Lender shall be deposited by the Administrative Lender in a deposit account maintained by the Issuing Bank (the "L/C Cash Collateral Account").

- 42 -

(ii) As security for the payment of all Reimbursement Obligations and for any other Obligations, the Borrower hereby grants, conveys, assigns, pledges, sets over and transfers to the Administrative Lender (for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and Lenders), and creates in the Administrative Lender's favor (for the benefit of the Issuing Bank and Lenders) a Lien in, all money, instruments and securities at any time held in or acquired in connection with the L/C Cash Collateral Account, together with all proceeds thereof. The L/C Cash Collateral Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Lender and the Borrower shall have no right to withdraw or to cause the Administrative Lender to withdraw any funds deposited in the L/C Cash Collateral Account. At any time and from time to time, upon the Administrative Lender's request, the Borrower promptly shall execute and deliver any and all such further instruments and documents, including UCC financing statements, as may be necessary, appropriate or desirable in the Administrative Lender's judgment to obtain the full benefits (including perfection and priority) of the security interest created or intended to be created by this paragraph (ii) and of the rights and powers herein granted. The Borrower shall not create or suffer to exist any Lien on any amounts or investments held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account other than the Lien granted under this paragraph (ii).

(iii) The Administrative Lender shall (A) apply any funds in the L/C Cash Collateral Account on account of Reimbursement Obligations when the same become due and payable, (B) after the Maturity Date, apply any proceeds remaining in the L/C Cash Collateral Account first to pay any unpaid Obligations then outstanding hereunder and then to refund any remaining amount to the Borrower.

(iv) The Borrower, no more than once in any calendar month, may direct the Administrative Lender to invest the funds held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account (so long as the aggregate amount of such funds exceeds any relevant minimum investment requirement) in (A) Cash and Cash Equivalents or direct obligations of the United States or any agency thereof, or obligations guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof and (B) one or more other types of investments permitted by the Determining Lenders, in each case with such maturities as the Borrower, with the consent of the Determining Lenders, may specify, pending application of such funds on account of Reimbursement Obligations or on account of other Obligations, as the case may be. In the absence of any such direction from the Borrower, the Administrative Lender shall invest the funds held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account (so long as the aggregate amount of such funds exceeds any relevant minimum investment requirement) in one or more types of investments with the consent of the Determining Lenders with such maturities as the Borrower, with the consent of the Determining Lenders, may specify, pending application of such funds on account of Reimbursement Obligations or on account of other Obligations, as the case may be. All such investments shall be made in the Administrative Lender's name for the account of the Lenders, subject to the ownership interest therein of the Borrower. The Borrower recognizes that any losses or taxes with respect to such investments shall be borne solely by the Borrower, and the Borrower agrees to hold the Administrative Lender and the Lenders harmless from any

- 43 -

and all such losses and taxes. Administrative Lender may liquidate any investment held in the L/C Cash Collateral Account in order to apply the proceeds of such investment on account of the Reimbursement Obligations as provided in Section 2.15(g)(iii) hereof (or on account of any other Obligation then due and payable, as the case may be) without regard to whether such investment has matured and without liability for any penalty or other fee incurred (with respect to which the Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the Administrative Lender) as a result of such application.

(v) After the establishment of the L/C Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 2.15(g)(i) hereof, the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Lender the fees customarily charged by the Issuing Bank with respect to the maintenance of accounts similar to the L/C Cash Collateral Account.

ARTICLE 3

Conditions Precedent

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Advance and the Initial Issuance of Letters of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to make the initial Revolving Credit Advance, the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue the initial Letter of Credit and the obligation of the Swing Line Bank to make the initial Swing Line Advance are subject to (i) receipt by the Administrative Lender of the following items which are to be delivered, in form and substance satisfactory to each Lender, with a copy (except for the Notes and this Agreement) for each Lender, and (ii) satisfaction of the following conditions which are to be satisfied:

(a) A loan certificate of each Obligor certifying as to the accuracy of its representations and warranties in the Loan Documents with respect to such Obligor, and including a certificate of incumbency with respect to each Authorized Signatory, and including (i) a copy of the articles or certificate of incorporation or similar organizational documents of such Obligor, certified to be true, complete and correct by the secretary of state of its state of organization, (ii) a copy of the true, complete and correct Bylaws or similar governance documents of such Obligor, and (iv) a copy of a certificate of good standing and a certificate of existence for its state of organization and each state in which the nature of its business requires it to be qualified;

(b) a duly executed Revolving Credit Note payable to the order of each Lender and in an amount for each Lender equal to its Specified Percentage of the Commitment;

(c) the duly executed Swing Line Note payable to the order of the Swing Line Bank, in the principal amount of $10,000,000;

(d) opinions of counsel to each Obligor addressed to the Lenders and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender, dated the Agreement Date, and

- 44 -

addressing the matters set forth in Sections 4.1(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (h),
(m), (n), (o) and (p), as deemed appropriate by the Administrative Lender, and if the Projects have not been registered under the Federal Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act, stating that the Projects do not fall within the purview of the Federal Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act, and covering such other matters incident to the transactions contemplated hereby as the Administrative Lender or Special Counsel may reasonably request;

(e) reimbursement for the Administrative Lender for Special Counsel's reasonable and customary fees (on an hourly basis) and expenses rendered through the date hereof, to the extent invoiced;

(f) evidence that all proceedings of each Obligor taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lenders and Special Counsel; and the Lenders shall have received copies of all documents or other evidence which the Administrative Lender, Special Counsel or any Lender may reasonably request in connection with such transactions;

(g) any fees or expenses required to be paid on or before the Agreement Date pursuant to the Fee Letter;

(h) Security Agreements, appropriately completed and duly executed by each of the Obligors, dated as of the Agreement Date, granting a Lien in all Collateral covered thereby, together with related financing statements, and insurance certificates listing Administrative Lender, as its interest may appear, as loss payee and additional insured and otherwise in a form required by the Collateral Documents;

(i) the duly executed Servicing and Collection Agreement;

(j) the duly executed Custodial Agreement, together with evidence of delivery to the Custodian of the original counterpart of each Note Receivable included in the Borrowing Base, together with allonges, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Lender, duly executed by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary owning such Note Receivable and Assignments of Pledged Documents appropriately completed and duly executed by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary owning such Pledged Documents;

(k) simultaneously with the making of the initial Revolving Credit Advance, executed UCC-3 Termination Statements to be filed in appropriate jurisdictions to terminate all Liens against the Collateral, or any portion thereof (other than Permitted Liens, if any);

(l) copies of the form of Purchase Documents which have been or are being used in connection with the Projects;

- 45 -

(m) there shall have occurred no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 1996;

(n) each of the Subsidiary Guaranties, duly executed by the Guarantor party thereto;

(p) a mortgagee title insurance policy [or if such mortgagee title insurance policy has not been issued, a binding, irrevocable and unconditional (other than for conditions acceptable to the Administrative Lender) commitment to issue such mortgagee title insurance policy] in favor of the Administrative Lender, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Lender, covering each Deed of Trust;

(q) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders and Special Counsel, such other documents, instruments and certificates as the Administrative Lender or any Lender may reasonably require in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including without limitation, evidence of the status, organization or authority of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and the enforceability of the Obligations; and

(r) The Borrower shall have delivered a Borrowing Base Report reflecting Eligible Notes Receivable as of a date after December 29, 1997.

Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to All Advances and Letters of Credit. The obligation of each Lender to make each Revolving Credit Advance hereunder (including the initial Revolving Credit Advance), the obligation of the Issuing Bank to issue each Letter of Credit (including the initial Letter of Credit) and the obligation of the Swing Line Bank to make each Swing Line Advance (including the initial Swing Line Advance) are subject to fulfillment of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with each such Advance or issuance:

(a) With respect to each Advance and each issuance of a Letter of Credit, all of the representations and warranties of each Obligor under the Loan Documents, which, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, are made at and as of the time of each such Advance or issuance, shall be true and correct at such time in all material respects, both before and after giving effect to the application of the proceeds of the Advance or Letter of Credit;

(b) The incumbency of the Authorized Signatories shall be as stated in the certificate of incumbency delivered in the Borrower's loan certificate pursuant to Section 3.1(a) or as subsequently modified and reflected in a certificate of incumbency delivered to the Administrative Lender. The Lenders may, without waiving this condition, consider it fulfilled and a representation by the Borrower made to such effect if no written notice to the contrary, dated on or before the date of such Advance or Letter of Credit, is received by the Administrative Lender from the Borrower prior to the making of such Advance or issuance of such Letter of Credit;

- 46 -

(c) There shall not exist a Default or Event of Default hereunder that has not been waived or cured to the satisfaction of the Determining Lenders or all Lenders, as required pursuant to Section 11.11 hereof;

(d) The aggregate Advances and Letters of Credit, after giving effect to such proposed Advance or Letter of Credit, shall not exceed the maximum principal amount then permitted to be outstanding hereunder;

(e) No order, judgment, injunction or decree of any Tribunal shall purport to enjoin or restrain any Lender or the Issuing Bank from making any Advance or issuing any Letter of Credit;

(f) (i) There shall not be pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened any Litigation against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that has not been disclosed in writing by the Borrower pursuant to
Section 4.1(h) or 6.7(a) prior to the making of the last preceding Advance or the issuance of the last preceding Letter of Credit (or in the case of the initial Advances and Letters of Credit, prior to the Agreement Date) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) there shall not be pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened any Litigation against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that (x) was disclosed by the Borrower only after the Agreement Date, (y) was disclosed by the Borrower as threatened Litigation prior to the Agreement Date but subsequently became pending Litigation or (z) was not disclosed by the Borrower, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) there shall have occurred no development in any Litigation against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g) There shall have occurred no material adverse change in the business, assets, financial condition, results of operations or business prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, since December 31, 1996;

(h) The Borrower shall have delivered a current Borrowing Base Report evidencing that there is availability under the Commitment after taking into account the projected Advance or Letter of Credit; and

(i) The Average Quarterly Delinquency Rate shall not exceed eight percent (8.0%).

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the obligation of each Lender to make a Revolving Credit Advance pursuant to Section 2.15(c) (or to fund its participation in respect of Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.15(c)) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, (i) the occurrence of any

- 47 -

Default or Event of Default, (ii) the failure of the Borrower to satisfy any condition set forth in this Section 3.2 or (iii) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever.

Section 3.3 Conditions Precedent to Conversions and Continuations. The obligation of the Lenders to convert any existing Base Rate Advance into a LIBOR Advance or to continue any existing LIBOR Advance is subject to the condition precedent that on the date of such conversion or continuation no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such conversion or continuation. The acceptance of the benefits of each such conversion and continuation shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower to each of the Lenders that no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the making of such conversion or continuation.

ARTICLE 4

Representations and Warranties

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to each Lender as follows:

(a) Organization; Power; Qualification. The respective jurisdiction of organization or incorporation and percentage ownership by the Borrower of the Subsidiaries listed on Schedule 4 are true and correct as of the Agreement Date. Schedule 4 is a complete and accurate listing as of the Agreement Date, showing with respect to the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) its mailing address, which is its principal place of business, (b) the classes of its Capital Stock and the number and amount of its Capital Stock authorized and outstanding, (c) each record and beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding Capital Stock of each Restricted Subsidiary, and (d) all outstanding options, rights, rights of conversion, redemption, purchase or repurchase, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to the Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiaries. All of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower is validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is a corporation or other legal Person duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of incorporation or organization. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has the legal power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is authorized to do business, duly qualified and in good standing as set forth in Schedule 7 and no qualification or authorization is necessary in any other jurisdictions in which the character of its properties or the nature of its business requires such qualification or authorization, except where the failure to be so qualified or authorized could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Authorization. The Borrower has legal power and has taken all necessary legal action to authorize it to borrow and request Letters of Credit hereunder. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has legal power and has taken all necessary legal action to execute, deliver

- 48 -

and perform the Loan Documents to which it is party in accordance with the terms thereof, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower or the Subsidiary of the Borrower executing it. Each of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject, to enforcement of remedies, to the following qualifications: (i) equitable principles generally, and (ii) Debtor Relief Laws (insofar as any such law relates to the bankruptcy, insolvency or similar event of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower).

(c) Compliance with Other Loan Documents and Contemplated Transactions. The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which they are respectively a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, do not and will not
(i) require any consent or approval necessary on or prior to the Agreement Date not already obtained, except to the extent that the failure to obtain any such consent or approval could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) violate any Applicable Law, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other similar organizational or governance document of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, (iv) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under any Necessary Authorization, indenture, agreement or other instrument, to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party or by which they or their respective properties may be bound, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (v) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Liens in favor of the Lenders to secure the Obligations hereunder) upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

(d) Business. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged primarily in the business of acquiring, developing and operating time share resorts and other time-share activities, providing financing for the purchase of Units or other interests in its time-share resorts and other leisure activities (exclusive of gaming) and activities directly related to the foregoing.

(e) Licenses, etc. All Necessary Authorizations have been duly obtained, and are in full force and effect without any known conflict with the rights of others and free from any unduly burdensome restrictions, unless the failure to obtain or have in effect such Necessary Authorizations could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are and will continue to be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions thereof. No circumstance exists which could reasonably be expected to impair the utility of the Necessary Authorization or the right to renew such Necessary Authorization the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Necessary Authorization is the subject of any pending or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, threatened challenge, suspension, cancellation or revocation, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

- 49 -

(f) Compliance with Law. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all respects with all Applicable Laws, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(g) Title to Properties. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their material assets. None of their assets is subject to any Liens, except Permitted Liens. No financing statement or other Lien filing (except relating to Permitted Liens) is on file in any state or jurisdiction that names the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as debtor or covers (or purports to cover) any assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries have not signed any such financing statement or filing, nor any security agreement authorizing any Person to file any such financing statement or filing (except relating to Permitted Liens).

(h) Litigation. Except as reflected on Schedule 3 hereto, as of the Agreement Date there is no Litigation pending against, or, to the Borrower's current actual knowledge, threatened against the Borrower, or in any other manner relating directly and adversely to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties, in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any governmental body in which the amount claimed (in excess of applicable insurance) exceeds $500,000.

(i) Taxes. All material federal, state and other tax returns of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been duly filed or extensions have been timely filed, and all material federal, state and other Taxes upon the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any of their properties, income, profits and assets, which are due and payable, have been paid, unless the same are being diligently contested in accordance with Section 5.6 hereof. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of their Taxes are, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, adequate.

(j) Financial Statements; Material Liabilities.

(i) The Borrower has heretofore delivered to Lenders (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1996, and the related statements of earnings and changes in investment and statement of cash flows for the twelve-month period then ended, and (b) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at June 30, 1997, and the related statements of earnings and statement of cash flows for the six-month period then ended. Such financial statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes) and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the date thereof and the combined results of operations and cash flows for the period covered thereby.

(ii) The projected financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders prior to or on the Agreement Date were prepared in good faith

- 50 -

and management of the Borrower believes them to be based on reasonable assumptions (which assumptions have been included in the most recent projections furnished to the Lenders prior to the Agreement Date) and to fairly present in all material respects the projected financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the projected results of operations as of the dates and for the periods shown for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, it being recognized by the Lenders that such projections as to future events are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ from the projected results.

(iii) The financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3 hereof fairly present in all material respects their respective financial condition and their respective results of operations as of the dates and for the periods shown, all in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end adjustments. The latest of such financial statements reflects all material liabilities, direct and contingent, of the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower that are required to be disclosed in accordance with GAAP. As of the date of the latest of such financial statements, there were no Guaranties, liabilities for Taxes, forward or long-term commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments that are substantial in amount that are required to be reflected but that are not reflected on such financial statements or the footnotes thereto.

(k) No Adverse Change. Since December 31, 1996, no event or circumstance has occurred or arisen which is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(l) ERISA. None of the Borrower or its Controlled Group maintains or contributes to any Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA other than those disclosed to the Administrative Lender in writing. Each such Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code, and any other applicable Law, except to the extent that failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) of the Borrower and each member of its Controlled Group, all reports required under ERISA or any other Applicable Law to be filed with any Tribunal, the failure of which to file could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group in excess of $100,000, have been duly filed. All such reports are true and correct in all material respects as of the date given. No Plan of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has been terminated under Section 4041(c) of ERISA nor has any accumulated funding deficiency (as defined in Section 412(a) of the Code) been incurred (without regard to any waiver granted under
Section 412 of the Code), nor has any funding waiver from the Internal Revenue Service been received or requested the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has failed to make any contribution or pay any amount due or owing as required under the terms of any such Plan, or by Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA by the due date under Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no ERISA Event or

- 51 -

any event requiring disclosure under Section 4041(c)(3)(C) or 4063(a) of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than any Multiemployer Plan) or its related trust of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group since the effective date of ERISA. The present value of the benefit liabilities, as defined in Title IV of ERISA, of each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a Multiemployer Plan) of the Borrower and each member of its Controlled Group does not exceed by more than $500,000 the present value of the assets of each such Plan as of the most recent valuation date using each such Plan's actuarial assumptions at such date. There are no pending, or to the Borrower's knowledge threatened, claims, lawsuits or actions (other than routine claims for benefits in the ordinary course) asserted or instituted against, and neither the Borrower nor any member of its Controlled Group has knowledge of any threatened litigation or claims against, the assets of any Plan or its related trust or against any fiduciary of a Plan with respect to the operation of such Plan, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or, to the Borrower's knowledge, any member of its Controlled Group has engaged in any prohibited transactions, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, in connection with any Plan the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has incurred or reasonably expects to incur (A) any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than premiums due under Section 4007 of ERISA to the PBGC), (B) any withdrawal liability (and no event has occurred which with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA would result in such liability) under
Section 4201 of ERISA as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA) from a Multiemployer Plan, as defined in Section 1.1 of this Agreement but without regard to the five-year limitation provided therein or (C) any liability under Section 4062 of ERISA to the PBGC or to a trustee appointed under Section 4042 of ERISA. None of the Borrower, any member of its Controlled Group, or any organization to which the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group is a successor or parent corporation within the meaning of ERISA Section 4069(b), has engaged in a transaction within the meaning of ERISA Section 4069, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group maintains or has established any Plan, which is a welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA and which provides for continuing benefits or coverage for any participant or any beneficiary of any participant after such participant's termination of employment, except as may be required by any Applicable Law, the result of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of Borrower and its Controlled Group which maintains a Plan which is a welfare benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA has complied in all material respects with any applicable notice and continuation requirements of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and the regulations thereunder. None of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group maintains, has established, or has ever participated in a multiemployer welfare benefit arrangement within the meaning of Section 3(40)(A) of ERISA.

(m) Compliance with Regulations G, T, U and X. The Borrower is not engaged principally or as one of its important activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock within the meaning of Regulations G, T, U and X

- 52 -

of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and no part of the proceeds of the Advances or Letters of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock. No more than 25% of the assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are margin stock. None of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries nor any agent acting on their behalf, has taken or will knowingly take any action which would cause this Agreement or any other Loan Documents to violate any regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or to violate the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in each case as in effect now or as the same may hereafter be in effect.

(n) Authorization. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not required to obtain any Necessary Authorization on or prior to the Agreement Date that has not already been obtained from, or effect any material filing or registration that has not already been effected with, any Tribunal or any other Person in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the performance thereof, in accordance with their respective terms, including any borrowings hereunder, except for the filing of financing statements (and other similar notices) containing a description of the Collateral with certain Tribunals.

(o) Absence of Default. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all of the provisions of their certificate of incorporation and by-laws (or similar organizational and governance documents), and no event has occurred or failed to occur, which has not been remedied or waived, the occurrence or non-occurrence of which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute, (i) an Event of Default or (ii) a default by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries under any indenture, agreement or other instrument, or any judgment, decree or order to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by which they or any of their respective properties is bound, except to the extent that such default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(p) Governmental Regulation. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940. Neither the entering into or performance by the Borrower of this Agreement nor the issuance of the Notes violates any provision of such act or requires any consent, approval, or authorization of, or registration with, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Tribunal pursuant to any provisions of such act.

(q) Environmental Matters. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has any current actual knowledge that any substance deemed hazardous by any Applicable Environmental Law, has been installed (i) on any real property fee title to which is now owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on any real property leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in either case in a manner which does not comply with Applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not in violation of or subject to any existing, pending or, to the best of the Borrower's knowledge, threatened investigation or inquiry by any Tribunal or to any remedial

- 53 -

obligations under any Applicable Environmental Laws, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not obtained and are not required to obtain any permits, licenses or similar authorizations other than certificates of occupancy and building permits and other authorizations that have been obtained to construct, occupy, operate or use any buildings, improvements, fixtures, and equipment forming a part of any real property owned or leased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower by reason of any Applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent that the failure to so obtain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries undertook, at the time of acquisition of fee title to any real property, reasonable inquiry into the previous ownership and uses of such real property consistent with good commercial or customary practice. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to determine, and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no current actual knowledge, that any hazardous substances or solid wastes have been disposed of or otherwise released (i) on or to the real property fee title to which is owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries on or to any real property leased by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, all within the meaning of the Applicable Environmental Laws, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the extent required to do so by any Applicable Environmental Laws, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have disposed of all hazardous substances and solid wastes (if any), all within the meaning of the Applicable Environmental Laws, generated in their respective businesses in compliance with all Applicable Environmental Laws, except to the extent that the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(r) Certain Fees. No broker's, finder's or other fee or commission will be payable by the Borrower (other than to the Lenders hereunder) with respect to the making of the Commitments or the Advances hereunder. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Lender and each Lender from and against any claims, demand, liability, proceedings, costs or expenses asserted with respect to or arising in connection with any such fees or commissions payable by the Borrower.

(s) Patents, Etc. Except as reflected on Schedule 8 hereto, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have collectively obtained or applied for all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and other rights, free from burdensome restrictions, that are necessary for the operation of their business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except to the extent that the failure to so obtain or apply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as reflected on Schedule 8 hereto, nothing has come to the current actual knowledge of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the effect that (i) any process, method, part or other material presently contemplated to be employed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower may infringe any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, license or other right owned by any other Person, or (ii) there is pending or overtly threatened any claim or litigation against or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower contesting its right to sell or use any such process, method, part or other material, which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

- 54 -

(t) Disclosure. All factual information furnished by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Lender or any Lender in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other factual information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in writing to the Administrative Lender or any Lender will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. There is no fact known to the Borrower and not known to the public generally that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, which has not been set forth in this Agreement or in the documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Lenders by or on behalf of the Borrower prior to the date hereof in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby.

(u) Solvency. The Borrower is, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are, Solvent.

(v) Labor Relations. Except as provided on Schedule 9, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to a collective bargaining agreement or similar agreement, and the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all Laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours and other laws related to the employment of its employees, except where the failure to comply could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and there are no arrears in the payment of wages, withholding or social security taxes, unemployment insurance premiums or other similar obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary may be responsible other than in the ordinary course of business, except for such unpaid or unwithheld arrears which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no strike, work stoppage or labor dispute with any union or group of employees pending or overtly threatened involving Borrower or any Subsidiary that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w) Consolidated Business Entity. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged in the business of developing and operating time- share resorts and other leisure activities (exclusive of gaming). These operations require financing on a basis such that the credit supplied can be made available from time to time to the Borrower and various of its Subsidiaries, as required for the continued successful operation by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries expect to derive benefit (and the board of directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have determined that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may reasonably be expected to derive benefit), directly or indirectly, from the credit extended by the Lenders hereunder, both in their separate capacities and as members of the group of companies, since the successful operation and condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is dependent on the continued successful performance of the functions of the group as a whole.

- 55 -

(x) Time-Share Interest Exchange Network. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are members and participants, pursuant to validly executed and enforceable written agreements in Resort Condominiums International, L.L.C. and Interval International. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have paid all fees and other amounts due and owing under such agreements and are not otherwise in default in any material respect thereunder.

(y) Time-Share Interests. The sale, offering of sale, and financing of Time-Share Interests in the Projects (i) do not constitute the sale, or the offering of sale, of securities subject to registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state or foreign securities Law, (ii) except to the extent that any such violation(s), either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, do not violate any time-sharing or other Law of any state or foreign country in which sales or solicitation of Time-Share Interests occur, and (iii) except to the extent that any such violation(s), either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, do not violate any consumer credit or usury Laws of any state or foreign country in which sales or solicitation of Time-Share Interests occur. Except to the extent that any such failure(s), either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not failed to make or cause to be made any registrations or declarations with any Tribunal necessary to the ownership of the Projects or to the conduct of its business, including, without limitation, the operation of the Projects and the sale, or offering for sale, of Time-Share Interests therein. Except to the extent that any such noncompliance(s), either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower and its Subsidiaries have, to the extent required by its activities and businesses, fully complied with (i) all of the applicable provisions of (A) the Consumer Credit Protection Act, as amended, (B) the Federal Trade Commission Act, as amended, (C) the Federal Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act, as amended, (D) any other Laws of any Tribunal otherwise applicable, and (E) all rules and regulations promulgated under any of the foregoing. True and complete copies of the Purchase Documents and other documents requested by the Administrative Lender which have been and are being used by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Projects and the sale or offering for sale of Time-Share Interests therein have been delivered to the Administrative Lender. The Time-Share Interests in the Projects constitute undivided interests in real property under the Laws of the jurisdictions in which the applicable Units are located.

(z) Common Areas. To the extent that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are legally obligated to construct same, the common areas and amenities appurtenant to sold Time-Share Interests, and the streets and other off-site improvements contained within the Projects have been completed or a bond insuring the completion thereof has been obtained and such interests in such common areas are free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens.

(aa) Subordinated Debt. The terms, provisions, covenants and requirements contained in the documents, instruments and agreements relating to the Subordinated Debt are not more restrictive than the comparable terms, provisions, covenants and requirements contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All of the Obligations constitute senior indebtedness

- 56 -

under the documents, instruments and agreements evidencing or relating to the Subordinated Debt and, as such, all of the Obligations are expressly superior in right of payment to the Subordinated Debt.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties, etc. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed to be made at and as of the Agreement Date and at and as of the date of each Advance and the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, and each shall be true and correct in all material respects when made, except to the extent (a) previously fulfilled in accordance with the terms hereof or (b) previously waived in writing by the Determining Lenders with respect to any particular factual circumstance or permitted by the terms of this Agreement. All such representations and warranties shall survive, and not be waived by, the execution hereof by any Lender, any investigation or inquiry by any Lender, or by the making of any Advance or the issuance of any Letter of Credit under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

General Covenants

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid or any Commitment is outstanding (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled):

Section 5.1 Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to:

(a) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof, preserve and maintain, or timely obtain and thereafter preserve and maintain, its existence, rights, franchises, licenses, authorizations, consents, privileges and all other Necessary Authorizations from any Tribunal, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 7.4 hereof, qualify and remain qualified and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the character of its properties or the nature of its business requires such qualification or authorization, unless the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.2 Business; Compliance with Applicable Law. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall (a) engage primarily in the businesses set forth in Section 4.1(d) hereof, and (b) comply in all respects with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except where the failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.3 Maintenance of Properties. To the maximum extent that the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrower has the right, power or authority (whether as a matter of contract, at law or otherwise) to do so, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary

- 57 -

of the Borrower to, maintain or cause to be maintained all its properties (whether owned or held under lease) in reasonably good repair, working order and condition, taken as a whole, and from time to time make or cause to be made all appropriate (in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower) repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto, except where the failure to so maintain, repair, renew, replace or improve could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Accounting Methods and Financial Records. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made and all transactions reflected in accordance with GAAP, and keep accurate and complete records of its respective assets. The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall maintain its fiscal year in the manner in existence on the Agreement Date.

Section 5.5 Insurance. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower to, maintain insurance from responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as shall be customary and usual in the industry for companies of similar size and capability. Each insurance policy shall (a) provide for at least 30 days' prior notice to the Administrative Lender of any proposed termination or cancellation of such policy, whether on account of default or otherwise and (b) otherwise contain the requirements for insurance set forth in the Security Agreements.

Section 5.6 Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, pay and discharge all material Taxes to which they are subject prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of its properties; except that no such Tax or claim need be paid which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves shall have been set aside on the appropriate books, but only so long as no Lien shall attach with respect thereto and no foreclosure, distraint, sale or similar proceedings shall have been commenced. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, timely file all information returns (or extensions of such filing deadlines) required by federal, state or local tax authorities.

Section 5.7 Visits and Inspections. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary of the Borrower to, promptly permit representatives of the Administrative Lender or any Lender from time to time after reasonable notice by the Administrative Lender or any Lender to (a) visit and inspect the properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as often as the Administrative Lender or any Lender shall reasonably deem advisable, (b) audit, inspect and make extracts from and copies of the Borrower's and each such Subsidiary's books and records, and (c) discuss with the Borrower's and each such Subsidiary's appropriate directors, officers, employees and auditors its business, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations and business prospects, provided that such representatives of the Administrative Lender or any Lender shall keep confidential all information obtained pursuant to this Section 5.7 to the extent required by Section 11.14. The Borrower shall pay the reasonable expenses related to up to

- 58 -

three (3) such inspections and audits performed by the Administrative Lender per twelve-month period. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, all such visits and inspections shall be conducted during normal business hours. Following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, such visits and inspections shall be conducted at any time requested by the Administrative Lender or any Lender without any requirement for reasonable notice.

Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Advances and the Letters of Credit shall be used by the Borrower (a) to refinance certain existing debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (b) to finance Acquisitions permitted under Section 7.6 hereof, (c) to finance eligible mortgage loans, (d) to finance the ongoing working capital and general corporate requirements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (e) for other legitimate corporate purposes not otherwise prohibited hereunder.

SECTION 5.9 INDEMNITY.

(a) THE BORROWER AGREES TO DEFEND, PROTECT, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER, EACH LENDER, EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, AND EACH OF THEIR RESPECTIVE (INCLUDING SUCH AFFILIATES') OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ATTORNEYS, SHAREHOLDERS AND CONSULTANTS (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THOSE RETAINED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SATISFACTION OR ATTEMPTED SATISFACTION OF ANY OF THE CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN) OF EACH OF THE FOREGOING (COLLECTIVELY, "INDEMNITEES") FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, PROCEEDINGS (WHETHER CIVIL OR CRIMINAL), JUDGMENTS, SUITS, CLAIMS, REASONABLE COSTS, REASONABLE EXPENSES AND REASONABLE DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE REASONABLE FEES AND DISBURSEMENTS OF COUNSEL FOR SUCH INDEMNITEES IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTIGATIVE, ADMINISTRATIVE OR JUDICIAL PROCEEDING, WHETHER OR NOT SUCH INDEMNITEES SHALL BE DESIGNATED A PARTY THERETO), IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST SUCH INDEMNITEES (WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL AND WHETHER BASED ON ANY FEDERAL, STATE, OR LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS, UNDER COMMON LAW OR AT EQUITABLE CAUSE, OR ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM OR CONNECTED WITH THE PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE OPERATIONS OF THE BORROWER, ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE PREDECESSORS IN INTEREST, OR THE PAST, PRESENT OR FUTURE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION OF PROPERTY OF THE BORROWER OR ITS SUBSIDIARIES), RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR ANY ACT, EVENT OR TRANSACTION OR ALLEGED ACT, EVENT OR TRANSACTION RELATING OR ATTENDANT THERETO, THE MANAGEMENT OF THE ADVANCES OR LETTERS OF CREDIT, INCLUDING IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT, IN WHOLE OR IN PART,

- 59 -

OF ANY ORDINARY OR MERE NEGLIGENCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER OR ANY LENDER (OTHER THAN THOSE MATTERS RAISED EXCLUSIVELY BY A PARTICIPANT OR OTHER LENDER AGAINST THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER OR ANY LENDER AND NOT THE BORROWER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES), OR THE USE OR INTENDED USE OF THE PROCEEDS OF THE ADVANCES OR LETTERS OF CREDIT HEREUNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INVESTIGATION OF ANY POTENTIAL MATTER COVERED HEREBY, OR THE PROJECTS, OR ANY LENDER'S STATUS BY VIRTUE OF THE ASSIGNMENT OF PLEDGED DOCUMENTS, OR ANY ACT OR OMISSION BY THE BORROWER, ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, THE CUSTODIAN OR THE SERVICING AGENT, OR THE EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS OF ANY OF THEM, OR ANY ACT OR OMISSION BY ALL BROKERS, AGENTS OR OTHER SALESMEN OF TIME-SHARE INTERESTS, BUT EXCLUDING (I) ANY CLAIM OR LIABILITY THAT ARISES AS THE RESULT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL MISCONDUCT OF ANY INDEMNITEE, AS FINALLY JUDICIALLY DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION, AND (II) MATTERS RAISED BY ONE LENDER OR PARTICIPANT AGAINST ANOTHER LENDER OR PARTICIPANT OR BY ANY SHAREHOLDERS OF A LENDER OR A PARTICIPANT AGAINST A LENDER OR A PARTICIPANT OR THE RESPECTIVE MANAGEMENT OF SUCH LENDER OR PARTICIPANT (COLLECTIVELY, "INDEMNIFIED MATTERS"). TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY INDEMNIFIED MATTER INVOLVES ONE OR MORE INDEMNITEES, SUCH INDEMNITEES SHALL USE THE SAME LEGAL COUNSEL UNLESS ANY INDEMNITEE IN ITS REASONABLE DISCRETION DETERMINES THAT CONFLICTS EXIST OR MAY ARISE IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH REPRESENTATION.

(b) WITHOUT DUPLICATION, THE BORROWER SHALL PERIODICALLY, UPON REQUEST, REIMBURSE EACH INDEMNITEE FOR ITS REASONABLE LEGAL AND OTHER ACTUAL REASONABLE EXPENSES (INCLUDING THE REASONABLE COST OF ANY INVESTIGATION AND PREPARATION) INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY INDEMNIFIED MATTER. THE REIMBURSEMENT, INDEMNITY AND CONTRIBUTION OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO ANY LIABILITY WHICH THE BORROWER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE, SHALL EXTEND UPON THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS TO EACH INDEMNITEE, AND SHALL BE BINDING UPON AND INURE TO THE BENEFIT OF ANY SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNS, HEIRS AND PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES OF THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER, THE LENDERS AND ALL OTHER INDEMNITEES. THIS SECTION SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND PAYMENT OF THE OBLIGATIONS.

Section 5.10 Environmental Law Compliance. The use which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower intends to make of any real property which is owned or leased by it will not result in the disposal or other release of any hazardous substance or solid waste on or to such real property which is in violation of Applicable Environmental Laws, the effect of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, the

- 60 -

terms "hazardous substance" and "release" as used in this Section shall have the meanings specified in CERCLA (as defined in the definition of Applicable Environmental Laws), and the terms "solid waste" and "disposal" shall have the meanings specified in RCRA (as defined in the definition of Applicable Environmental Laws); provided, however, that if CERCLA or RCRA is amended so as to broaden or lessen the meaning of any term defined thereby, such broader or lesser meaning shall apply subsequent to the effective date of such amendment; and provided further, to the extent that any other law applicable to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties establishes (to the exclusion of the applicability of CERCLA and RCRA) a meaning for "hazardous substance," "release," "solid waste," or "disposal" which is broader or lesser than that specified in either CERCLA or RCRA, such broader or lesser meaning shall apply. The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Administrative Lender and each Lender harmless from and against, and to reimburse them with respect to, any and all claims, demands, causes of action, loss, damage, liabilities, reasonable costs and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and courts costs) of any kind or character, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, asserted against or incurred by any of them at any time and from time to time by reason of or arising out of (a) the failure of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to perform any of their obligations hereunder regarding asbestos or Applicable Environmental Laws, (b) any violation on or before the Release Date of any Applicable Environmental Law in effect on or before the Release Date, and (c) any act, omission, event or circumstance existing or occurring on or prior to the Release Date (including without limitation the presence on such real property or release from such real property of hazardous substances or solid wastes disposed of or otherwise released on or prior to the Release Date), resulting from or in connection with the ownership of the real property, regardless of whether the act, omission, event or circumstance constituted a violation of any Applicable Environmental Law at the time of its existence or occurrence; provided that, the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to indemnify the Administrative Lender or any Lender to the extent that any such liability arises as the result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Person, as finally judicially determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. The provisions of this paragraph shall survive the Release Date and shall continue thereafter in full force and effect.

Section 5.11 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon request by the Administrative Lender, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall execute and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Lender may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to provide for payment of the Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower agrees to (a) update and deliver to the Administrative Lender supplements to Schedules 3 and 4 hereto at the time of delivery of the financial statements set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof if the information provided therein is not complete and correct, and (b) update and deliver to the Administrative Lender Schedule 1 to the Security Agreements promptly upon discovery that the information provided therein is not complete and correct.

- 61 -

Section 5.12 Management of Projects. To the maximum extent that the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary of the Borrower has the right, power or authority (whether as a matter of contract, at law or otherwise) to do so, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain managers and management contracts with respect to each Project which are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Lender; provided, however, that the Borower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be deemed to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Lender as managers of the Projects for purposes of this Section 5.12. The Borrower shall not change the manager of any Project (except to the extent that the Borrower replaces the existing manager with a manager that is a Subsidiary of the Borower) or materially amend, modify or waive any provision of or terminate the management contract for any Project without the prior written consent of the Administrative Lender.

Section 5.13 Obligations to Purchasers. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, fulfill all obligations to the Purchasers under Eligible Notes Receivable which are used in making the Borrowing Base computations or otherwise constitute part of the Collateral.

Section 5.14 Owners Associations. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, cause each Purchaser to automatically be a member of each Project's owners association or associations, if any, and shall be entitled to vote on the affairs thereof (subject, however, to any preferential voting rights in favor of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries as permitted under applicable time- share Laws). Each such owners association shall have the authority to fix and levy pro rata upon each Purchaser annual assessments to cover the costs of maintaining and operating such Project (including, without limitation, taxes and assessments not levied by the appropriate taxing authority directly against owners of Time-Share Interests) and to establish a reasonable reserve for improvements, the replacement of property and furnishings, and contingencies. If the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries controls an owners association, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries will while it controls such association: (i) cause such owners association to discharge timely and completely its obligations under such Project's governing documents and maintain the reserve described above and (ii) to the extent requested to do so by the Administrative Lender, pay or loan to such owners association, not less often than is necessary to provide sufficient funding for such owners association in order to maintain, preserve and maximize the ownership, quality, safety, marketability, value and appearance of the applicable Project, the difference between (A) the cumulative total amount of the maintenance and operating expenses incurred by such association, together with the amount of any installment of real property taxes currently due and payable with respect to such Project not directly levied against owners of Time-Share Interests, through the end of the calendar month preceding the month in which such payment or loan is made and (B) the cumulative total amount of assessments (less amounts thereof allocated to reserve expenses) payable to the association by Time-Share Interest owners other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as appropriate, through the end of the calendar month preceding the month in which such payment or loan is made.

- 62 -

Section 5.15 Note Receivable Information. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain accurate and complete files relating to the Notes Receivable with respect to the Projects and other Collateral, and such files will contain copies of each Note Receivable, copies of all relevant credit memoranda relating to such Notes Receivable and all collection information and correspondence related thereto.

Section 5.16 Maintenance of Borrowing Base. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain the Borrowing Base at an amount equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Reimbursement Obligations. Without waiving or otherwise modifying the foregoing requirements of this Section 5.16, if any Note Receivable is included in the Borrowing Base as an Eligible Note Receivable and such Note Receivable thereafter fails to meet the criteria for inclusion as an Eligible Note Receivable, the Borrower shall have the right to obtain a release of the nonqualifying Note Receivable from the Liens hereunder in favor of the Administrative Lender and the Lenders if immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, such proposed release, (i) the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of this Section 5.16, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents. Without waiving or otherwise modifying the foregoing requirements of this Section 5.16, if any Note Receivable is included as Collateral hereunder and such Note Receivable is thereafter included in a Securitization, the Borrower shall have the right to obtain a release of such Note Receivable from the Liens hereunder in favor of the Administrative Lender and the Lenders if immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, such proposed release, (i) the Borrower is in compliance with the requirements of this Section 5.16, and (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents. Without waiving or otherwise modifying the foregoing requirements of this Section 5.16, if a Note Receivable is not past-due or otherwise in default and such Note Receivable ceases to qualify as an Eligible Note Receivable solely by virtue of (i) the reduction of the amount of any scheduled payment(s) with respect thereto or
(ii) the extension of the maturity date thereof, a Note Receivable received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in substitution or replacement therefor shall not fail to qualify as an Eligible Note Receivable solely by virtue of the fact that the Purchaser in respect of such substitution or replacement Note Receivable has not made at least the first regularly scheduled payment due thereon.

ARTICLE 6

Information Covenants

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid or any Commitment is outstanding (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled), the Borrower shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Lender or shall notify each Lender of the following events:

- 63 -

Section 6.1 Borrowing Base Report. Within 15 days after the end of each month of each fiscal year, the Borrowing Base Report setting forth (a) a certification of Eligible Notes Receivable, (b) calculation of the Borrowing Base, and (c) an asset portfolio report in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Lender.

Section 6.2 Eligible Notes Receivable Report. Within 30 days after the second fiscal quarter and the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, a report showing through the end of such fiscal quarter, (a) the opening and closing balances on each Eligible Note Receivable, (b) all payments received on each Eligible Note Receivable allocated to interest, principal, late charges, taxes or the like, (c) the average rate of interest for all Eligible Notes Receivable, (d) an itemization of delinquencies, prepayments and any other adjustments for each Eligible Note Receivable, (e) the average down payment received with respect to all Eligible Notes Receivable, and (g) the nature and status of any claims asserted or legal action pending with respect to any Eligible Note Receivable.

Section 6.3 Quarterly Financial Statements and Information.

(a) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income for such fiscal quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, and consolidated and consolidating statements of cash flow for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all of which shall be certified by the president, chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, to, in his or her opinion acting solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, present fairly in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes), the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of and for such fiscal quarter, and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, subject only to normal year-end adjustments.

- 64 -

(b) Within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year, the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income for such fiscal quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, and consolidated and consolidating statements of cash flow for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, all of which shall be certified by the president, chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, to, in his or her opinion acting solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, present fairly in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes), the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of and for such fiscal quarter, and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such fiscal quarter, subject only to normal year-end adjustments.

Section 6.4 Annual Financial Statements and Information; Certificate of No Default.
(a) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
(i) the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as of the end of the current and prior fiscal years and (ii) the consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity, and statements of cash flow as of and through the end of such fiscal year, all of which are prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Lenders (provided, however, any former big six public accounting firm shall be acceptable to the Lenders), whose opinion shall be in scope and substance in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall be unqualified as to scope of audit and going concern.

(b) Within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of
(i) the consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the end of the current and prior fiscal years and (ii) the consolidated and consolidating statements of earnings and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders' equity, and statements of cash flow as of and through the end of such fiscal year, all of which shall be certified by the president, chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, to, in his or her opinion acting solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Borrower, conform to the presentation of the audited financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.4(a) hereof and to present fairly in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP (except for the absence of footnotes), the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of and for such fiscal year.

(c) As soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after December 31, 1997 and within 30 days after the end of each fiscal year thereafter, a copy of the annual consolidated financial projections (including pro forma income statements, balance sheets and statements of cash flow) of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the succeeding fiscal year.

- 65 -

Section 6.5 Compliance Certificate. At the time financial statements are furnished pursuant to Sections 6.3 and 6.4 hereof, the Compliance Certificate, completed as provided therein, executed by the president, the chief financial officer, or treasurer of the Borrower.

Section 6.6 Copies of Other Reports and Notices.

(a) Promptly upon their becoming available, a copy of (i) all material final reports or letters submitted to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower by accountants in connection with any annual, interim or special audit, including without limitation any final report prepared in connection with the annual audit referred to in Section 6.2 hereof, and, if requested by the Administrative Lender, any other comment letter submitted to management in connection with any such audit, (ii) each financial statement, report, notice or proxy statement sent by the Borrower to stockholders generally, (iii) each regular, periodic or other report and any registration statement (other than statements on Form S-8) or prospectus (or material written communication in respect of any thereof) filed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower with any securities exchange, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency, (iv) all press releases concerning material financial aspects of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and (v) forms of Purchase Documents and, to the extent requested by the Administrative Lender, other documents being used in connection with the Projects to the extent different from those delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(l) hereof;

(b) Promptly upon becoming aware (i) that the holder(s) of any note(s) or other evidence of indebtedness or other security of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in excess of $500,000 in the aggregate has given notice or taken any action with respect to a breach, failure to perform, claimed default or event of default thereunder, (ii) of the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event which constitutes or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both could constitute a material breach by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower under any material agreement or instrument other than this Agreement to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is a party or by which any of their respective properties may be bound, or (iii) of any event, circumstance or condition which could reasonably be expected to be classified as a Material Adverse Effect, a written notice specifying the details thereof (or the nature of any claimed default or event of default) and what action is being taken or is proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(c) Promptly upon becoming aware that any party to any Capitalized Lease Obligations or Operating Lease, in each case, in excess of $500,000, has given notice or taken any action with respect to a breach, failure to perform, claimed default or event of default thereunder, a written notice specifying the details thereof (or the nature of any claimed default or event of default) and what action is being taken or is proposed to be taken with respect thereto;

(d) Promptly upon receipt thereof, information with respect to and copies of any notices received from any Tribunal relating to any order, ruling, law, information or policy that relates to a breach of or noncompliance with any Law, or could reasonably be expected to result

- 66 -

in the payment of money by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower in an amount of $500,000 or more in the aggregate, or otherwise have a Material Adverse Effect, or result in the loss or suspension of any Necessary Authorization where such loss could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(e) From time to time and promptly upon each request, such data, certificates, reports, statements, documents or further information regarding the assets, business, liabilities, financial position, projections, results of operations or business prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the Administrative Lender or any Lender may reasonably request.

Section 6.7 Notice of Litigation, Default and Other Matters. Prompt notice of the following events after the Borrower has knowledge or notice thereof:

(a) The commencement of all Litigation and investigations by or before any Tribunal, and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator involving claims (i) for damages (including punitive damages) in excess of $500,000 (after deducting the amount with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower is insured), against or in any other way relating directly to the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or any of their respective properties or businesses or (ii) which otherwise could affect any Collateral and which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) Promptly upon the happening of any condition or event of which the Borrower has current actual knowledge which constitutes a Default, a written notice specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action is being taken or is proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

Section 6.8 ERISA Reporting Requirements.

(a) Promptly and in any event (i) within 30 days after the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has current actual knowledge that any ERISA Event described in clause (a) of the definition of ERISA Event or any event described in Section 4063(a) of ERISA with respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has occurred, and (ii) within 10 days after the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has current actual knowledge that any other ERISA Event with respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has occurred or a request for a minimum funding waiver under Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group, a written notice describing such event and describing what action is being taken or is proposed to be taken with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice of such event that is given to the PBGC;

(b) Promptly and in any event within three Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group of the PBGC's intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan;

- 67 -

(c) Promptly and in any event within 30 days after the filing thereof by the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group with the United States Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service, copies of each annual report (including Schedule B thereto, if applicable) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA of which Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group is the "plan sponsor";

(d) Promptly, and in any event within 10 Business Days after receipt thereof, a copy of any correspondence the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group receives from the Plan Sponsor (as defined by Section 4001(a)(10) of ERISA) of any Plan concerning potential withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4219 or 4202 of ERISA, and a statement from the chief financial officer of the Borrower or such member of its Controlled Group setting forth details as to the events giving rise to such potential withdrawal liability and the action which the Borrower or such member of its Controlled Group is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto;

(e) Notification within 30 days of any material increases in the benefits provided under any existing Plan which is not a Multiemployer Plan, or the establishment of any new Plans, or the commencement of contributions to any Plan to which the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group was not previously contributing, which could reasonably be expected in any such case to result in an additional material liability to the Borrower;

(f) Notification within three Business Days after the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group knows that the Borrower or any such member of its Controlled Group has filed or intends to file a notice of intent to terminate any Plan under a distress termination within the meaning of Section 4041(c) of ERISA and a copy of such notice; and

(g) Within three Business Days after receipt of written notice of commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group with respect to any Plan, except those which, in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE 7

Negative Covenants

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid or any Commitment is outstanding (whether or not the conditions to borrowing have been or can be fulfilled):

Section 7.1 Indebtedness. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur or otherwise become or remain obligated in respect of, or permit to be outstanding, or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

- 68 -

(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents; and

(b) Other Indebtedness, if, and only to the extent that, immediately prior to, and after giving effect to, the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default or Event of Default exists.

Section 7.2 Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create, assume, incur, permit or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

Section 7.3 Investments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Investment, except that the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may purchase or otherwise acquire and own:

(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents;

(b) Accounts receivable that arise in the ordinary course of business and are payable on standard terms;

(c) Investments in existence on the Agreement Date which are described on Schedule 5 hereto;

(d) Investments which are Acquisitions permitted pursuant to
Section 7.6 hereof;

(e) Investments in the form of Hedge Agreements entered into with any Lender;

(f) Investments in Subsidiaries of the Borrower which are Restricted Subsidiaries;

(g) Guaranties of Indebtedness (i) of any Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that (x) the aggregate amount of such Guaranties by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the combined total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (y) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such proposed Guaranty there shall not exist a Default or Event of Default and (ii) of the Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that such Guaranty, and the Indebtedness guaranteed thereby, are permitted by Section 7.1 hereof;

(h) Investments in joint ventures provided that (i) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such proposed Investment there shall not exist a Default or Event of Default, (ii) the Administrative Lender shall have received at least 10 Business Days prior to the date of such Investment a Compliance Certificate setting forth the covenant calculations, both immediately prior to and after giving effect to the proposed Investment, and
(iii) the joint venture shall be in the business described in Schedule 4.1(d) hereof or other activities directly related thereto;

- 69 -

(i) Investments in, or with respect to, any Person other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that (i) the aggregate amount of such Investments by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries does not at any time exceed ten percent (10%) of the combined total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) immediately prior to and after giving effect to any such proposed Investment there shall not exist a Default or Event of Default; and

(j) Other Investments not to exceed $7,500,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding at any time.

Section 7.4 Liquidation, Merger. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time:

(a) liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or otherwise wind up, except that a Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) enter into any merger or consolidation unless (i) with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the surviving corporation, or if the merger or consolidation involves a Restricted Subsidiary and not the Borrower, such Restricted Subsidiary shall be the surviving corporation, (ii) such transaction shall not be utilized to circumvent compliance with any term or provision herein and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall then be in existence or occur as a result of such transaction.

Section 7.5 Sales of Assets. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of, any of its assets except (a) inventory and Time-Share Interests in the ordinary course of business, (b) obsolete or worn- out assets, (c) sales of tangible assets in which the Net Cash Proceeds from the disposition thereof are reinvested, within 90 days before or after such disposition, in productive tangible assets of a similar nature of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (d) asset sales between Obligors, (e) sales of Notes Receivable (other than Notes Receivable included as Collateral hereunder) to unrelated third parties for full and fair consideration, (f) other asset sales not to exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate amount during any one fiscal year and (g) other dispositions that constitute grants by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of Permitted Liens.

Section 7.6 Acquisitions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Acquisitions; provided, however, if immediately prior to and after giving effect to the proposed Acquisition there shall not exist a Default or Event of Default, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may make Acquisitions so long as (i) such Acquisition shall not be opposed by the board of the directors of the Person being acquired, (ii) Lenders shall have received written notice at least 10 Business Days prior to the date of such Acquisition, (iii) the Administrative Lender shall have received at least 10 Business Days prior to the date of such Acquisition a Compliance Certificate setting forth the covenant calculations both immediately prior to and after giving effect to the proposed Acquisition,
(iv) the assets, property

- 70 -

or business acquired shall be in the business described in Section 4.1(d) hereof and, (v) either (x) contemporaneously with the consummation of such Acquisition, the Person being acquired shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or
(y) such Acquisition would be permitted as an Investment under Section 7.3(i).

Section 7.7 Capital Expenditures. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make or commit to make any Capital Expenditures during any fiscal year in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000.

Section 7.8 Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly declare, pay or make any Restricted Payments except (a) Dividends payable by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a Guarantor, (b) scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Subordinated Debt; provided, however, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, declare, pay or make any Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (a) and/or (b) of this
Section 7.8 unless there shall exist no Default or Event of Default prior to or after giving effect to any such proposed Restricted Payment, and (c) Dividends payable by the Borrower in respect of its Capital Stock, if, and to the extent that, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall exist prior to or after giving effect to the declaration and/or payment of any such Dividend(s) and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Dividends declared and/or paid by the Borrower during any fiscal year of the Borrower does not exceed the sum of (x) $10,000,000, plus (y) 50% of the Net Income of the Borrower (excluding from the calculation thereof any Net Income attributable to any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than the Restricted Subsidiaries) for the immediately preceding fiscal year of the Borrower.

Section 7.9 Affiliate Transactions. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, at any time engage in any transaction with an Affiliate other than in the ordinary course of business and on terms no less advantageous to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary than would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, or any Guaranty of any such Indebtedness, to any Affiliate, unless such Affiliate shall (i) be a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) subordinate the payment and performance thereof to the Obligations on terms and conditions and pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Determining Lenders or (iii) pledge the applicable Indebtedness to the Administrative Lender pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Administrative Lender.

Section 7.10 Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, or permit any member of its Controlled Group to directly or indirectly, (a) terminate any Plan so as likely to result in any material (in the reasonable opinion of the Determining Lenders) liability to the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group taken as a whole, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition with respect to a Plan which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan so as likely to result in any material (in the reasonable

- 71 -

opinion of the Determining Lenders) liability to the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group taken as a whole, (d) enter into any new Plan or modify any existing Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (e) permit the present value of all benefit liabilities, as defined in Title IV of ERISA, under any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (using the actuarial assumptions utilized by each such Plan) to exceed the fair market value of Plan assets allocable to such benefits by more than $200,000, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for such Plan.

Section 7.11 Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio to be less than 2.50 to 1 at the end of any fiscal quarter.

Section 7.12 Minimum Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall not permit the Tangible Net Worth to be less than an amount equal to the sum of (a) $155,000,000, plus (b) 50% of cumulative Net Income of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the period from, but not including, June 30, 1997 through the date of calculation (but excluding from the calculation of such cumulative Net Income the effect, if any, of any fiscal quarter (or portion of a fiscal quarter not then ended) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary for which Net Income was a negative number), plus (c) 75% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Borrower after June 30, 1997 as a result of any offering of Equity or pursuant to any conversion or exchange of convertible Indebtedness or preferred Capital Stock into common Capital Stock of the Borrower, plus (d) an amount equal to 75% of the tangible net worth of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after June 30, 1997 or substantially all of the assets of which are acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after June 30, 1997, (in each case determined as of the date that such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or that such assets are so acquired), provided that the purchase price paid therefor is paid in equity securities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Section 7.13 Maximum Senior Debt to Total Capital. The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Senior Debt to Total Capital to exceed 0.35 to 1 at the end of any fiscal quarter.

Section 7.14 Maximum Total Debt to Total Capital. The Borrower shall not permit the ratio of Total Debt to Total Capital to exceed (a) 0.70 to 1 at December 31, 1997 and (b) 0.65 to 1 at the end of any fiscal quarter thereafter.

Section 7.15 Sale and Leaseback. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Borrower to, enter into any arrangement whereby it sells or transfers any of its assets, and thereafter rents or leases such assets, except to the extent that the fair market value of the asset(s) covered by all such arrangements entered into during any fiscal year of the Borrower does not, in the aggregate, exceed $2,000,000.

- 72 -

Section 7.16 Business. Neither the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall conduct any business other than the business described in
Section 4.1(d) hereof.

Section 7.17 Fiscal Year. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, change its fiscal year except to a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 7.18 Amendment of Organizational Documents. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws (or similar organizational or governance documents) in any manner that could reasonably be expected to (a) result in a Material Adverse Effect or (b) impair or affect the Rights of the Administrative Lender or any Lender under any Loan Documents or in respect of any Collateral.

Section 7.19 Amendments and Waivers of Subordinated Debt. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, change or amend (or take any action or fail to take any action the result of which is an effective amendment or change) or accept any waiver or consent with respect to, any document, instrument or agreement relating to any Subordinated Debt that would result in (a) an increase in the principal, interest, overdue interest, fees or other amounts payable under the Subordinated Debt, (b) an acceleration in any date fixed for payment or prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under the Subordinated Debt (including, without limitation, as a result of any redemption), (c) a reduction in any percentage of holders of the Subordinated Debt required under the terms of the Subordinated Debt to take (or refrain from taking) any action under the Subordinated Debt, (d) a change in any financial covenant under the Subordinated Debt making such financial covenant more restrictive, (e) a change in any default or event of default (however designated) under the Subordinated Debt which makes such default or event of default more restrictive, (f) a change in the definition of "Change of Control" as provided in the Subordinated Debt which would result in such definition being more restrictive than such definition in this Agreement, (g) a change in any of the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Debt, (h) a change in any covenant, term or provision in the Subordinated Debt which would result in such term or provision being more restrictive than the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (i) a change in any term or provision of the Subordinated Debt that could have, in any material respect, an adverse effect on the interest of the Lenders.

Section 7.20 Use of Lenders' Name. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, use the name of any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender in connection with any of their respective businesses or activities, except in connection with internal business matters, administration of any of the Advances and as required in dealings with any Tribunal.

Section 7.21 Servicing and Collection Agreement. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify or terminate the Servicing and Collection Agreement; provided, however, that the Person(s) serving as servicer(s) and/or collector(s) thereunder may be replaced with other Person(s) who are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender. The Servicing and Collection Agreement shall be cancelable by the Administrative Lender upon the occurrence of an Event of Default.

- 73 -

Section 7.22 Custodial Agreement. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (a) amend, modify or terminate the Custodial Agreement or (b) interfere with the Custodian's performance of its duties under the Custodial Agreement or take any action that would be inconsistent with the Custodial Agreement.

Section 7.23 Notes Receivable. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, amend, modify or waive any terms of any Note Receivable included in the Borrowing Base or permit any departure from the obligations thereunder unless, and only to the extent that, (a) at the time of any such amendment, modification or waiver, no default, event of default or breach (howsoever designated) exists under, or with respect to, the applicable Note Receivable, and (b) either (x) such amendment, modification or waiver does not, and could not reasonably be expected to, result in such Note Receivable not constituting an Eligible Note Receivable hereunder or (y) such amendment, modification or waiver is evidenced by a replacement Note Receivable that is an Eligible Note Receivable.

ARTICLE 8

Default

Section 8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever the reason for such event, and whether voluntary, involuntary, or effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any governmental or non-governmental body:

(a) Any representation or warranty made under any Loan Document shall prove to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made;

(b) The Borrower shall fail to pay any (i) principal under any Note when due or (ii) interest under any Note or any fees payable hereunder or any other costs, fees, expenses or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within two Business Days after the date due;

(c) The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant contained in Section 5.1 or Article 7;

(d) The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the performance or observance of any other agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement not specifically referred to elsewhere in this Section 8.1, and such default shall not be cured within a period of fifteen days after the earlier of notice from the Administrative Lender thereof or actual notice thereof by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) There shall occur any default or breach in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant in any of the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement) and such

- 74 -

default shall not be cured within a period of thirty days after the earlier of notice from the Administrative Lender thereof or actual notice thereof by an officer of any Obligor;

(f) There shall be commenced an involuntary proceeding or an involuntary petition shall be filed in a court having competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or a substantial part of the property or the assets of such Obligor or Subsidiary of the Borrower, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy law or other similar law, (ii) the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or (iii) the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, and any such proceeding or petition shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of forty-five days;

(g) Any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall (i) file a petition, answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy law or other similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment or taking of possession of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or of substantially all of its properties, (iii) file an answer admitting the material allegations filed against it in any such proceeding, (iv) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (v) become unable, admit in writing its ability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (vi) any Obligor or any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the actions described in this Section 8.1(g);

(h) A final judgment or judgments shall be entered by any court against any Obligor for the payment of money which exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate for all Obligors, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against property of any Obligor which, together with all other such property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries subject to any such process, exceeds in value $500,000 in the aggregate, and if such judgment or award is not insured or, within 30 days after the entry, issue or levy thereof, such judgment, warrant or process shall not have been paid or discharged or stayed pending appeal, or if, after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment, warrant or process shall not have been paid or discharged;

(i) With respect to any Plan of the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group: (i) the Borrower, any such member, or any other party-in-interest or disqualified person (other than any Lender) shall engage in transactions which in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result in a direct or indirect liability to the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group under Section 409 or 502 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code;
(ii) the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group shall incur any accumulated funding deficiency, as defined in Section 412 of the Code, or request a funding waiver from the Internal Revenue Service for contributions;
(iii) the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group

- 75 -

shall incur any withdrawal liability as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal within the meaning of Section 4203 or 4205 of ERISA, or any other liability with respect to a Plan, unless the amount of such liability has been funded within the Plan or pursuant to one or more insurance contracts; (iv) a termination of a Multiemployer Plan, as defined in Section 1.1 hereof but without regard to the five-year limitation set forth therein, shall occur pursuant to Section 4041A of ERISA; (v) the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group shall fail to make a required contribution by the due date under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA which would result in the imposition of a lien under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA;
(vi) the Borrower, any member of its Controlled Group or any Plan sponsor shall notify the PBGC of an intent to terminate, or the PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate, any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to Title IV of ERISA; (vii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to a Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to Title IV of ERISA, and within 15 days after the reporting of such Reportable Event to the Administrative Lender, the Administrative Lender shall have notified the Borrower in writing that the Determining Lenders have made a determination that, on the basis of such Reportable Event, there are reasonable grounds for the termination of such Plan by the PBGC or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Plan and as a result thereof an Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder; (viii) a trustee shall be appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction to administer any Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) or the assets thereof; or (ix) any ERISA Event with respect to a Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to Title IV of ERISA shall have occurred, and 30 days thereafter (A) such ERISA Event, other than such event described in clause (f) of the definition of ERISA Event herein, (if correctable) shall not have been corrected and (B) the then present value of such Plan's benefit liabilities, as defined in Title IV of ERISA, shall exceed the then current value of assets accumulated in such Plan; provided, however, that the events listed in subsections (i) - (ix) above shall constitute Events of Default only if the maximum aggregate liability which the Borrower or any member of its Controlled Group has a reasonable likelihood of incurring under the applicable provisions of ERISA resulting from an event or events exceeds $500,000.

(j) The Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall default in the payment of any Indebtedness or any lease obligations in an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more beyond any grace period provided with respect thereto, or any other event or condition shall exist under any agreement or instrument under which any such Indebtedness or lease obligation is created or evidenced beyond any applicable grace period, if the effect of such event or condition is to permit or cause the holder of such Indebtedness or lease obligation (or a trustee on behalf of any such holder) to (i) cause any such Indebtedness or lease obligation to be prepaid or to become due prior to its date of maturity or (ii) require the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to purchase, prepay or redeem any such Indebtedness or lease obligation;

(k) Any real property lease where the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is the lessee shall terminate or cease to be effective, and termination or cessation thereof, together with all other leases, if any, which have been terminated or cease to be effective, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that termination or cessation

- 76 -

of a lease shall not constitute an Event of Default if another lease reasonably satisfactory to the Determining Lenders is contemporaneously substituted therefor;

(l) Any provision of any Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against any party to it (other than the Administrative Lender or any Lender) other than in accordance with its terms, or any such party (other than the Administrative Lender or any Lender) shall so assert in writing;

(m) Any Collateral Document shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien in any Collateral subject thereto; or

(n) A Change of Control shall occur.

Section 8.2 Remedies. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing:

(a) With the exception of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof, the Administrative Lender shall, upon the direction of the Determining Lenders, terminate the Commitments and/or declare the principal of and interest on the Advances and all Obligations and other amounts owed under the Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding.

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in
Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof, such principal, interest and other amounts shall thereupon and concurrently therewith become due and payable and the Commitments shall forthwith terminate, all without any action by the Administrative Lender, any Lender or any holders of the Notes and without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, anything in the Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding.

(c) If any Letter of Credit shall be then outstanding, the Administrative Lender may, and upon the direction of the Determining Lenders shall, demand upon the Borrower to, and forthwith upon such demand, the Borrower shall, pay to the Administrative Lender in same day funds at the office of the Administrative Lender for deposit in the L/C Cash Collateral Account, an amount equal to the maximum amount available to be drawn under the Letters of Credit then outstanding.

(d) The Administrative Lender and the Lenders may exercise all of the Rights granted to them under the Loan Documents or under Applicable Law.

(e) The Rights of the Administrative Lender and the Lenders hereunder shall be cumulative, and not exclusive.

- 77 -

ARTICLE 9

Changes in Circumstances

Section 9.1 LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate. If with respect to any proposed LIBOR Advance for any Interest Period, (i) any Lender determines that deposits in dollars (in the applicable amount) are not being offered to that Lender in the relevant market for such Interest Period or (ii) the Determining Lenders determine that the LIBOR Rate for such proposed LIBOR Advance does not adequately cover the cost to any Lender(s) of making and maintaining such proposed LIBOR Advance for such Interest Period, such Lender or Determining Lenders, as the case may be, shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower, whereupon until such Lender or Determining Lenders, as the case may be, notify the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such situation no longer exist, the obligation of the applicable Lender(s) to make LIBOR Advances shall be suspended; provided, however, such Lender or the Determining Lenders, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Borrower if the circumstances giving rise to such situation no longer exist.

Section 9.2 Illegality. If any change in applicable law, rule or regulation, or adoption thereof, or any change in any interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for such Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to make, maintain or fund its LIBOR Advances, such Lender shall so notify the Borrower and the Administrative Lender. Before giving any notice to the Borrower pursuant to this Section, the notifying Lender shall designate a different LIBOR Lending Office or other lending office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the sole judgment of the Lender, be materially disadvantageous to the Lender. Upon receipt of such notice, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 hereof, the Borrower shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of each LIBOR Advance owing to the notifying Lender, together with accrued interest thereon and any reimbursement required under Section 2.9 hereof, on either (a) the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Advance, if the Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund such Advance to such day, or (b) immediately, if the Lender may not lawfully continue to fund and maintain such Advance to such day or if the Borrower so elects. Concurrently with repaying each affected LIBOR Advance owing to such Lender if the Borrower does not terminate this Agreement, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 hereof, the Borrower may, without any requirement to satisfy the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1, 3.2 or 3.3, borrow a Base Rate Advance from such Lender, and such Lender shall make such Base Rate Advance, in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender shall equal the outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing immediately prior to such repayment.

- 78 -

Section 9.3 Increased Costs.

(a) If after the Agreement Date any change in or adoption of any law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance by any Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or compatible agency:

(i) shall subject a Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) to any Tax (net of any tax benefit engendered thereby) with respect to its LIBOR Advances or its obligation to make such Advances, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to a Lender (or to its LIBOR Lending Office) of the principal of or interest on its LIBOR Advances or in respect of any other amounts due under this Agreement, as the case may be, or its obligation to make such Advances (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income, net worth or capital of the Lender and franchise taxes, doing business taxes or minimum taxes imposed upon such Lender); or

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, a Lender's LIBOR Lending Office or shall impose on the Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) or on the London interbank market any other condition affecting its LIBOR Advances or its obligation to make such Advances (but excluding any reserves or deposits that are included in the calculation of LIBOR Basis);

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to a Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) of making or maintaining any LIBOR Advances, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by a Lender (or its LIBOR Lending Office) with respect thereto, by an amount deemed by a Lender to be material, then, within 30 days after demand by a Lender, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender such additional amount as will compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reduced amounts, subject to Section 11.9 hereof. The affected Lender will as soon as practicable notify the Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section and will designate a different LIBOR Lending Office or other lending office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the reasonable judgment of the affected Lender made in good faith, be disadvantageous to such Lender.

(b) A certificate of any Lender claiming compensation under this
Section and setting forth the additional amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall certify that such amounts or costs were actually incurred by such Lender and shall show in reasonable detail an accounting of the amount payable and the calculations used to determine in good faith such amount and shall be conclusive absent manifest or demonstrable error. In determining such amount, a Lender may

- 79 -

use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Nothing in this Section 9.3 shall provide the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower the right to inspect the records, files or books of any Lender. If a Lender demands compensation under this Section, the Borrower may at any time, upon at least five Business Days' prior notice to the Lender, after reimbursement to the Lender by the Borrower in accordance with this Section of all costs incurred, prepay in full the then outstanding LIBOR Advances of the Lender, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment, along with any reimbursement required under Section 2.9 hereof. Concurrently with prepaying such LIBOR Advances, the Borrower may borrow a Base Rate Advance from the Lender, and the Lender shall make such Base Rate Advance, in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing to such Lender shall equal the outstanding principal amount of the Advances owing immediately prior to such prepayment.

Section 9.4 Effect On Base Rate Advances. If notice has been given pursuant to Section 9.1, 9.2 or 9.3 hereof suspending the obligation of a Lender to make LIBOR Advances, or requiring LIBOR Advances of a Lender to be repaid or prepaid, then, unless and until the Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such repayment no longer apply, all Advances which would otherwise be made by such Lender as LIBOR Advances shall be made instead as Base Rate Advances.

Section 9.5 Capital Adequacy. If after the Agreement Date, (a) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law, rule or regulation or (b) compliance by a Lender with any law, rule or regulation or any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) adopted or promulgated after the Agreement Date affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by a Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender, and such Lender determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Lender's commitment or Advances hereunder and other commitments or advances of such Lender of this type, then, within 30 days after demand by such Lender, subject to Section 11.9, the Borrower shall immediately pay to such Lender, from time to time as specified by such Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender with respect to such circumstances, to the extent that such Lender reasonably determines in good faith such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Lender's Commitments hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable to any Lender under this Section 9.5 submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall certify that such amounts were actually incurred by such Lender or corporation controlling such Lender and shall show in reasonable detail an accounting of the amount payable and the calculations used to determine in good faith such amount and shall be conclusive absent manifest or demonstrable error. In determining such amount, such Lender or a corporation controlling such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 9.5 shall provide the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower the right to inspect the records, files or books of any Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender.

Section 9.6 Replacement Lender. If (i) any Lender is unable or unwilling to make, maintain or fund any LIBOR Advance pursuant to Section 9.1 or 9.2 or (ii) the Borrower

- 80 -

becomes obligated to pay additional amounts to any Lender described in Section 9.3 or 9.5, the Borrower may designate a financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Lender to replace such Lender by purchasing for cash and receiving an assignment of such Lender's pro rata share of such Lender's Commitment and the Rights of such Lender under the Loan Documents without recourse to or warranty by, or expense to, such Lender, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding amounts owing to such Lender (including such additional amounts owing to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.2, 9.3 or 9.5). Upon execution of an Assignment Agreement, such other financial institution shall be deemed to be a "Lender" for all purposes of this Agreement as set forth in Section 11.6 hereof.

ARTICLE 10

Agreement Among Lenders

Section 10.1 Agreement Among Lenders. The Lenders agree among themselves that:

(a) Administrative Lender. Each Lender hereby appoints the Administrative Lender as its nominee in its name and on its behalf, to receive all documents and items to be furnished hereunder; to act as nominee for and on behalf of all Lenders under the Loan Documents; to, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, take such action as may be requested by the Determining Lenders, provided that, (i) unless and until the Administrative Lender shall have received such requests, the Administrative Lender may take such administrative action, or refrain from taking such administrative action, as it may deem advisable and in the best interests of the Lenders, and (ii) the Administrative Lender shall not be required to take any action that exposes the Administrative Lender to personal liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law; to arrange the means whereby the proceeds of the Advances of the Lenders are to be made available to the Borrower; to distribute promptly to each Lender information, requests and documents received from the Borrower hereunder and not otherwise provided to such Lender by the Borrower or any other Person, and each payment (in like funds received) with respect to any of such Lender's Advances, or the ratable amount of fees or other amounts; and to deliver to the Borrower requests, demands, approvals and consents received from the Lenders. Administrative Lender agrees to promptly distribute to each Lender, at such Lender's address set forth below information, requests, documents and payments received from the Borrower and not otherwise provided to such Lender by the Borrower or any other Person. The Administrative Lender shall have no fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The Administrative Lender shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement. The duties of the Administrative Lender are mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b) Replacement of Administrative Lender. Should the Administrative Lender or any successor Administrative Lender ever cease to be a Lender hereunder, or should the Administrative Lender or any successor Administrative Lender ever resign as Administrative Lender, or should the Administrative Lender or any successor Administrative Lender ever be

- 81 -

removed with cause or without cause by the action of all Lenders (other than the Administrative Lender), then the Lender appointed by the other Lenders (with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall forthwith become the Administrative Lender, and the Borrower and the Lenders shall execute such documents as any Lender may reasonably request to reflect such change. If the Administrative Lender also then serves in the capacity of the Swing Line Bank or the Issuing Bank, such resignation or removal shall constitute resignation or removal of the Swing Line Bank and the Issuing Bank. Any resignation or removal of the Administrative Lender or any successor Administrative Lender shall become effective upon the appointment by the Lenders of a successor Administrative Lender; provided, however, if no successor Administrative Lender shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Lender's giving of notice of resignation or the Lenders' removal of the retiring Administrative Lender, then the retiring Administrative Lender may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Lender, which shall be a commercial bank organized under the Laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Lender hereunder by a successor Administrative Lender, such successor Administrative Lender shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Administrative Lender, and the retiring Administrative Lender shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents, provided that if the retiring or removed Administrative Lender is unable to appoint a successor Administrative Lender, the Administrative Lender shall, after the expiration of a 60 day period from the date of notice, be relieved of all obligations as Administrative Lender hereunder. Notwithstanding any Administrative Lender's resignation or removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article shall continue to inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Lender under this Agreement.

(c) Expenses. Each Lender shall pay its pro rata share, based on its Specified Percentage, of any expenses paid by the Administrative Lender directly and solely in connection with any of the Loan Documents if Administrative Lender does not receive reimbursement therefor from other sources within 60 days after the date incurred. Any amount so paid by the Lenders to the Administrative Lender shall be returned by the Administrative Lender pro rata to each paying Lender to the extent later paid by the Borrower or any other Person on the Borrower's behalf to the Administrative Lender.

(d) Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Lender may execute any of its duties hereunder by or through officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents, and shall be entitled to (and shall be protected in relying upon) advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to its duties hereunder.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Lender. The Administrative Lender and its officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents shall be entitled to rely and shall be fully protected in relying on any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telex or teletype message, statement, order, or other document or conversation

- 82 -

reasonably believed by it or them in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or made by the proper Person and, with respect to legal matters, upon opinions of counsel selected by the Administrative Lender. The Administrative Lender may, in its reasonable judgment, deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes hereof.

(f) Limitation of Administrative Lender's Liability. Neither the Administrative Lender nor any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder in good faith and believed by it or them to be within the discretion or power conferred to it or them by the Loan Documents or be responsible for the consequences of any error of judgment, except for its or their own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Except as aforesaid, the Administrative Lender shall be under no duty to enforce any rights with respect to any of the Advances, or any security therefor. The Administrative Lender shall not be compelled to do any act hereunder or to take any action towards the execution or enforcement of the powers hereby created or to prosecute or defend any suit in respect hereof, unless indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction against loss, cost, liability and expense unless expressly provided to the contrary herein. The Administrative Lender shall not be responsible in any manner to any Lender for the effectiveness, enforceability, genuineness, validity or due execution of any of the Loan Documents, or for any representation, warranty, document, certificate, report or statement made herein or furnished in connection with any Loan Documents, or be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observation of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any Loan Documents on the part of the Borrower. TO THE EXTENT NOT REIMBURSED BY THE BORROWER, EACH LENDER HEREBY SEVERALLY INDEMNIFIES AND HOLDS HARMLESS THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER, PRO RATA ACCORDING TO ITS SPECIFIED PERCENTAGE, FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES AND/OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, ASSERTED AGAINST, OR INCURRED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER (IN SUCH CAPACITY) IN ANY WAY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER UNDER THE LOAN DOCUMENTS (INCLUDING ANY NEGLIGENT ACTION OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE SAME ARE FINALLY DETERMINED BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO RESULT FROM GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL MISCONDUCT BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER. THE INDEMNITY PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 10.1(F) SHALL SURVIVE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

(g) Liability Among Lenders. No Lender shall incur any liability (other than the sharing of expenses and other matters specifically set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents) to any other Lender, except for acts or omissions in bad faith.

- 83 -

(h) Rights as Lender. With respect to its commitment hereunder, the Advances made by it and the Notes issued to it, the Administrative Lender shall have the same rights as a Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Lender, and the term "Lender" or "Lenders" shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, include the Administrative Lender in its individual capacity. The Administrative Lender or any Lender may accept deposits from, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower and any of its Affiliates, and any Person who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, all as if the Administrative Lender were not the Administrative Lender hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 10.2 Lender Credit Decision. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Lender or any other Lender and based upon the financial statements referred to in Sections 4.1(j), 6.1, and 6.2 hereof, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Lender or any other Lender and based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Lender also acknowledges that its decision to fund the initial Revolving Credit Advances shall constitute evidence to the Administrative Lender that such Lender has deemed all of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 to have been satisfied.

Section 10.3 Benefits of Article. None of the provisions of this Article shall inure to the benefit of any Person other than Lenders and, with respect to Section 10.1(b), the Borrower; consequently, no such other Person shall be entitled to rely upon, or to raise as a defense, in any manner whatsoever, the failure of the Administrative Lender or any Lender to comply with such provisions.

ARTICLE 11

Miscellaneous

Section 11.1 Notices.

(a) All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (except in those cases where giving notice by telephone is expressly permitted) and shall be deemed to have been given on the date personally delivered or sent by telecopy (answerback received) or by facsimile transmission, or three days after deposit in the mail, designated as certified mail, return receipt requested, postage-prepaid, or one day after being entrusted to a reputable commercial overnight delivery service, addressed to the party to which such notice is directed at its address determined as provided in this Section. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be given to the parties hereto at the following addresses:

- 84 -

(i) If to the Borrower, at:

Signature Resorts, Inc. 1875 S. Grant Street, Suite 650 San Mateo, California 94402

Attn: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and General Counsel

Telephone: 650-312-7171 Facsimile: 650-312-7174

With a copy to:

Leo Rose III
Schreeder, Wheeler & Flint, LLP
The Candler Building, 16th Floor
127 Peachtree Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1845

Telephone:       404-681-3450
Facsimile:       404-681-1046

(ii) If to the Administrative Lender, at:

NationsBank of Texas, N.A.

901 Main Street, 67th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202

Attn: Tom Blake
Senior Vice President

Telephone: 214-508-0193
Facsimile: 214-508-0980

(iii) If to a Lender, at its address shown below its name on the signature pages hereof, or if applicable, set forth in its Assignment Agreement.

(b) Any party hereto may change the address to which notices shall be directed by giving 10 days' written notice of such change to the other parties.

Section 11.2 Expenses. The Borrower shall promptly pay:

- 85 -

(a) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Lender in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, and the making of Advances hereunder, including without limitation the reasonable fees and disbursements of Special Counsel;

(b) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees of the Administrative Lender in connection with the administration of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of any waiver, amendment or consent by the Administrative Lender relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; and

(c) all reasonable costs, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees of the Administrative Lender and each Lender incurred for enforcement, collection, restructuring, refinancing and "work-out", or otherwise incurred in obtaining performance under the Loan Documents, which in each case shall include without limitation fees and expenses of consultants, counsel for the Administrative Lender and any Lender, and administrative fees for the Administrative Lender.

Section 11.3 Waivers. The rights and remedies of the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No failure or delay by the Administrative Lender or any Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right. The Lenders expressly reserve the right to require strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement in connection with any funding of a request for an Advance or issuance of a Letter of Credit. In the event that any Lender decides to fund an Advance at a time when the Borrower is not in strict compliance with the terms of this Agreement, such decision by such Lender shall not be deemed to constitute an undertaking by the Lender to fund any further requests for Advances or preclude the Lenders from exercising any rights available under the Loan Documents or at law or equity. Any waiver or indulgence granted by the Lenders shall not constitute a modification of this Agreement, except to the extent expressly provided in such waiver or indulgence, or constitute a course of dealing by the Lenders at variance with the terms of the Agreement such as to require further notice by the Lenders of the Lenders' intent to require strict adherence to the terms of the Agreement in the future. Any such actions shall not in any way affect the ability of the Administrative Lender or the Lenders, in their discretion, to exercise any rights available to them under this Agreement or under any other agreement, whether or not the Administrative Lender or any of the Lenders are a party thereto, relating to the Borrower.

Section 11.4 Calculation by the Lenders Conclusive and Binding. Any mathematical calculation required or expressly permitted to be made by the Administrative Lender or any Lender under this Agreement shall be made in its reasonable judgment and in good faith, and shall when made, absent manifest error, be controlling.

- 86 -

Section 11.5 Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under Applicable Law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, each Lender and any subsequent holder of any Note, and any assignee of any Note is hereby authorized by the Borrower at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Borrower or any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set-off, appropriate and apply any deposits (general or special (except trust and escrow accounts), time or demand, including without limitation Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, in each case whether matured or unmatured) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender or holder to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, against and on account of the Obligations and other liabilities of the Borrower to such Lender or holder, irrespective of whether or not (a) the Lender or holder shall have made any demand hereunder, or (b) the Lender or holder shall have declared the principal of and interest on the Advances and other amounts due hereunder to be due and payable as permitted by Section 8.2. Any sums obtained by any Lender or by any assignee or subsequent holder of any Note shall be subject to pro rata treatment of all Obligations and other liabilities hereunder. Any Lender exercising any Rights under this Section 11.5 shall give the Borrower prompt notice thereof after such exercise.

Section 11.6 Assignment.

(a) The Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of the Lenders.

(b) No Lender shall be entitled to assign or grant a participation in its interest in this Agreement, its Notes or its Advances, except as set forth in this Agreement.

(c) Without the consent of the Borrower, any Lender may at any time sell participations in all or any part of its Advances and Reimbursement Obligations (collectively, "Participations") to any banks or other financial institutions ("Participants") provided that neither such Participation nor any agreement relating thereto shall confer on any Person (other than the parties hereto) any right to vote on, approve or sign amendments or waivers, or any other independent benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, other than the right to vote on, approve, or sign amendments or waivers or consents with respect to items that would result in (i) any increase in the commitment of any Participant; or (ii)(A) the extension of the date of maturity of, or (B) the extension of the due date for any payment of principal, interest or fees respecting, or (C) the reduction of the amount of any installment of principal or interest on or the change or reduction of any mandatory reduction required hereunder, or (D) a reduction of the rate of interest on, the Advances, the Letters of Credit, or the Reimbursement Obligations to which such Participant is entitled; or (iii) the release of security for the Obligations, including without limitation any guarantee, except pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; or (iv) the reduction of any fees payable hereunder to which such Participant is entitled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower agrees that the Participants shall be entitled to the benefits of Article 9

- 87 -

hereof as though they were Lenders and the Lenders may, subject to Section 11.14 hereof, provide copies of all financial information received from the Borrower to such Participants.

(d) Each Lender may assign to one or more financial institutions organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, or under the laws of any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, or a political subdivision of any such country, which is engaged in making, purchasing or otherwise investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of its business (each, an "Assignee") its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Lender and Borrower, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (provided, however, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no consent of the Borrower is required for any assignment during any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or for any assignment at any time by a Lender to any Affiliate of such Lender or to any other Lender), (ii) no such assignment shall be in an amount of Commitments less than $10,000,000 unless such lesser amount represents the entirety of the Commitments of the applicable Lender, (iii) the applicable Lender, Administrative Lender and applicable Assignee shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Lender an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (an "Assignment Agreement") in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto, together with the Notes subject to such assignment, (iv) the Assignee executing the Assignment, shall deliver to the Administrative Lender a processing fee of $3,500 and (v) each such assignment shall be a constant, not a varying, percentage of the assigning Lender's Rights and obligations in respect of the Advances. Upon such execution, delivery and acceptance from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment, which effective date shall be at least three Business Days after the execution thereof, (A) the Assignee thereunder shall be party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and (B) the applicable Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment, relinquish such rights (excluding any rights to indemnity which would have survived the termination of this Agreement, which rights of indemnity shall apply to both the assigning Lender and the Assignee) and be released from such obligations under this Agreement.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in clause (d) above to the contrary, any Lender may assign and pledge all or any portion of its Advances and Notes to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of F.R.S. Board and any Operating Circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided, however, that no such assignment under this clause (e) shall release the assignor Lender from its obligations hereunder.

(f) Upon its receipt of an Assignment Agreement executed by a Lender and an Assignee, and any Note or Notes subject to such assignment, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days after its receipt of such Assignment Agreement, at no expense to the Borrower, execute and deliver to the Administrative Lender in exchange for the surrendered Notes new Notes to the order of such Assignee in an amount equal to the portion of the Advances and Commitments assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment Agreement and new Notes to the order

- 88 -

of the assignor Lender in an amount equal to the portion of the Advances and Commitments retained by it hereunder. Such new Notes shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such surrendered Notes, shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment Agreement and shall otherwise be in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

(g) Any Lender may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section 11.6, disclose to the assignee or Participant or proposed assignee or participant, any information relating to the Borrower furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower, provided such Person agrees in writing to handle such information in accordance with the standards set forth in Section 11.14 hereof.

(h) Except as specifically set forth in this Section 11.6, nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

(i) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 11.6 to the contrary, no Assignee or Participant (nor the assigning or participating Lender) shall be entitled to receive (whether individually or collectively) any greater payment under Section 2.14 or Section 9.3 or Section 9.5 than such assigning or participating Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the interest assigned or participated to such Assignee or Participant.

Section 11.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 11.8 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement which is for any reason prohibited or found or held invalid or unenforceable by any court or governmental agency shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in such jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.9 Interest and Charges. It is not the intention of any parties to this Agreement to make an agreement in violation of the laws of any applicable jurisdiction relating to usury. Regardless of any provision in any Loan Documents, no Lender shall ever be entitled to receive, collect or apply, as interest on the Obligations, any amount in excess of the Highest Lawful Amount. If any Lender or participant ever receives, collects or applies, as interest, any such excess, such amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed a partial repayment of principal and treated hereunder as such; and if principal is paid in full, any remaining excess shall be paid to the Borrower. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable, under any specific contingency, exceeds the Highest Lawful Amount, the Borrower and the Lenders shall, to the maximum extent permitted under Applicable Law, (a) characterize any nonprincipal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (b) exclude voluntary

- 89 -

prepayments and the effect thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread in equal parts, the total amount of interest throughout the entire contemplated term of the Obligations so that the interest rate is uniform throughout the entire term of the Obligations; provided, however, that if the Obligations are paid and performed in full prior to the end of the full contemplated term thereof, and if the interest received for the actual period of existence thereof exceeds the Highest Lawful Amount, the Lenders shall refund to the Borrower the amount of such excess or credit the amount of such excess against the total principal amount of the Obligations owing, and, in such event, the Lenders shall not be subject to any penalties provided by any laws for contracting for, charging or receiving interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Amount or the Highest Lawful Rate. This Section shall control every other provision of all agreements pertaining to the transactions contemplated by or contained in the Loan Documents.

Section 11.10 Headings. Headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

Section 11.11 Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by the written agreement of the Borrower and the Determining Lenders; provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or waiver shall be made (a) without the consent of all Lenders, if it would (i) increase the Specified Percentage or commitment of any Lender, or (ii) extend or postpone the date of maturity of, extend the due date for any payment of principal or interest on, reduce the amount of any installment of principal or interest on, or reduce the rate of interest on, any Revolving Credit Advance, the Reimbursement Obligations or other amount owing under any Loan Documents to which such Lender is entitled, or (iii) release any security for or guaranty of the Obligations (except pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents), or (iv) reduce the fees payable hereunder to which such Lender is entitled, or (v) revise this Section 11.11, or (vi) waive the date for payment of any principal, interest or fees hereunder or (vii) amend the definition of Determining Lenders; (b) without the consent of the Swing Line Bank, if it would alter the rights, duties or obligations of the Swing Line Bank; (c) without the consent of the Administrative Lender, if it would alter the rights, duties or obligations of the Administrative Lender; or
(d) without the consent of the Issuing Bank, if it would alter the rights, duties or obligations of the Issuing Bank. Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended orally, nor may any provision hereof be waived orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Administrative Lender and, in the case of an amendment, by the Borrower.

Section 11.12 Exception to Covenants. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower shall be deemed to be permitted to take any action or fail to take any action which is permitted as an exception to any of the covenants contained herein or which is within the permissible limits of any of the covenants contained herein if such action or omission would result in the breach of any other covenant contained herein.

Section 11.13 No Liability of Issuing Bank. The Borrower assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. NEITHER THE ISSUING BANK NOR ANY LENDER NOR ANY

- 90 -

OF THEIR RESPECTIVE OFFICERS OR DIRECTORS SHALL BE LIABLE OR RESPONSIBLE FOR:
(A) THE USE THAT MAY BE MADE OF ANY LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF ANY BENEFICIARY OR TRANSFEREE IN CONNECTION THEREWITH; (B) THE VALIDITY, SUFFICIENCY OR GENUINENESS OF DOCUMENTS, OR OF ANY ENDORSEMENT THEREON, EVEN IF SUCH DOCUMENTS SHOULD PROVE TO BE IN ANY OR ALL RESPECTS INVALID, INSUFFICIENT, FRAUDULENT OR FORGED; (C) PAYMENT BY THE ISSUING BANK AGAINST PRESENTATION OF DOCUMENTS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE TERMS OF A LETTER OF CREDIT, INCLUDING FAILURE OF ANY DOCUMENTS TO BEAR ANY REFERENCE OR ADEQUATE REFERENCE TO THE LETTER OF CREDIT, EXCEPT FOR ANY PAYMENT MADE UPON THE ISSUING BANK'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILFUL MISCONDUCT; OR (D) ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES WHATSOEVER IN MAKING OR FAILING TO MAKE PAYMENT UNDER ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES INVOLVING THE SIMPLE OR MERE NEGLIGENCE OF THE ISSUING BANK EXCEPT THAT THE BORROWER SHALL HAVE A CLAIM AGAINST THE ISSUING BANK, AND THE ISSUING BANK SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE BORROWER, TO THE EXTENT OF ANY DIRECT, BUT NOT CONSEQUENTIAL, DAMAGES SUFFERED BY THE BORROWER THAT A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION DETERMINES WERE CAUSED BY (I) THE ISSUING BANK'S WILFUL MISCONDUCT OR GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR (II) THE ISSUING BANK'S WILFUL FAILURE TO MAKE LAWFUL PAYMENT UNDER A LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER THE PRESENTATION TO IT OF A DRAFT AND CERTIFICATES STRICTLY COMPLYING WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

Section 11.14 Confidentiality. Each Lender and the Administrative Lender agrees (on behalf of itself and each of its directors, officers, employees and representatives) to use reasonable precautions to keep confidential, in accordance with customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound banking practices, any non-public information supplied to it by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement which is identified by the Borrower as being confidential at the time the same is delivered to the Lenders or the Administrative Lender, provided that nothing herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information
(a) to the extent required by statute, rule, regulation or judicial process,
(b) to counsel for any Lender or the Administrative Lender, (c) to bank examiners, auditors or accountants of any Lender, (d) to the Administrative Lender or any other Lender, (e) in connection with any Litigation to which any one or more of Lenders is a party, provided, further, that, unless specifically prohibited by Applicable Law or court order, each Lender shall, prior to disclosure thereof, notify Borrower of any request for disclosure of any such non-public information (i) by any Tribunal or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of such Lender's financial condition by such governmental agency) or (ii) pursuant to legal process, or (f) to any Assignee or Participant (or prospective

- 91 -

Assignee or Participant) so long as such Assignee or Participant (or prospective Assignee or Participant) agrees in writing to handle such information in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.14.

Section 11.15 No Liability of Lenders to Purchasers. The Lenders do not assume and shall have no responsibility, obligation or liability to the Purchasers, the Lenders' relationship being solely that of a creditor who has taken, as security for Indebtedness owed to it, an Assignment of Pledged Documents.

SECTION 11.16 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS) AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE LOAN DOCUMENTS ARE PERFORMABLE IN DALLAS, TEXAS, AND BORROWER AND EACH SURETY, GUARANTOR, ENDORSER AND ANY OTHER PARTY EVER LIABLE FOR PAYMENT OF ANY MONEY PAYABLE WITH RESPECT TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BE SUED ELSEWHERE. WITHOUT EXCLUDING ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER AND EACH LENDER EACH AGREES THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS OF TEXAS LOCATED IN DALLAS, TEXAS, SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION OVER PROCEEDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND HEREBY SUBMITS WITH RESPECT TO ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION, PROCEEDING OR JUDGMENT RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

SECTION 11.17 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWER, THE ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER AND THE LENDERS HEREBY KNOWINGLY VOLUNTARILY, IRREVOCABLY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO EACH LENDER ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND MAKING ANY ADVANCES HEREUNDER.

SECTION 11.18 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES REGARDING THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREIN AND THEREIN AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE

- 92 -

PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

- 93 -

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Credit Agreement is executed as of the date first set forth above.

BORROWER:                              SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.



                                       By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
                                           ------------------------------------
                                               Dewey W. Chambers
                                           ------------------------------------
                                               Vice President and Treasurer
                                           ------------------------------------


ADMINISTRATIVE LENDER:                 NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.,
                                       as Administrative Lender



                                       By: /s/ TOM BLAKE
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Tom Blake
                                           Senior Vice President


DOCUMENTATION AGENT:                   SOCIETE GENERALE, as Documentation Agent



                                       By:  /s/ J. BLAINE SCHAUM
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Name:   J. Blaine Schaum
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title:  Regional Manager
                                           ------------------------------------


                                       2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900
                                       Los Angeles, California 90067

- 94 -

LENDERS:                               NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A., as a Lender,
                                       Swing Line Bank and Issuing Bank
Specified Percentage:
         30.00%

                                       By:  /s/ TOM BLAKE
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Tom Blake
                                           Senior Vice President

                                       901 Main Street, 67th Floor
                                       Dallas, Texas 75202

                                       Attn:    Tom Blake
                                                Senior Vice President

- 95 -

SOCIETE GENERALE, as a Lender Specified Percentage:
25.00%

By:  /s/ J. BLAINE SCHAUM
    ------------------------------------

Name:   J. Blaine Schaum
    ------------------------------------

Title:  Regional Manager
    ------------------------------------

2029 Century Park East, Suite 2900 Los Angeles, California 90067

- 96 -

CREDIT LYONNAIS NEW YORK BRANCH

Specified Percentage:
15.00%

By:   /s/ RODRICK ROHRBACH
    ------------------------------------

Name:    Rodrick Rohrbach
    ------------------------------------

Title:   Senior Vice President
    ------------------------------------

1301 Avenue of the Americas New York, New York 10019

- 97 -

BT COMMERCIAL CORPORATION

Specified Percentage:
15.00%

By:    /s/ Rita Dagdelen-Keskinyan
    ------------------------------------

Name:      Rita Dagdelen-Keskinyan
    ------------------------------------

Title:     Senior Vice President
    ------------------------------------

14 Wall Street, 3rd Floor New York, New York 10005

- 98 -

BANK OF HAWAII

Specified Percentage:
15.00%

By:   /s/ Joseph T. Donalson
    ------------------------------------

Name:    Joseph T. Donalson
    ------------------------------------

Title:   Vice President
    ------------------------------------



- 99 -

Exhibit 10.6.15

AMENDMENT TO VARIOUS LOAN AND COMMITMENT AGREEMENTS

This Amendment to Various Loan and Commitment Agreements and Loan and Security Agreements (this "Amendment") is entered into as of this 18th day of February, 1998 by and between FINOVA CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Greyhound Financial Corporation ("Lender"), SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC., a Maryland corporation ("Signature"), LAKE TAHOE RESORT PARTNERS, LLC, a California limited liability company ("Lake Tahoe"), GRAND BEACH RESORT, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Georgia limited partnership ("Grand Beach"), PORT ROYAL RESORT L.P., a South Carolina limited partnership ("Port Royal"), AKGI-SINT MAARTEN, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation, ("AKGI"), ALL SEASONS RESORTS, INC., an Arizona corporation ("All Seasons"), AVCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Avcom"), and KABUSHIKI GAISHA KEI, L.L.C., a California limited liability company ("KGK").

R E C I T A L S

A. Lender's predecessor-in-interest, Greyhound Real Estate Finance Company, an Arizona corporation ("GREFCO"), and Cypress Pointe Resorts, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("Cypress"), entered into that Construction Loan Agreement dated as of December 19, 1991 pursuant to which GREFCO agreed to make a construction loan to Cypress for the purposes more particularly described therein (such Construction Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Cypress Construction Loan Agreement"). GREFCO and Cypress also entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 19, 1991 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make receivables and working capital loans to Cypress (such Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement"). Pursuant to that Assignment dated as of January 13, 1993 by and between GREFCO and Lender, GREFCO assigned to Lender all of GREFCO's rights and obligations under the Cypress Construction Loan, the Cypress Construction Loan Agreement, the Cypress Receivables Loan and the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement, and all documents and instruments executed in connection therewith.

B. Lender and San Luis Resort Partners, L.L.C., a Georgia limited liability company ("San Luis"), entered into that Construction Loan Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make a construction loan to San Luis for the purposes more particularly set forth therein (such Construction Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as


the "San Luis Construction Loan Agreement"). San Luis and Lender also entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make receivables and working capital loans to San Luis for the purposes more specifically described therein (such Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement").

C. Lender and Lake Tahoe entered into that Construction Loan Agreement dated as of April 29, 1996 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make a construction loan to Lake Tahoe for the purposes more particularly set forth therein (such Construction Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Lake Tahoe Construction Loan Agreement"). Lake Tahoe and Lender also entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 29, 1996 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make receivables and working capital loans to Lake Tahoe for the purposes more specifically described therein (such Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement").

D. Lender and Grand Beach entered into that Construction Loan Agreement dated as of October 7, 1994 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make a construction loan to Grand Beach for the purposes more particularly set forth therein (such Construction Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement"). Grand Beach and Lender also entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 7, 1994 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make receivables and working capital loans to Grand Beach for the purposes more specifically described therein (such Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement").

E. Lender and Port Royal entered into that Construction Loan Agreement dated as of October 7, 1993 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make a construction loan to Port Royal for the purposes more particularly set forth therein (such Construction Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement"). Port Royal and Lender also entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 7, 1993 pursuant to which Lender agreed to make receivables loan to Port Royal for the purposes more specifically described therein (such Loan and Security Agreement, together with any

2

and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the ("Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement").

F. Lender and KGK entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995, pursuant to which Lender agreed to make to KGK a receivables loan for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions set forth therein (such Loan Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the KGK Loan Agreement").

G. Lender and AKGI-Royal Palm, C.V.o.a., a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership ("Royal Palm"), entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 12, 1995, pursuant to which Lender agreed to make to Royal Palm an acquisition and development loan (the "Royal Palm A&D Loan") and a receivables loan (the "Royal Palm Receivables Loan"). The Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Royal Palm Loan Agreement." The obligations of Royal Palm under the Royal Palm A&D Loan and the Royal Palm Receivables Loan are guaranteed by AKGI pursuant to that Corporate Guarantee Agreement dated as of July 12, 1995.

H. Lender and AKGI-Flamingo, C.V.o.a., a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership ("Flamingo"), entered into that Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 1, 1995, pursuant to which Lender agreed to make to Flamingo an acquisition and development loan (the "Flamingo A&D Loan") and a receivables loan (the "Flamingo Receivables Loan"). The Loan and Security Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modifications, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Flamingo Loan Agreement." The obligations of Flamingo under the Flamingo A&D Loan and the Flamingo Receivables Loan are guaranteed by AKGI pursuant to the terms and conditions of that Corporate Guarantee Agreement dated as of September 1, 1995 (the "Flamingo Guarantee").

I. Resort Capital Corporation ("RCC") and Fall Creek Resort, L.P., a Georgia limited partnership ("Fall Creek"), entered into that Commitment Agreement dated as of May 21, 1993 pursuant to which Lender agreed to purchase certain portfolios of promissory notes and mortgages then existing and thereafter arising from sales by Fall Creek to individuals purchasing interval estates in specific condominium parcels developed by Fall Creek as a time share condominium project known as The Plantation at Fall Creek (the "Fall Creek Purchase") for the purposes and upon the terms and conditions set forth therein (such Commitment Agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, replacements, restatements, supplements or modification, whether now or hereafter existing, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Fall Creek Commitment Agreement").

3

J. Pursuant to that Private Placement Memorandum dated as of May 28, 1996, Signature solicited and received the consent and agreement of the general partner and limited partner of Cypress and the members of San Luis to exchange their respective interests in Cypress and San Luis for shares of common stock in Signature (the "Consent Solicitation"). Pursuant to the Consent Solicitation, the general partner and limited partner of Cypress and the members of San Luis have exchanged their respective interests in such entities for shares of common stock in Signature. Essentially simultaneously therewith, each of the corporate partners or members of Cypress and San Luis were merged with and into Signature, and each of the interests of the partners and members of Cypress and San Luis were transferred to Signature. As of the date of this Agreement, Signature constitutes the surviving corporation of such mergers and interest transfers.

K. Further, pursuant to the Consent Solicitation, Signature solicited and received the consent and agreement of the general partners and limited partners of Royal Palm and Flamingo to exchange their respective interests in Royal Palm and Flamingo for shares of common stock in Signature. As a result, all of the outstanding shares of stock of AKGI were transferred to and are held by Signature, and Royal Palm and Flamingo were dissolved into AKGI (the "AKGI Merger"). As a result of the AKGI Merger as described in the Deed of Acknowledgment executed in connection with Royal Palm dated on or about August 15, 1996 (the "Royal Palm Deed of Acknowledgment") and in the Deed of Acknowledgment executed in connection with Flamingo dated on or about August 15, 1996 (the "Flamingo Deed of Acknowledgment"), AKGI succeeded as a matter of law to all rights and privileges of Royal Palm and Flamingo and became directly responsible and liable for all liabilities and obligations of Royal Palm and Flamingo.

L. Pursuant to that Private Placement Memorandum dated as of May 28, 1996, Signature solicited and received the consent and agreement of the general and limited partners of Fall Creek to exchange their respective interests in Fall Creek for shares of common stock in Signature (the "Fall Creek Consent Solicitation"). Pursuant to the Fall Creek Consent Solicitation, the general and limited partners of Fall Creek have exchanged their respective interests in such entities for shares of common stock in Signature. Essentially simultaneously therewith, each of the general and limited partners of Fall Creek were merged with and into Signature, and each of the interests of the general and limited partners of Fall Creek were transferred to Signature. Signature constitutes the surviving corporation of such interest transfers.

M. Signature and Avcom completed a merger pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Signature and Avcom, dated September 22, 1996, as amended by that First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 15, 1996, and that Second Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 18, 1996 and that certain Certificate of Merger of ASP Acquisition Corp. in to Avcom to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State (the "Merger Transaction") whereby

4

a wholly owned subsidiary of Signature, ASP Acquisition Company, a Delaware corporation, merged into Avcom with the result that Avcom became the sole surviving entity of such merger and a wholly owned subsidiary of Signature. All Seasons remains a wholly owned subsidiary of Avcom.

N. Pursuant to that certain Assumption Agreement dated as of August 15, 1996, Signature assumed all of the liabilities and obligations of Cypress under the Cypress Construction Loan Agreement and the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement. Pursuant to the aforementioned Assumption Agreement, Signature also assumed all of the liabilities and obligations of San Luis under the San Luis Construction Loan Agreement and the San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement.

O. Pursuant to that certain Assumption Agreement dated as of August 15, 1996, AKGI assumed all of the liabilities and obligations of Royal Palm under the Royal Palm Loan Agreement and under the Flamingo Loan Agreement.

P. Pursuant to that certain Assumption Agreement dated as of August 15, 1996 between Signature and RCC, Signature assumed all liabilities and obligations of Fall Creek as seller under the Fall Creek Purchase and the Fall Creek Commitment Agreement.

Q. Lender has succeeded to the rights of RCC under the Fall Creek Purchase and Fall Creek Commitment Agreement.

R. Signature is the owner of all the constituent members of Lake Tahoe.

S. Signature is the owner of all the constituent general and limited partners of Grand Beach.

T. Signature is the owner of all the constituent general and limited partners of Port Royal.

U. Signature is the owner of all the constituent general and limited partners of KGK.

V. Signature, Lake Tahoe, Grand Beach, Port Royal, KGK and Lender desire and intend by this Amendment to modify certain of the covenants contained within the Signature Loan Agreements (as defined below).

W. Lender and AKGI desire and intend by this Amendment to set forth their understanding concerning certain covenant and reporting requirements that are required of AKGI in respect of the two attachments that are recorded as liens against the Real Property as that term is defined in the Royal Palm Loan Agreement ("Attachments").

5

X. Lender and Signature desire and intend by this Amendment to set forth their mutual understanding concerning certain portfolio replacement obligations required of Signature under the Fall Creek Commitment Agreement.

Y. Signature, Avcom, All Seasons and Lender desire to set forth their mutual understanding concerning the governing law under the All Seasons Purchase Documents and the All Seasons Loan Documents, as defined below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals and all of the covenants contained in this Amendment, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Lender, Signature, Lake Tahoe, Grand Beach, Port Royal AKGI, KGK, Avcom and All Seasons hereby jointly and severally state, confirm and agree as follows:

A G R E E M E N T

1. DEFINITIONS. The following terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them below.

1.1 "All Seasons Loan Documents" shall have the same meaning as the term "Loan Documents", as defined in that certain Ratification Agreement dated February 7, 1997 among Lender, FINOVA Portfolio Services, Inc., All Seasons, AVCOM and Signature.

1.2 "All Seasons Purchase Documents" shall have the same meaning as the term "Purchase Documents", as defined in that certain Ratification Agreement dated February 7, 1997 among Lender, FINOVA Portfolio Services, Inc., All Seasons, AVCOM and Signature.

1.3 "Attachments" shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals to this Agreement.

1.4 "Cost of Time-Share Interest Sold" shall mean the "vacation interval and point cost of sale" line item as reflected in Signatures' and the Signature Affiliates' financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP.

1.5 "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time, which shall include the official interpretations thereof by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or any successor thereto.

6

1.6 "General and Administrative Expenses" shall mean the "general and administrative expense" line item reflected on Signature's and the Signature Affiliates' financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

1.7 "Indebtedness" shall mean all liabilities, obligations and reserves, contingent or otherwise, which in accordance with GAAP, would be reflected as a liability on a balance sheet would be required to be disclosed in a financial statement.

1.8 "Marketing Expense" shall mean the aggregate of all expenses incurred by Signature and the Signature Affiliates in the sale and marketing of Time-Share Interest including, without limitation, all costs and expenses for advertising, mailing, consumer premiums, referral lead generation, closing costs and sales commissions.

1.9 "Net Sales" shall mean the gross sale of Time-Share Interests during any period reduced only by cancellations thereof.

1.10 "Signature Affiliates" means, individually and collectively, Lake Tahoe, Grand Beach, Port Royal, and KGK.

1.11 "Signature Loan Agreements" shall mean, individually and collectively, the Cypress Construction Loan Agreement, the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement, the San Luis Construction Loan Agreement, the San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement, the Lake Tahoe Construction Agreement, the Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement, the Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement, the Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement, the Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement, the Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement and the KGK Loan Agreement.

1.12 "Signature Loan Documents" shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 4 hereof.

1.13 "Tangible Net Worth" means shall mean, with respect to any date of determination, Signature's net worth as determined in accordance with GAAP plus the pre-tax LIFO reserves, minus each of (i) general intangibles (including without limitation, customer lists, franchise agreements, licenses, goodwill, non-competition agreements, subscription lists, and organizational expenses), (ii) monies due from officers or directors, (iii) direct or indirect loans to stockholders, Signature Affiliates or other affiliates, (iv) security deposits, (v) prepaid costs and expenses, and (vi) "other assets" under Signature's financial statements pursuant to GAAP.

1.14 "Time-Share Interest" shall mean the rights sold to a consumer for the exclusive use of a timeshare unit and the common areas associated therewith,

7

in real property owned by Signature or a Signature Affiliate, for a one week period during each year or alternate year.

2. Amendments.

2.1 Net Worth Covenant. The net worth covenant contained in

(i) Section 9.19(a) of the Cypress Construction Loan Agreement, as amended,

(ii) Section 8.22(a) of the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement, as amended,

(iii) Section 9.19(a) of the Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement, as amended,

(iv) Section 8.22(a) of the Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement;

(v) Section 9.19(a) of the Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement,

(vi) Section 8.22(a) of the Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement,

(vii) Section 9.19(a) of the San Luis Construction Loan Agreement.

(viii) Section 8.22(a) of the San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement,

(ix) Section 9.19(a) of the Lake Tahoe Construction Loan Agreement,

(x) Section 8.22(a) of the Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement, and

(xi) Section 8.22(a) of the KGK Loan Agreement, shall be amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

"Signature shall maintain and each of the Signature Affiliates shall cause Signature to maintain, a Tangible Net Worth of not less than

8

Ninety Million Dollars ($90,000,000) which covenants shall be tested on a quarterly basis."

2.2 Marketing Expense. The marketing and sales covenant contained in

(i) Section 9.19(b) of the Cypress Construction Loan Agreement, as amended,

(ii) Section 8.22(b) of the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement, as amended,

(iii) Section 9.19(b) of the Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement, as amended,

(iv) Section 8.22(b) of the Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement;

(v) Section 9.19(b) of the Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement;

(vi) Section 8.22(b) of the Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement,

(vii) Section 9.19(b) of the San Luis Construction Loan Agreement,

(viii) Section 8.22(b) of the San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement,

(ix) Section 9.19(b) of the Lake Tahoe Construction Loan Agreement, and

(x) Section 8.22(b) of the Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement

shall be amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

"The cumulative aggregate Marketing Expenses of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the cumulative aggregate of Net Sales of Signature and the Signature Affiliates, which covenant shall be tested on a consolidated quarterly basis."

9

2.3 KGK Marketing Expense. The KGK Loan Agreement shall be amended with the addition of the following marketing covenant:

"The cumulative aggregate Marketing Expenses of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the cumulative aggregate Net Sales of Signature and the Signature Affiliates, which covenants shall be tested on the consolidated quarterly basis."

2.3 G and A Expense. The general and administrative expense covenant contained in

(i) Section 9.19(c) of the Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement, as amended,

(ii) Section 8.22(c) of the Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement;

(iii) Section 9.19(c) of the Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement,

(iv) Section 8.22(c) of the Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement,

(v) Section 9.19(c) of the San Luis Construction Loan Agreement,

(vi) Section 8.22(c) of the San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement,

(ix) Section 9.19(c) of the Lake Tahoe Construction Loan Agreement, and

(x) Section 8.22(c) of the Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

"The cumulative aggregate General and Administrative Expenses of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed sixteen percent (16%) of the cumulative aggregate total revenues of Signature and the

10

Signature Affiliates, which covenant shall be tested on a consolidated quarterly basis."

2.5 Cypress G and A Expense. The Cypress Construction Loan Agreement and the Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement shall be amended with the additional following general and administrative expense covenant:

"The cumulative aggregate General and Administrative Expenses of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed sixteen percent (16%) of the cumulative aggregate total revenue of Signature and the Signature Affiliates, which covenant shall be tested on a consolidated quarterly basis."

2.6 KGK G and A Expense. The KGK Loan Agreement shall be amended with the addition of the following General and Administrative Expense covenant:

"The cumulative aggregate General and Administrative Expenses of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed sixteen percent (16%) of the cumulative aggregate total revenue of Signature and the Signature Affiliates, which covenant shall be tested on a consolidated quarterly basis."

2.7 Cost of Sale. Each Signature Loan Agreement shall be amended with the addition of the following additional financial covenants:

"The cumulative aggregate Cost of Time-Share Interest Sold of Signature and the Signature Affiliates shall not exceed twenty-eight (28%) of the cumulative aggregate Net Sales of Signature and the Signature Affiliates, which covenant shall be tested on a consolidated quarterly basis."

2.8 Other Financial Covenants. The following financial covenants shall be deleted from the following Signature Loan Agreements:

                                                            Description of
     Name of Agreement                    Paragraph No.        Covenant
Cypress Construction Loan Agreement          9.19(c)        Debt to Net Worth
Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement           8.22(c)        Debt to Net Worth
Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement           8.22(d)        Capital Leases
Cypress Construction Loan Agreement           10.9          Distributions
Cypress Receivables Loan Agreement            8.21          Distributions
Port Royal Construction Loan Agreement        10.8          Distributions
Port Royal Receivables Loan Agreement         8.21          Distributions

11

Grand Beach Construction Loan Agreement      10.8      Distribution
Grand Beach Receivables Loan Agreement       8.21      Distributions
Lake Tahoe Construction Loan Agreement       10.8      Distributions
Lake Tahoe Receivables Loan Agreement        8.21      Distributions
San Luis Construction Loan Agreement         10.8      Distributions
San Luis Receivables Loan Agreement          8.21      Distribution
KGK Loan Agreement                           8.21      Distribution

2.9 Attachments. The Royal Palm Loan Agreement is hereby amended to require the following:

On February 27, 1998 and on the last business day of each succeeding month thereafter, until the Attachments are satisfied in full or released, AKGA shall give to Lender a written report concerning the status of the Attachments, updating Lender on any relevant developments concerning the Attachments since the last update report. In addition AKGI shall promptly respond to any inquiries of Lender concerning the Attachments. In the event the holder of the Attachments initiates any efforts to foreclose or realize upon the same, AKGI shall promptly give Lender written notice of such action and shall promptly pay the Attachments in full prior to the conclusion of such foreclosure or other realization process.

2.10 Fall Creek Accounts. The Fall Creek Commitment Agreement is hereby amended to require the following:

Within thirty (30) days following the date hereof, Signature shall deliver to Lender title insurance policies in a form and from an underwriter satisfactory to Lender insuring Lender's title as to those accounts set forth in the attached Exhibit A. Within thirty five (35) days following the date hereof Signature shall repurchase from Lender any accounts set forth in the attached Exhibit A with respect to which an acceptable title insurance policy has not been delivered, for an amount equal to the unpaid balance of such account plus Servicing Fees (as defined in the Fall Creek Commitment Agreement).

2.11 All Seasons Choice of Laws. Signature, All Seasons and Avcom hereby jointly and severally agree that the All Seasons Purchase Documents and the All Seasons Loan Documents are hereby governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Arizona and the All Seasons Loan Documents and All Seasons Purchase Documents are hereby amended accordingly.

12

3. AKGI. AKGI shall not be considered a Signature Affiliate for purposes of this Amendment and the financial covenants binding upon AKGI shall be as set forth in the existing agreements between Lender and AKGI.

4. Document Reference. All references to the "Loan Agreement" in the documents executed in connection with the Signature Loan Agreements (the "Signature Loan Documents") and to "this Agreement", "herein", "hereof", "hereto", and "hereunder" in any of the Signature Loan Agreements are hereby amended to refer to the relevant Signature Loan Agreement as amended through this Amendment.

5. Fees and Expenses. Signature and each Signature Affiliate jointly and severally agree to pay, on demand, all costs and expenses of Lender arising from the preparation of this Amendment and the closing of this Amendment or otherwise incurred by Lender in connection with this Amendment.

6. Authority. Signature, each Signature Affiliate, AKGI, All Seasons and AVCOM jointly and severally warrant and represent to Lender that the person executing this Amendment on behalf of Signature, Such Signature Affiliate, AKGI, All Seasons or AVCOM, as the case may be, is fully authorized and empowered to do so and that this Amendment, as executed and delivered, is binding and enforceable against Signature, each Signature Affiliate, AKGI, All Seasons and AVCOM.

7. Confirmation of Representations, Warranties and Agreements.

7.1 Signature and the Signature Affiliates jointly and severally reaffirm the validity, enforceability and legality of the Signature Loan Documents and all provisions of the Signature Loan Documents, as modified, are hereby confirmed and ratified; provided, however, that with respect to enforceability and legality, such reaffirmation only to the best of Signature's and each Signature Affiliate's knowledge. Signature and the Signature Affiliates jointly and severally acknowledge that as of the date hereof, they have (i) no defense, counterclaim, offset, cross-complaint, claim or demand of any nature whatsoever which can be asserted as a basis to seek affirmative relief or damages from Lender or as a basis to reduce or eliminate all or any part of its liability to repay the loans which are the subject matter of the Signature Loan Documents and (ii) no other claim against Lender with respect to any aspect of the transaction in respect to which such loans were made.

7.2 AKGI reaffirms the validity, enforceability and legality of the Royal Palm Loan Agreement and the documents executed in connection therewith and the Flamingo Loan Agreement and the documents executed in connection and all provisions of the aforementioned agreements and documents are hereby confirmed and ratified; provided, however, that with respect to enforceability and legality, such reaffirmation only to the best of AKGI's knowledge. AKGI acknowledges that as of the date hereof, it has (i) no defense, counterclaim, offset, cross-complaint, claim or demand of any nature whatsoever which can

13

be asserted as a basis to seek affirmative relief or damages from Lender or as a basis to reduce or eliminate all or any part of its liability to repay the loans which are the subject matter of the Royal Palm Loan Agreement or the Flamingo Loan Agreement and (ii) no other claim against Lender with respect to any aspect of the transaction in respect to which such loans were made.

7.3 Signature reaffirms the validity, enforceability and legality of the Fall Creek Purchase and the Fall Creek Commitment Agreement and all documents executed in connection thereunder and all provisions of the aforementioned agreements are hereby confirmed and ratified; provided, however, that with respect to enforceability and legality, such reaffirmation only to the best of Signature's knowledge. Signature acknowledges that as of the date hereof, it has (i) no defense, counterclaim, offset, cross-complaint, claim or demand of any nature whatsoever which can be asserted as a basis to seek affirmative relief or damages from Lender or as a basis to reduce or eliminate all or any part of its liability to repay the loans or other obligations which are the subject matter of the Fall Creek Purchase and Fall Creek Commitment Agreement and (ii) no other claim against Lender with respect to any aspect of the transaction in respect to which such loans or other obligations were made.

7.4 Signature, All Seasons and AVCOM jointly and severally reaffirm the validity, enforceability and legality of the All Seasons Loan Documents and the All Seasons Purchase Documents and all provisions of the All Seasons Loan Documents and the All Seasons Purchase Documents are hereby confirmed and ratified; provided, however, that with respect to enforceability and legality, such reaffirmation only to the best of Signature's, All Season's and AVCOM's knowledge. Signature, All Season and AVCOM jointly and severally acknowledge that as of the date hereof, they have (i) no defense, counterclaim, offset, cross-complaint, claim or demand of any nature whatsoever which can be asserted as a basis to seek affirmative relief or damages from Lender or as a basis to reduce or eliminate all or any part of its liability to repay the loans or other obligations which are the subject matter of the All Seasons Loan Documents and the All Seasons Purchase Documents and (ii) no other claim against Lender with respect to any aspect of the transaction in respect to which such loans or other obligations were made.

8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument notwithstanding the fact that all parties have not signed the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telefacsimile shall also deliver a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment, but the failure to deliver a manually executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Amendment.

14

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC., a Maryland
corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ----------------------------------
 Its: DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
     ---------------------------------
      VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER

PORT ROYAL RESORT, L.P.
a South Carolina limited partnership

By: Argosy/KGI Port Royal Partners,
a South Carolina general partnership

By: KGI Port Royal, Inc.
a South Carolina corporation,
General Partner

/s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
-----------------------------
By: Dewey W. Chambers
Its: Vice President

LAKE TAHOE RESORTS PARTNERS, LLC, a
California limited liability company

By: AKGI Lake Tahoe Investments, Inc.
a California corporation
Its Member

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    -----------------------------
     Name: Dewey W. Chambers
     Its:  Vice President

15

GRAND BEACH RESORT, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
a Georgia limited partnership

By: Grand Beach Partners, L.P.,
a California limited partnership
Title: General Partner

By: Argosy/KGI Grand Beach Investment
Partnership, a California general
partnership
Title: General Partner

By: KGI Grand Beach Investments, Inc.,
a California corporation
Title: Managing General Partner

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
Name:  Dewey W. Chambers
Title: Vice President

AKGI-SINT MAARTEN, N.V., a Netherlands Antille corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
Name:  Dewey W. Chambers
Title: Vice President

ALL SEASONS RESORTS, INC., an Arizona
corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
Name:  Dewey W. Chambers
Title: Vice President

16

AVCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware
corporation

By:  /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   ----------------------------------
Name:  Dewey W. Chambers
Title: Vice President

KABUSHIKI GAISHA KEI LLC, a California limited liability company

By: Argosy Partners, Inc., a Georgia corporation Its: Member

By:  /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   ----------------------------------
Name:  Dewey W. Chambers
Title: Vice President

FINOVA CAPITAL CORPORATION, a
Delaware corporation

By:  /s/
   ---------------------------------
   Its:
       -----------------------------


CONSENT OF GUARANTORS

By their execution below, the Guarantors below consent and agree to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Amendments, and agree that their respective obligations under each of the Guaranty Agreements executed by the undersigned in favor of FINOVA Capital Corporation shall remain in full force and effect and continue to guarantee the obligations described thereunder, notwithstanding the making of the agreements set forth in this Amendment.

GRAND BEACH PARTNERS, L.P.,
a California limited partnership

By: ARGOSY/KGI GRAND BEACH
INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP, a California general
partnership, its General Partner

By: KGI GRAND BEACH INVESTMENTS,
INC., a California corporation, its
Managing General Partner

By /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   -------------------------------

Its    Vice President

ARGOSY/KGI GRAND BEACH INVESTMENT
PARTNERSHIP, a California general partnership

By: KGI GRAND BEACH INVESTMENTS, INC., a
California corporation, its Managing General
Partner

By /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   -------------------------------

Its    Vice President

ARGOSY GRAND BEACH, INC., a Georgia
corporation

By /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   -------------------------------

Its    Vice President


KGI GRAND BEACH INVESTMENTS, INC., a
California corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
    Its: Vice President

ARGOSY PARTNERS, INC., a Georgia
corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
    Its: Vice President

ARGOSY/KGI PORT ROYAL PARTNERS, a South
Carolina general partnership

By: KGI PORT ROYAL, INC., a South
Carolina corporation, its Managing
General Partner

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
    Its: Vice President

KGK LAKE TAHOE DEVELOPMENT, INC., a
Delaware corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
    Its: Vice President

AKGI LAKE TAHOE INVESTMENTS, INC., a
California corporation

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    ------------------------------------
    Its: Vice President

18

AKGI-FLAMINGO, C.V.o.a., a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership with its capital divided into shares

By: AKGI-SINT MAARTEN, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation with limited liability, its General Partner

By /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   -----------------------------------------------
Its  Vice President

AKGI-ROYAL PALM, C.V.o.a., a Netherlands Antilles limited partnership with its capital divided into shares

By: AKGI-SINT MAARTEN, N.V., a Netherlands Antilles corporation with limited liability, its General Partner

By  /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
   -----------------------------------------------
Its  Vice President


ADDITIONAL REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

Dallas, Texas $12,000,000 February 19, 1998

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC., a Maryland corporation (the "Borrower"), for value received, promises to pay to the order of NationsBank of Texas, N.A. ("Lender"), at the principal office of NationsBank of Texas, N.A. in Dallas County, Texas, in lawful money of the United States of America, the principal sum of TWELVE MILLION and NO/100 DOLLARS ($12,000,000), or such lesser sum as shall be due and payable from time to time hereunder, as hereinafter provided. All terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement described below.

Principal of and interest on the unpaid principal balance of advances under this Additional Revolving Credit Note (the "Note") from time to time outstanding shall be due and payable as set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

This Note is issued pursuant to and evidences additional Revolving Credit Advances under a Credit Agreement, dated as of January 9, 1998, among the Borrower, NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Administrative Lender, and the lenders parties thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, extended or otherwise modified from time to time, "Credit Agreement"), to which reference is made for a statement of the rights and obligations of the Lender and the duties and obligations of the Borrower in relation thereto; but neither this reference to the Credit Agreement nor any provision thereof shall affect or impair the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrower to pay the principal sum of and interest on this Note when due.

THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS (WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW), AND OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. THE BORROWER AGREES THAT THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS OF TEXAS LOCATED IN DALLAS, TEXAS SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION OVER THE PROCEEDINGS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

THIS NOTE, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR


SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

SIGNATURE RESORTS, INC.

By: /s/ DEWEY W. CHAMBERS
    -----------------------------------
    Name: Dewey W. Chambers
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

2

EXHIBIT 10.6.16

LOAN AGREEMENT

AGREEMENT between POWHATAN ASSOCIATES, a Virginia joint venture (the "Company"), and MARINE MIDLAND BANK, a New York bank (the "Bank").

Recitals

A. The Company and the Bank are parties to a Loan Agreement dated as of September 21, 1990, as amended (the "1990 Loan Agreement") pursuant to which the Company could obtain loans of up to $10,000,000.00 in the aggregate from the Bank.

B. The Company and the Bank are also parties to a Loan Agreement dated as of October 25, 1993, as amended (the "1993 Loan Agreement"), pursuant to which the Company could obtain loans of up to $8,000,000.00 in the aggregate from the Bank.

C. The Company and the Bank are also parties to a Loan Agreement dated as of January 10, 1995 (the "Prior 1995 Loan Agreement"), pursuant to which the Bank agreed to make loans of up to $6,000,000.00 in the aggregate to the Company.

D. The parties now wish to enter into a new loan agreement, consolidating the 1990 Loan Agreement, 1993 Loan Agreement and Prior 1995 Loan Agreement and pursuant to which the Bank will make loans of up to $20,000,000.00 in the aggregate to the Company.

Agreement

ARTICLE I. The Credit

1.1 THE CREDIT. The Bank agrees on the terms and conditions and relying on the representations and warranties in this Agreement to lend to the Company, and the Company agrees to borrow from the Bank, from time to time, such sums
("Loan" or, collectively, "Loans") not exceeding $20,000,000.00 (the "Credit") as the Company may request from time to time on or before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement, and during such additional periods as a supplement or amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement between the parties may provide.

1.2 THE NOTES.

(a) Variable-Rate Note: The portion of the Credit that is not evidenced by Fixed-Rate Notes shall be evidenced by a note of the Company bearing a variable rate of interest and substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this


- 2 -

Agreement and any amendment, modification, replacement or extension thereof (the "Variable-Rate Note"). The Variable-Rate Note shall be in modification and extension but not replacement of the Secured Term Notes of the Company, payable to the order of the Bank, dated as of September 21, 1990, October 25, 1993, and January 10, 1995.

(b) Fixed-Rate Notes: The portion of the Credit that is not evidenced by the Variable-Rate Note shall be evidenced by a note or notes of the Company bearing a fixed rate of interest and substantially in the form of Exhibit B to this Agreement and any amendments, modifications, replacements or extensions thereof (a "Fixed-Rate Note" or, collectively, "Fixed-Rate Notes" and, together with the Variable-Rate Note, the "Notes").

1.3 Interest.

(a) Variable-Rate Loans: Each Loan evidenced by the Variable-Rate Note (a "Variable-Rate Loan") shall accrue interest before and after maturity from the date the Variable-Rate Loan is made, on the balance of principal from time to time unpaid, at an annual rate (the "Variable Rate") equal to the Prime Rate plus one and one-half percent (1 1/2%). The Variable Rate shall change simultaneously with each change in the Prime Rate. In no event shall the Variable Rate on the Variable-Rate Note exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of one three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the Variable Rate in effect for each calendar day the balance of principal is unpaid. Accrued interest shall be payable monthly on the tenth day of each month beginning the month after the month in which this Agreement is executed and when the principal of the Variable-Rate Note is paid in full.

(b) Fixed-Rate Loans: Each Loan evidenced by a Fixed-Rate Note (a "Fixed-Rate Loan") shall accrue interest before and after maturity from the date the Fixed-Rate Loan is made, on the balance of principal from time to time unpaid, at an annual rate (the "Fixed-Rate") equal to the "asked" yield on U.S. Treasury Notes or Bonds with maturities equivalent to the requested term of the Fixed-Rate Loan, as most recently quoted in The Wall Street Journal, plus three percent (3%). In no event shall the Fixed Rate on any Fixed-Rate Note exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of one three hundred and sixtieth (1/360th) of the Fixed Rate in effect for each calendar year the balance of principal is unpaid. Accrued interest shall be payable monthly on the tenth day of each month beginning the first such day after the Fixed-Rate Note is executed and delivered to the Bank and when the principal of the Fixed-Rate Note is paid in full.


-3-

1.4 DEFINITIONS. The following terms have the following meanings:

(a) "Compliance Certificate" -- a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company in the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement.

(b) "Designee" -- Wellington Financial Corp.

(c) "Disposal" -- the intentional or unintentional abandonment, discharge, deposit, injection, dumping, spilling, leaking, storing, burning, thermal destruction or placing of any substance so that it or any of its constituents may enter the Environment.

(d) "Environment" -- any water, including but not limited to surface water, ground water and water vapor; any land, including land surface or subsurface; stream sediments; air; fish, wildlife and plants; and all other natural resources or environmental media.

(e) "Environmental Laws" -- all federal, state and local environmental, land use, zoning, health, chemical use, safety and sanitation laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, codes and rules relating to the protection of the Environment and/or governing the use, storage, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Substances and the policies, guidelines, procedures, interpretations, decisions, orders and directives of federal, state and local governmental agencies and authorities with respect thereto.

(f) "Environmental Permits" -- all licenses, permits, approvals, authorizations, consents or registrations required by any applicable Environmental Laws and all applicable judicial and administrative orders in connection with the ownership, lease, purchase, transfer, closure, use and/or operation of the Property and/or as may be required for the storage, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, production or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

(g) "Environmental Questionnaire" -- a questionnaire concerning (i) activities and conditions affecting the Environment at any property of the Company comprising the Project or (ii) the enforcement or possible enforcement of any Environmental Law against the Company.

(h) "Environmental Report" -- a written report prepared for the Bank by an environmental consulting or environmental engineering firm.


(i) "Guaranties" -- the Unlimited Continuing Guaranties of the Guarantors dated December 21, 1990, as amended and reaffirmed from time to time.

(j) "Guarantors" -- Williamsburg Vacations, Inc., Bush Construction Corporation and Offsite International, Inc.

(k) "Hazardous Substances" -- without limitation, any explosives, radon, radioactive materials, asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, petroleum and petroleum products, methane, hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous or toxic substances and any other material defined as a hazardous substance in Section 101(14) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. Section 9601(14)).

(l) "Lock Box Agent" -- Central Fidelity Bank, who, pursuant to the Lock Box Agreement, will process payments on the Promissory Notes pledged to the Bank and perform any other services specified in the Lock Box Agreement.

(m) "Lock Box Agreement" -- the separate Lock Box, Collection and Servicing Agreement among the Company, the Bank and the Lock Box Agent dated December 21, 1990, as amended, pursuant to which the Lock Box Agent will process payments on the Promissory Notes pledged to the Bank.

(n) "Mortgage" -- a deed of trust that secures a Promissory Note and encumbers a Timeshare Estate and that is given to the Company by a Timeshare Purchaser.

(o) "Pre-Sold Timeshare Estate" -- a Timeshare Estate in a Unit construction of which has not been completed but which has been sold to a Timeshare Purchaser.

(p) "Prime Rate" -- the rate of interest publicly announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate and is a base rate for calculating interest on certain loans.

(q) "Project" -- the timeshare development commonly known as Powhatan Plantation, located at 3601 Ironbound Road, State Route 615, Williamsburg, Virginia 23185.

(r) "Promissory Note" -- a note given to the Company by a Timeshare Purchaser to finance the purchase of a Timeshare Estate (a "Purchase") and secured by a Mortgage.

(s) "Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage" -- a Promissory Note and the Mortgage securing it that meet all of the following criteria:


- 5 -

(i) The credit of the Timeshare Purchaser who executed the Promissory Note and Mortgage is acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion.

(ii) All terms of the Purchase are acceptable to the Bank. The down payment shall not be less than ten percent (10%) of the total sale price.

(iii) The forms of Promissory Note and Mortgage are acceptable to the Bank and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

(iv) All other documents relating to the Purchase, including without limitation disclosure statements, purchase contracts and deeds, are acceptable to the Bank and comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

(v) The Promissory Note and Mortgage are genuine and enforceable according to their terms and are the only such instruments executed with respect to the financing of the Purchase.

(vi) The Mortgage evidences a valid first lien on and security interest in the Timeshare Estate described in the Mortgage.

(vii) The Timeshare Purchaser who executed the Promissory Note and Mortgage had full and unimpaired capacity to contract.

(viii) The Company has no knowledge of, or reason to believe in the existence of, any fact or circumstance that might render the Promissory Note or Mortgage less valuable than it appears on its face to be.

(ix) Before the Promissory Note was pledged to the Bank, no more than two payments on the Promissory Note were 30 or more days delinquent in any 12-month period. When the Promissory Note is pledged to the Bank and at all times while pledged to the Bank, no payment is 60 or more days delinquent. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require that any Promissory Note be in existence for any specified period of time in order to be considered a Qualified Promissory Note.

(x) A policy of title insurance in form and content satisfactory to the Bank that insures the holder of the Mortgage to the full Unpaid Principal Balance of the Promissory Note secured by the Mortgage and shows that the Mortgage is a first lien on the Timeshare Estate described in the Mortgage has been issued or, with the prior approval of the Bank, a commitment to issue such a policy has been issued.


- 6 -

(t) "Release" - the same meaning as that given to the term in
Section 101(22) of the Comprehensive, Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 (42 U.S.C. Section 9601(22)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(u) "Security Agreement" - the Pledge Security Agreement between the Company and the Bank dated December 21, 1990, as amended and reaffirmed from time to time.

(v) "Timeshare Estate" - the fee simple interest in a Unit purchased by a Timeshare Purchaser.

(w) "Timeshare Purchaser" - a person who purchases a Timeshare Estate in the Project.

(x) "Unit" - a residential unit in the Project.

(y) "Unpaid Principal Balance" - the amount of the principal of a Promissory Note that remains unpaid.

ARTICLE II. LOANS AND PAYMENTS.

2.1 LOANS.

(a) Minimum Amount: No Variable-Rate Loan shall be in an amount less than $100,000.00, provided that no Variable-Rate Loan under Section 2.10 of this Agreement shall be less than $500,000.00, and no Fixed-Rate Loan shall be in an amount less than $1,000,000.00.

(b) Collateral Ratio: No Loan shall at the time it is made exceed ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of the Qualified Promissory Notes to be pledged to the Bank in conjunction with the Loan or cause the Unpaid Principal Balance of all Loans or other extensions of credit made by the Bank to the Company under this Agreement or under any other loan agreement or arrangement to exceed ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Qualified Promissory Notes pledged by the Company to the Bank to secure indebtedness. In addition, no Loan shall, at the time it is made, cause the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages relating to Pre-Sold Timeshare Estates pledged to the Bank to exceed $3,000,000.00.

(c) Reborrowing: Except as set forth in Section 2.10, any amount of the Credit that becomes available for reborrowing before the first anniversary of this Agreement (or any extension of the borrowing period pursuant to Section 1.1 of this Agreement) because of payments or prepayments of the amount of the Credit outstanding may be reborrowed as a Variable-Rate Loan or a Fixed-Rate Loan or both, regardless of whether such


-7-

payments or prepayments were made with respect to the Variable-Rate Note or the Fixed-Rate Notes.

2.2 LOAN REQUESTS. On or before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement and during such additional periods as a supplement or amendment to this Agreement or a separate agreement between the parties may provide, the Company may request a Loan under the Credit by delivering to the Bank or the Designee a Borrower's Certificate and Loan Request in the form of Exhibit D to this Agreement ("Borrower's Certificate"), accompanied by (a) copies of the Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages proposed to be pledged and assigned to the Bank and (b) copies of such other documents related to the transactions evidenced by the Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages as the Bank may require, including without limitation credit applications, credit reports, purchase contracts, disclosure statements, a copy of the title insurance policy or commitment referred to in Section 1.4(s)(x) of this Agreement and RESPA statements (if required). If the Loan requested is a Fixed-Rate Loan, the Company shall indicate in the Borrower's Certificate the desired term of the Fixed-Rate Loan, which may not exceed five years.

2.3 CONDITIONS TO EACH LOAN. The Bank or the Designee will use its best efforts to review the Company's Borrower's Certificate and the accompanying documents within five business days after their receipt. The Bank will notify the Company that the request is approved or that the request is not approved and, if the Loan requested is a Fixed-Rate Loan, indicate the Fixed Rate on the Fixed-Rate Loan. The request shall be approved if all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement have been complied with and all certifications in the Borrower's Certificate are in all respects true, without qualification. If the request is approved, the Company shall (a) endorse the Promissory Notes to the order of the Bank without restrictions or limitations and deliver the Promissory Notes to the Bank; (b) deliver to the Bank recorded assignments, or satisfactory evidence of the recording of assignments, of all Mortgages; and
(c) furnish the Bank with a policy or commitment of title insurance insuring for the benefit of the Bank each Mortgage submitted to the Bank to the full Unpaid Principal Balance of the Promissory Note secured by the Mortgage and showing that each Mortgage is a first lien upon the Timeshare Estate described in the Mortgage. The Company shall provide the notice required by Va. Code Section 55-389 promptly after recordation of each Qualified Mortgage.

2.4 DISBURSEMENT OF LOANS. The Bank shall advance the requested Loan on
(a) approval of the Loan by the Bank; (b) receipt of all of the items described in Section 2.3, in form and content satisfactory to the Bank in its sole discretion; and (c) the facts stated in the Borrower's Certificate being true.


-8-

2.5 REQUESTS FOR CONVERSION. On or before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement, the Company may from time to time, at least five business days before it wishes the conversion to be made, request that an amount (not less than $1,000,000.00) of the Credit evidenced by the Variable-Rate Note be converted to a Fixed-Rate Loan (a "Conversion") by delivering to the Bank a Conversion Request and Certificate in the form of Exhibit E to this Agreement. No Conversion may be made unless, at the time of the Conversion, the collateral ratio requirement described in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement is satisfied.

2.6 MAKING OF CONVERSION. On or before the date a Conversion is to be made, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Bank a Fixed-Rate Note in a principal amount equal to the amount of the requested Conversion, for the requested term and bearing the Fixed Rate determined in accordance with Section 1.3(b) of this Agreement and shall pay a conversion fee in the amount of one-half of one percent (1/2%) of the amount of the Conversion. On receipt of the Fixed-Rate Note, the Bank shall endorse its records and the schedule to the Variable-Rate Note to reflect the deduction of the principal amount of the Fixed-Rate Note from the principal amount owing under the Variable-Rate Note.

2.7 MATURITY OF FIXED-RATE NOTES. If the principal of and accrued interest on a Fixed-Rate Note is not fully paid on or before its maturity date, the Fixed-Rate Note shall, in accordance with its terms, become a variable-rate Note that will mature on the fifth anniversary of the date of the Fixed-Rate Note. The Company, however, at least ten business days before the maturity date of the Fixed-Rate Note, may request the Bank to extend the maturity of the Fixed-Rate Loan evidenced by the Fixed-Rate Note. If the Bank in its sole discretion approves the request, the Company shall deliver to the Bank a new Fixed-Rate Note in a principal amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal of and accrued interest on the Fixed-Rate Note being replaced, bearing the then-current Fixed Rate and maturing no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of the Fixed-Rate Note being replaced.

2.8 PROMISSORY NOTE AND MORTGAGE PROCEEDS -- MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS. All payments of every kind on the Promissory Notes securing the Credit shall be remitted directly by the obligors of the Promissory Notes to the Lock Box Agent for the account of the Bank pursuant to the Lock Box Agreement. Except as otherwise permitted under the Lock Box Agreement, any remittances received by the Bank from the Lock Box Agent shall be allocated to repayment of the Note or Notes then outstanding in accordance with the monthly trial balance report provided by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of this Agreement. The repayment amount allocable to a particular Note shall be applied first to accrued interest on that Note, then to any costs or expenses owed


- 9 -

to the Bank and then to the principal of the Loan or Loans evidenced by that Note as the Bank may determine in its sole discretion, as a mandatory prepayment. If as of any monthly interest payment date the remittances received by the Bank from the Lock Box Agent that are allocable to a particular Note, after any deductions pursuant to the Lock Box Agreement, are less than the amount of accrued interest on that Note due on that date, the Company shall pay the difference to the Bank within five calendar days of receiving notice of the shortfall from the Bank. On payment in full of a Note, the Company may request from the Bank, and the Bank shall deliver to the Company, written notice authorizing the Company to notify Timeshare Purchasers to make payments on the Promissory Notes associated with that Note directly to the Company, and the Company shall be permitted to receive such payments subject to the terms of the Security Agreement.

2.9 VOLUNTARY PREPAYMENTS. The Company shall not be permitted to prepay all or any portion of its principal indebtedness evidenced by the Variable-Rate Note from the date of this Agreement until the first anniversary of that date and shall not be permitted to prepay all or any portion of any fixed-Rate Note for one year after its date; provided, however, the foregoing does not apply to mandatory prepayments received and applied as described in Section 2.8 of this Agreement. On and after the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement in the case of the Variable-Rate Note or, in the case of any Fixed-Rate Note, the first anniversary of the date of the Fixed-Rate Note, prepayment in full shall be permitted on any interest payment date, provided that the Company also pays to the Bank at the same time any unpaid accrued interest and a prepayment premium determined as follows:

PREPAYMENT PERIOD                  PREMIUM
----------------                   -------
First Anniversary             2% of the then-outstanding
through day before            principal indebtedness on the
Second Anniversary            Note

Second Anniversary            1% of the then-outstanding
through day before            principal indebtedness on the
Third Anniversary             Note

Third Anniversary             1% of the then-outstanding
through day before            principal indebtedness on the
Fourth Anniversary            Note

Fourth Anniversary            0
and thereafter


-10-

2.10 LOANS WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL.

(a) If at any time the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all the Notes outstanding falls below ninety percent (90%) of the aggregate Unpaid Principal Balance of all Qualified Promissory Notes held by the Bank to secure repayment of the Credit, the Company may, no more than once each calendar quarter, request a Loan (or Loans, if the excess is attributable to Qualified Promissory Notes allocable to more than one Note) of no more than the amount of the excess (the "Excess") without pledging and assigning additional Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages to the Bank.

(b) To the extent that the Excess is in the Qualified Promissory Notes allocable to the Variable-Rate Note under Section 2.8, the requested Loan shall be a Variable-Rate Loan in an amount up to the amount of that portion of the Excess.

(c) To the extent that the Excess is in the Qualified Promissory Notes allocable to one or more Fixed-Rate Notes under Section 2.8, the requested Loan shall be a Fixed-Rate Loan. The Fixed-Rate Note evidencing the Fixed-Rate Loan shall bear the then-current Fixed Rate, shall be for the term selected by the Company and shall be in an amount up to the amount of that portion of the Excess. For purposes of mandatory prepayment under Section 2.8, the new Fixed-Rate Note shall be included in the pro rata allocation of receipts from the Lock Box Agent.

(d) Except for the requirement that the Company provide additional Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages in the amount of a requested Loan, the requirements of Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 of this Agreement shall apply to requests for Loans under this Section 2.10, including the requirement for payment of the fee described in Section 2.4.

2.11 COMMITMENT FEE. The Company shall pay the Bank a loan commitment fee of $90,000.00 and requests the Bank to deduct the commitment fee from the proceeds of the first Loan made under this Agreement.

2.12 USE OF PROCEEDS. The Company will use the proceeds of the first Loan made under this Agreement to repay its outstanding indebtedness under the 1990 Loan Agreement, 1993 Loan Agreement and Prior 1995 Loan Agreement and its indebtedness to PaineWebber Real Estate Securities, Inc. and the proceeds of subsequent Loans for working capital and other business purposes.


- 11 -

ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall take effect only if the following conditions are satisfied at or before the date of this Agreement.

3.1 COMPANY ACTION. The Company shall have taken all necessary and appropriate joint venture action authorizing the Credit, and execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Notes and the taking of all action required of the Company by this Agreement; and the Company shall have furnished to the Bank certified copies of documents evidencing such action as the Bank may reasonably request.

3.2 GUARANTOR ACTION. Each of the Guarantors shall have taken all necessary and corporate action, and its Board of Directors shall have adopted resolutions, approving the borrowing by the Company and authorizing the execution and delivery of a reaffirmation of its Guaranty; and the Guarantor shall have furnished to the Bank certified copies of those resolutions and such other corporate documents as the Bank may reasonably request.

3.3 COMPANY DOCUMENTS. There shall have been furnished to the Bank (a) a certified copy of the joint venture agreement of the Company; (b) a fictitious name certificate from the Clerk of the Circuit County of the City of Williamsburg and the County of James City certificate of incumbency specifying the officers of the Company and containing and certifying to their specimen signatures; and (c) a certificate of an authorized officer of the appropriate Guarantor evidencing the joint venturers' authorization of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and certifying as to the incumbency of the authorized signers for the Company, together with their specimen signatures, as of the date of this Agreement.

3.4 GUARANTOR DOCUMENTS. There shall have been furnished to the Bank with respect to each Guarantor (a) copies of any amendments to its certificate of incorporation and by-laws made since those documents were last furnished to the Bank, certified by its secretary as of the date of this Agreement; (b) a good standing certificate and franchise tax report from the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Virginia; and (c) a certificate of incumbency specifying its officers, together with their specimen signatures.

3.5 OPINION. Independent counsel for the Company, Wolcott, Rivers, Wheary, Basnight & Kelly, P.C., shall have furnished to the Bank their favorable opinion dated the date of this Agreement and in the form of EXHIBIT F.

3.6 SECURITY AGREEMENT. The Company shall have furnished to the Bank, all in form and content satisfactory to


- 12 -

the Bank, the Security Agreement granting to the Bank a security interest in all of the Promissory Notes it pledges to the Bank pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Agreement and such UCC-1 financing statements as the Bank may reasonably require. The Company acknowledges and reaffirms that the Security Agreement secures all of the indebtedness of the Company to the Bank, including without limitation loans and advances made by the Bank to the Company under the 1990 Loan Agreement, the 1993 Loan Agreement and the Prior 1995 Loan Agreement.

3.7 CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY. There shall have been furnished to the Bank a copy of certificate or certificates of occupancy with respect to those portions of the Project that are completed, or similar documentation acceptable to the Bank in its sole discretion.

3.8 INTERVAL EXCHANGE ORGANIZATION. There shall have been furnished to the Bank a copy of the contract or contracts affiliating the Project with Resort Condominiums International, Inc.

3.9 PROPERTY AND LIABILITY INSURANCE. There shall have furnished to the Bank currently-effective property and liability insurance policies or certificates, with endorsements and cancellation notice provisions deemed necessary by the Bank, in form and content satisfactory to the Bank, insuring the Project and, in the case of the property insurance, naming the Bank as loss payee on the Project as its interests may appear.

3.10 ENVIRONMENTAL QUESTIONNAIRE. The Company shall have furnished to the Bank an Environmental Questionnaire in form acceptable to the Bank.

3.11 LOCK BOX AGREEMENT. The Lock Box Agreement shall have been executed and delivered to the Bank.

3.12 PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE BONDS. There shall have been furnished to the Bank copies of payment and performance bonds, together with copies of transmittal letters to the Virginia Real Estate Board, assuring the completion of Units in which Pre-Sold Timeshare Estates are located.

3.13 OTHER MATTERS. All matters incidental to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Variable-Rate Note and all action required by this Agreement shall be satisfactory to the Bank and its counsel, and this Agreement shall then be in effect.


-13-

ARTICLE IV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Company makes the following representations and warranties, which shall be deemed to be continuing representations and warranties so long as any indebtedness of the Company to the Bank, including indebtedness for fees and expenses, remains unpaid:

4.1 COMPANY'S GOOD STANDING AND AUTHORITY. The Company is a joint venture duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia; has powers and authority to transact the business in which it is engaged; is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires licensing or qualification; and has all necessary power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement and any other document executed by it in connection with this Agreement, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary joint venture action.

4.2 GUARANTORS' GOOD STANDING AND AUTHORITY. Each Guarantor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia; has powers and authority to transact the business in which it is engaged; is duly licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires licensing or qualification; and has all necessary power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver and perform its Guaranty and any other document executed by it in connection with this Agreement, all of which have been duly authorized by all proper and necessary corporate and shareholder action; and each Guarantor is a joint venturer of the Company under a Joint Venture Agreement dated as of November 19, 1986.

4.3 VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS. This Agreement and the Notes, Security Agreement, Mortgage assignments and Promissory Note endorsements and any other document executed by the Company in connection with this Agreement, when executed, delivered or both, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement may be limited by state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. The Guaranties constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Guarantors, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement may be limited by state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

4.4 GOOD TITLE. The Company and each of the Guarantors has good and marketable title to all of its assets,


-14-

none of which is subject to any mortgage, indenture, pledge, lien, conditional sale contract, security interest, encumbrance, claim, trust or charge except as referred to in the financial statements described in this Agreement or as may be set forth in a schedule to this Agreement, or in favor of the Bank. At the time the Company pledges Promissory Notes to the Bank and assigns Mortgages to the Bank, the Company has absolute title to those Promissory Notes and Mortgages, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and no other person or entity has any interest in them.

4.5 NO PENDING LITIGATION. There are not any actions, suits or proceedings (whether or not purportedly on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor) or investigations pending or to the knowledge of the Company threatened, against the Company or any Guarantor or any basis therefor, which if adversely determined would in any case or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the property, assets (including without limitation all Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank), financial condition or business of the Company or any Guarantor or materially impair the right or ability of the Company or any Guarantor to carry on its operations substantially as now conducted or anticipated to be conducted in the future, or which question the validity of this Agreement, any of the Notes, the Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank, the Security Agreement, the Guaranties or any other documents required by this Agreement or any action taken or to be taken pursuant to any of the foregoing.

4.6 NO CONSENT OR FILING. No consent, license, approval or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any court, governmental body or authority or other person or entity is required in connection with (a) the valid execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Guaranties or any other documents required by this Agreement; (b) the endorsement of Promissory Notes to the Bank and the assignment of Mortgages to the Bank; or (c) any of the transactions contemplated thereby, other than the recording of the Mortgages assigned to the Bank and any filings made pursuant to the Virginia Uniform Commercial Code.

4.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Company and each of the Guarantors has been and will continue to be in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation those providing for or requiring disclosure of terms, charges or fees of any kind, respecting the offering, advertising and promotion of the Timeshare Estates in the Project, the construction or conversion of the Units in the Project and the development of the timeshare plan in the Project or the negotiation, sale and financing of the Timeshare Estates.


- 15 -

4.8 PERMITS, LICENSES AND APPROVALS. The Company has obtained all necessary governmental permits, licenses and approvals with respect to the Project, the timeshare plan and the Timeshare Estates to be sold, all of which are current and in force.

4.9 NO VIOLATIONS. The Company and each of the Guarantors is not in violation of any term of its certificate of incorporation (or, in the case of the Company, its governing instrument) or of any mortgage, borrowing agreement or other instrument or agreement pertaining to indebtedness for borrowed money. The Company and each of the Guarantors is not in violation of any term of any other indenture, instrument or agreement to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, resulting or which might reasonably be expected to result in a material and adverse effect on its business or assets. The Company and each of the Guarantors is not in violation of any order, writ, judgment, injunction or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction or of any statute or rule or regulation of any competent governmental authority. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Corporate Guaranty and other documents required by this Agreement and the performance of all of them is and will be in compliance with the foregoing and will not result in any violation or result in the creation of any mortgage, lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance on any properties or assets except in favor of the Bank. There exists no fact or circumstance not disclosed in this Agreement or in the documents furnished in connection with this Agreement that materially adversely affects or in the future (so far as the Company can now reasonably foresee) may materially adversely affect the condition, business or operations of the Company or any Guarantor.

4.10 INTERVAL EXCHANGE ORGANIZATION. The Project is affiliated and in good standing with Resort Condominiums International, Inc.

4.11 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The Company has furnished to the Bank and audited financial statement showing the Company's condition as of December 31, 1994, prepared by Frederick B. Hill & Company, P.C., which statement represents correctly and fairly the results of its operations and transactions as of the dates and for the period referred to and which has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout the intervals involved. From the date of the financial statement to the date of this Agreement, there have not been any materially adverse changes in the financial condition disclosed in the financial statement. None of the property or assets shown in financial statements delivered to the Bank has been materially adversely affected as the result of any fire, explosion, accident, flood, drought, storm, earthquake, condemnation, requisition, statutory or regulatory


- 16 -

change, act of God or act of public enemy or other casualty, whether or not insured.

4.12 TAX RETURNS. The Company and each Guarantor has filed all federal and other tax returns required to be filed and has paid all taxes required by those returns through its fiscal year ending December 31, 1994. The Company has not received any assessments by the Internal Revenue Service or other taxing authority for additional unpaid taxes.

4.13 PROMISSORY NOTES AND MORTGAGES. All Promissory Notes the Company pledges to the Bank and all Mortgages the Company assigns to the Bank are Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages.

4.14 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

(a) Any Environmental Questionnaire provided to the Bank was and is accurate and complete and does not omit any material fact the omission of which would make the information in the Environmental Questionnaire materially misleading.

(b) No above-ground or underground storage tanks containing Hazardous Substances are or have been located on any property comprising the Project.

(c) No Property owned, leased or operated by the Company is or has been used for the Disposal of any Hazardous Substance or for the treatment, storage or Disposal of Hazardous Substances.

(d) No Release of a Hazardous Substance has occurred or is threatened on, at, from or near any property owned, leased or operated by the Company.

(e) The Company is not subject to any existing, pending or threatened suit, claim, notice of violation or request for information under any Environmental Law.

(f) The Company is in compliance with all Environmental Laws.

4.15 ALTERNATE USE PERIODS. Section 8(1) of the Project and Time-Share Instrument for Powhatan Plantation dated January 22, 1984, as amended, which section sets forth the Company's obligation to provide to a Timeshare Purchaser whose Timeshare Estate is in a Unit that has not become available for occupancy during the designated time period alternative and equivalent accommodations in a Unit or the fair rental value of the Unit for the designated time period, is in full force and effect and has not been modified to reduce or eliminate the obligations of the Company set forth therein.


-17-

ARTICLE V. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

During the term of this Agreement, and so long thereafter as any indebtedness of the Company to the Bank, including any indebtedness for fees and expenses, remains unpaid, the Company will:

5.1 PAYMENTS. Duly and punctually pay (a) the principal of and interest on all indebtedness incurred by it under this Agreement in the manner set forth in this Agreement and (b) all costs and expenses required by this Agreement to be paid or reimbursed by the Company. Without limiting Section 2.8 of this Agreement, any payments the Company receives on or with respect to the Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank (x) shall be held by the Company in trust for the Bank in the same medium in which received; (y) shall not be commingled with any assets of the Company; and (z) shall be delivered to the Bank in the form received, properly endorsed to permit collection, not later than the next business day following the day of their receipt.

5.2 FINANCIAL INFORMATION. Furnish to the Bank (a) within 60 days after the end of each quarter of each of its fiscal years an unaudited financial statement of the Company as of the end of that quarter, which statement shall consist in each case of a balance sheet (which may be prepared using tax basis figures), an operating statement and surplus reconciliation covering the period from the end of the Company's immediately preceding fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all in such detail as the Bank may request, together with a Compliance Certificate; (b) within 120 days after the end of each of its fiscal years and as of the end of each such year, audited financial statements of the Company and Bush Construction Corporation and unaudited financial statements of Williamsburg Vacations, Inc. and Offsite International, Inc., which shall consist of a balance sheet and an operating statement and surplus reconciliation covering the period of the Company's or the Guarantor's immediately preceding fiscal year, prepared and certified by independent certified public accountants satisfactory to the Bank, together (in the case of the Company) with a Compliance Certificate; (c) within fifteen days after the end of each calendar month, a statement in form and content satisfactory to the Bank that sets forth for each obligor on a Promissory Note pledged to the Bank the original face amount of the Promissory Note, the present outstanding balance of the Promissory Note as of the immediately preceding month, a designation of those Promissory Notes on which there is any default and such other information concerning the obligor's account as the Bank may request in its sole discretion; and (d) such additional information, reports or statements as the Bank may reasonably request regarding the financial and business affairs of the Company or any Guarantor.


-18-

5.3 NOTICE. Promptly notify the Bank in writing of (a) any pending or future audits of the Company's or any Guarantor's federal income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service as soon as the Company has knowledge thereof and the results of each such audit after its completion and (b) any default by the Company or any Guarantor in the performance of, or any modifications to, any agreement, mortgage, indenture or instrument to which the Company or the Guarantor is a party or which is binding on the Company or the Guarantor and of any default by the Company or the Guarantor in the payment of any of its indebtedness. The Company shall not, however, be required to notify the Bank of modifications of those documents or agreements pertaining to its or any Guarantor's transactions in the ordinary course of business (not concerning its indebtedness for borrowed money) which do not materially and adversely affect the business or assets of the Company or the Guarantor.

5.4 TAXES. Promptly pay and discharge all its taxes, assessments and other governmental charges (including any charged or assessed on the issuance of any Notes) before the date on which penalties attach, establish adequate reserves for the payment of taxes and assessments and make all required withholding and other tax deposits; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to require the payment of any tax, assessment or charge so long as its validity is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted.

5.5 INSURANCE. (a) Keep all its property so insurable insured at all times with responsible insurance carriers against fire, theft and other risks (including flood, if required) in coverage, form and amount satisfactory to the Bank and (b) keep adequately insured at all times in reasonable amounts with responsible insurance carriers against liability on account of damage to persons or property and under all applicable worker's compensation laws.

5.6 LITIGATION. Promptly notify the Bank in writing as soon as the Company has knowledge thereof of the institution or filing of any litigation, action, suit, claim, counterclaim or administrative proceeding against or investigation of the Company to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party by or before any regulatory body or governmental agency (a) the outcome of which may materially and adversely affect the finances or operations of the Company or any Guarantor or the Company's ability to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement or which involves more than $50,000.00 unless adequately covered by insurance; (b) which questions the validity of this Agreement, any of the Notes, the Security Agreement, the Qualified Promissory Notes and Mortgages, the Guarantees or any action taken or to be taken pursuant to the foregoing; or (c) which is related to the Project in any way; and


-19-

furnish or cause to be furnished to the Bank such information regarding the same as the Bank may request.

5.7 STANDING. Maintain its joint venture existence in good standing and remain or become licensed or qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires qualification or licensing.

5.8 NET WORTH. Maintain at all times a consolidated tangible net worth of the Company and all of its subsidiaries of not less than $12,000,000.00, such consolidated tangible net worth to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied in conformity with the audited financial statements of the Company furnished to the Bank.

5.9 BOOKS AND RECORDS - RIGHT OF INSPECTION. Keep proper books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and notify the Bank promptly in writing of any proposed change in the location of those books and records and permit the Bank at all times to inspect the Project and the books and records of the Company.

5.10 COMPLIANCE WITH LAW. Comply with all applicable laws, including without limitation all Environmental Laws, and all applicable governmental rules and regulations.

5.11 CONTINUE BUSINESS. Engage primarily in the business conducted by it on the date of this Agreement.

5.12 MAINTENANCE OF THE PROJECT. So long as it is in control of the association responsible for the management, upkeep and repair of the Project, cause the association to keep the Project properly maintained and repaired, suffer no waste, impairment or deterioration of the land or improvements constituting the Project, pay all taxes, assessments and other charges levied on the Project and keep the Project fully insured in a sum not less than the full insurable value and with an insurer or insurers acceptable to the Bank.

5.13 LOCK BOX AGREEMENT. Comply at all times with the Lock Box Agreement.

5.14 PROMISSORY NOTES AND MORTGAGES. Notify the Bank within five days after learning that any Promissory Note and Mortgage pledged and assigned to the Bank has caused to be a Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage.

5.15 LOCK BOX REPORTS. In connection with the receipt of payments on Promissory Notes and Mortgages and the deposit of those payments in the Depository Account (as defined in the Lock


- 20 -

Box Agreement) by the Lock Box Agent, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Bank the following:

(a) A daily transaction report reflecting all transactions (cash or otherwise) affecting the Promissory Notes and Mortgages.

(b) A monthly trust activity statement summarizing deposit and withdrawal activity in the Depository Account, with supporting documentation.

(c) A detailed report, provided at least monthly and in such form as the Bank and the Company may agree from time to time, relating to the accounts represented by the Promissory Notes and Mortgages, including a list of (i) all accounts for which the Lock Box Agent is collecting funds; (ii) all payments made on each account since the date of the last report; (iii) defaults in payment; and (iv) such other information as the Bank may reasonably request.

5.16 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.

(a) Promptly notify the Bank of the Disposal of any Hazardous Substance at any property comprising the Project or of any release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Substance from any such property.

(b) At the Bank's request, provide at the Company's expense updated Environmental Questionnaires and/or Environmental Reports concerning the Project.

(c) Deliver promptly to the Bank (i) copies of any documents received from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any state, county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning Company's operations with respect to the Project and (ii) copies of any documents submitted by Company to the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any state, county or municipal environmental or health agency concerning its operations with respect to the Project.

5.17 OTHER ACTS. Execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to the Bank all further documents and perform all other acts and things the Bank deems necessary or appropriate to protect or perfect any mortgage or security interests in any property directly or indirectly securing payment of any indebtedness of the Company to the Bank.

ARTICLE VI. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

During the term of this Agreement and so long thereafter as any of the indebtedness of the Company to the Bank,


-21-

including any indebtedness for fees and expenses, remains unpaid, the Company, without the prior written consent of the Bank, will not:

6.1 ENCUMBRANCES. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge or other encumbrance on any of the Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank, whether now or hereafter pledged or assigned, except in favor of the Bank or as listed on a schedule to this Agreement.

6.2 GUARANTIES. Become a guarantor, surety or otherwise liable for the debts or other obligations of any other person, whether by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of any other person, or by agreement for the furnishing of funds to any other person, through the purchase of goods, supplies or services (or by way of stock purchase, capital contribution, advance or loan) for the purpose of paying or discharging the indebtedness of any other person, or otherwise, with the exception of (i) the guaranty of certain obligations of Greensprings Associates, a Virginia joint venture, to FINOVA Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, in the amount of $6,800,000 under a Development and Receivables Loan Agreement dated as of June 30, 1995, (ii) the guaranty of certain obligations of Greensprings Plantation, Inc., a Virginia corporation, to NationsBank of Virginia, N.A., in the maximum principal amount of $9,671,500; and (iii) the obligation to purchase certain time-share obligations under certain conditions from Powhatan Associates Mortgage Trust I, a Delaware business trust, under the Warranty and Servicing Agreement dated as of April 1, 1993.

6.3 SALE OF ASSETS. Convey, sell, transfer, lease or sell and lease back all or any substantial portion of its property, assets or business to any other person, except in the ordinary course of business; provided, that this section shall not be deemed to prohibit the transfer or promissory notes and mortgages to business trusts in connection with the securitization of assets of the Company.

6.4 INVESTMENTS AND LOANS. Make or suffer to exist any investments in, or loans or advances to, any other person (including, without limitation,loans or advances to its shareholders, directors, officers or employees) in excess of $500,000.00 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, with the exception of
(i) the mortgage notes of Powhatan Village Corporation having an outstanding principal balance of $1,592,310 and $400,000, respectively, as of August 31, 1993, and advances in the further amount of $211,533.13 and (ii) up to $2,000,000 outstanding at any one time of advances to Offsite International, Inc. of marketing fees with respect to sold Timeshare Estates not yet released from escrow and (iii) advances to Greensprings Plantation, Inc. as of December 31, 1994, in the total amount of


-22-

$ for payment of indebtedness and development expenses.

6.5 Communication with Obligors. Communicate with obligors on the Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank if there exists an Event of Default or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an Event of Default and the Bank instructs the Company not to so communicate; provided, however, that the Company shall have no right at any time to collect payments from obligors.

6.6 Promissory Notes and Mortgages. Agree to any extension, deferral, modification, waiver or any other change in the terms of any Promissory Note and Mortgage pledged and assigned to the Bank unless authorized in writing by the Bank.

6.7 Hazardous Substances. Suffer, cause or permit the Disposal of Hazardous Substances at any property comprising the Project.

ARTICLE VII. Default

7.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default ("Event of Default"):

(a) Nonpayment. Nonpayment after the same becomes due whether by acceleration or otherwise of principal of or interest on any Note, any costs and expenses or any other fee or premium provided for under this Agreement.

(b) Negative Covenants. Default in the observance of any of the covenants of the Company in Article VI of this Agreement.

(c) Other Covenants. Default in the observance of any of the covenants of the Company in this Agreement other than in Article VI, or in any other agreement with the Bank, which is not remedied within ten calendar days after notice by the Bank to the Company.

(d) Promissory Notes and Mortgages. Any Promissory Note and Mortgage which the Company has pledged and assigned to the Bank to secure the Credit ceases to be a Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage and the Company fails within ten calendar days after the Bank sends notice thereof, at the Company's option, either to (i) pay the Bank an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of the subject Promissory Note or (ii) submit to the Bank one or more Qualified Promissory Notes not previously pledged to the Bank, the Unpaid Principal Balance


- 23 -

of which is not less than the Unpaid Principal Balance of the Promissory Notes it replaces, together with the Mortgages associated with the replacement Qualified Promissory Notes. Further, if the Unit in which is located a Pre-Sold Timeshare Estate that is the subject of a Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage is not completed and ready for occupancy by the Timeshare Purchaser within two years after the Timeshare Purchaser's execution and delivery of the Promissory Note and Mortgage to the Company, then the Company shall, within ten days after the Bank's demand, pay for or replace the Promissory Note and Mortgage (with a Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage that does not relate to a Pre-Sold Timeshare Estate) in the manner set forth above, whether or not the Promissory Note and Mortgage has ceased to be a Qualified Promissory Note and Mortgage.

(e) Voluntary Insolvency Proceedings. If the Company or a Guarantor
(i) files a petition for liquidation, adjudication as a bankrupt or relief as a debtor; (ii) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement or similar relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws of the United States or any state thereof or of any foreign jurisdiction; (iii) consents to the filing of a petition in any liquidation, bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding; (iv) consents to the appointment of a receiver or trustee or officer performing similar functions with respect to any substantial part of its property; (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (vi) executes a consent to any other type of insolvency proceeding (under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) or any formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, the settlement of claims against, or the winding up of the affairs of, the Company or the Guarantor.

(f) Involuntary Insolvency Proceedings. The appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or officer performing similar functions for the Company or a Guarantor or for any of its assets, the filing against the Company or a Guarantor of a petition for liquidation or adjudication as a bankrupt or insolvent or for reorganization under any bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or of any state thereof or of any foreign jurisdiction or the institution against the Company or a Guarantor of any other type of insolvency proceeding (under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) or of any formal or informal proceeding for the dissolution or liquidation of, the settlement of claims against, or the winding up of the affairs of, the Company or a Guarantor, and the failure to have the appointment vacated or the petition or proceeding dismissed within 30 days after the appointment, filing or institution.

(g) Representations. If any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or financial statement furnished by or on behalf of the Company or a Guarantor pursuant


- 24 -

to or in connection with this Agreement (including without limitation representations and warranties contained in this Agreement) or as an inducement to the Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other lending agreement with the Company shall prove to have been false in any material respect at the time as of which the facts set forth were certified or to have omitted any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against the Company or a Guarantor, or if on the date of this Agreement there shall have been any materially adverse change in any of the facts disclosed by any such statement or certificate, that was not disclosed by the Company to the Bank at or before the time of execution.

(h) Other Indebtedness and Agreements. Nonpayment by the Company or a Guarantor of any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the indebtedness evidenced by the Notes) owing by the Company or a Guarantor when due (or, if permitted by the applicable document, within any applicable grace period), whether the indebtedness becomes due by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise, or failure to perform any term, covenant or agreement to be performed by the Company or a Guarantor under any agreement or instrument (other than this Agreement) evidencing, securing or relating to any indebtedness owing by the Company or a Guarantor when required to be performed if the effect of the failure is to permit the holder to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness.

(i) Judgments. If any judgment or judgments (other than any judgment for which the Company or a Guarantor is fully insured) against the Company or a Guarantor remains unpaid, unstayed on appeal, undischarged, unbonded or undismissed for a period of 30 days.

7.2 EFFECTS OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.

(a) On the happening of one or more Events of Default (except a default under Section 7.1(e) or 7.1(f) of this Agreement), the Bank may declare any obligations it may have under this Agreement, including without limitation any obligation to make Loans or Conversions, to be canceled and the principal of any Note or all the Notes to be immediately due and payable, together with all interest thereon and fees and expenses accruing under this Agreement Upon such declaration, the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be immediately canceled, and the affected Note or Notes shall become immediately due and payable without presentation, demand or further notice of any kind to the Company.

(b) On the happening of one or more Events of Default under
Section 7.1(e) or 7.1(f) of this Agreement, the Bank's obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation any obligation to make Loans or Conversions, shall be


-25-

canceled immediately, automatically and without notice, and all of the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without presentation, demand or notice of any kind to the Company.

(c) Before or after the happening of any Event of Default, the Bank may notify the obligors on the Promissory Notes and Mortgages securing the Credit that they have been assigned to the Bank and that all payments are to be made directly to the Bank or the Designee. The Bank may foreclose any Mortgages in default in its own name. If any applicable law requires that the Company foreclose a Mortgage, the Company appoints the Bank its attorney in fact to foreclose the Mortgage. If the bank foreclose a Mortgage, it may, but is not obligated to, obtain an appraisal of the subject Timeshare Estate and bid the appraised amount at any public sale of the Timeshare Estate. If the Bank obtains an appraisal and bids the amount of the appraisal, the Company shall only be credited with the appraised amount.

ARTICLE VIII. EXPENSES

8.1 COUNSEL FEES AND TAXES. To reimburse the Bank for its counsel fees and other expenses for the preparation of this Agreement and related documentation, the Company will pay the Bank $5,000.00. The Company will also reimburse the Bank for any taxes the Bank may be required to pay in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other documents executed in connection with this Agreement.

8.2 OTHER COSTS AND EXPENSES. The Company will pay on demand to the Bank all of the costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, incurred by the Bank (a) in connection with the performance of this Agreement and all related agreements and other documents;
(b) in connection with all amendments, releases, consents and waivers related to this Agreement and all related agreements and other documents; and (c) in collecting any amount owing under this Agreement or other documents or in realizing on or protecting any collateral securing the Company's performance under this Agreement or any related agreement or other documents, including without limitation, if the Bank retains counsel for any advice, suit, appeal, insolvency or other proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or for any purpose relating to this Agreement, counsel fees and disbursements.

ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. This Agreement represents the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior negotiations between the parties. No modification, rescission,


-26-

waiver, release or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be made except by a written agreement signed by authorized officers of the Company and the Bank.

9.2 DELAYS AND OMISSIONS. No course of dealing and no delay or omission by the Bank in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or with respect to any indebtedness of the Company to the Bank shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other right or remedy, and no single or partial exercise thereof shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The Bank may (but shall not be obligated to) remedy any default by the Company under this Agreement or with respect to any other person in any reasonable manner without waiving the default remedied and without waiving any other prior or subsequent default by the Company and shall be reimbursed for its expenses in remedying the default. All rights and remedies of the Bank under this Agreement are cumulative.

9.3 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The Company and the Bank as used in this Agreement includes their legal representatives, successors and assigns.

9.4 NOTICES. Any notice or demand to be given under this Agreement shall be duly given if delivered or mailed as follows:

To the Company --   Powhatan Associates
                    4029 Ironbound Road
                    Suite 100
                    Williamsburg, VA 23187
                    Attention: Dr. Kay F. Gow
                    Fax No.: (804) 299-8690

With a copy to --   Wolcott, Rivers, Wheary,
                      Basnight & Kelley, P.C.
                    110 Sovran Bank Building
                    One Columbus Center
                    Virginia Beach, VA 23462
                    Attention: Joseph R. Mayes, Esq.
                    Fax No.: (804) 497-7267

To the Bank --      Marine Midland Bank
                    Timeshare Department
                    One Marine Midland Center -- 13th
                      Floor
                    Buffalo, NY 14240
                    Attention: Alton H. Lyles
                    Fax No.: (716) 841-5551


-27-

With a copy to -- Phillipe, Lytle, Hitchcock, Blaine & Huber 3400 Marine Midland Center Buffalo, NY 14203 Attention: Raymond H. Seitz, Esq.

Fax No.: (716) 852-6100

and shall be deemed effective, if delivered, upon delivery and if mailed, upon deposit in an official depository maintained by the United States Postal Service for the collection of mail.

9.5 Governing Law. This Agreement, the transactions described in this Agreement and the obligations of the Bank and the Company shall be construed under and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws, except to the extent that the laws of another state apply to the real estate law aspects of the assignment of Mortgages by the Company to the Bank.

9.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Bank and the Company on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.7 Titles. Titles to the sections of this agreement are solely for the convenience of the Bank and the Company and are not an aid in the interpretation of this Agreement or any part of this Agreement.

9.8 Inconsistent Provisions. The terms of this Agreement and any related agreements, instruments or other documents shall be cumulative except to the extent they are specifically inconsistent with each other, in which case the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

9.9 Course of Dealing. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Bank shall have the right at all times to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and all other documents executed in connection with this Agreement in strict accordance with their terms, notwithstanding any course of dealing or performance by the Bank in refraining from so doing at any time and notwithstanding any custom in the banking trade. Any delay or failure by the Bank at any time or times in enforcing its rights under such provisions in strict accordance with their terms shall not be construed as having created a course of dealing or performance modifying or waiving the specific provisions of this Agreement.

9.10 Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify the Bank against, and hold the Bank harmless from, any and all claims, losses, judgments, costs and expenses (including, without


-28-

limitation, attorney's fees and disbursements) resulting from the Bank's entering into this Agreement or from any action or inaction pertaining to the Project or the Promissory Notes and Mortgages pledged and assigned to the Bank. The Company shall also indemnify the Bank and hold it harmless from any liability for commissions or compensation in the nature of a finder's fee to any broker or other person or firm for which the Company or any of its employees or representatives may be responsible by reason of this Agreement on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.11 ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Bank from and against any and all liabilities, claims, damages, penalties, expenditures, losses or charges, including but not limited to all costs of investigation, monitoring, legal representation, remedial response, removal, restoration or permit acquisition, which may now or in the future be undertaken, suffered, paid, awarded, assessed or otherwise incurred by the Bank or any other person or entity as a result of the presence, Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances on, in, under or near any property comprising the Project. The liability of the Company under this section is not limited by any exculpatory provisions in this Agreement or any other documents securing the Loans and shall survive repayment of the Loans or any transfer or termination of this Agreement regardless of the means of transfer or termination.

9.12 NO LIABILITY. The Bank shall not be liable in any way for the completeness or accuracy of any Environmental Report or the information contained in it. The Bank has no duty to warn the Company or any other person about any actual or potential environmental contamination or other problem that may have become apparent or will become apparent to the Bank.

9.13 CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. Any action or proceeding to enforce or arising out of this Agreement, any of the Notes, the Security Agreement or any document executed in connection with this Agreement may be commenced in the Supreme Court of New York in the county, or in the District Court of the United States in the district, in which the Bank has an office, and a summons and complaint commencing an action or proceeding in any such court shall be properly served and shall confer personal jurisdiction if served personally or by registered mail to the Company or as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of New York or the United States.

9.14 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. Each party to this Agreement expressly waives any right to trial by jury of any claim, demand, action or cause of action (i) arising under this Agreement or any other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement or (ii) in any way


- 29 -

connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties with respect to this Agreement or any other instrument, document or agreement executed or delivered in connection with this Agreement or the transactions related to this Agreement, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether sounding in contract or tort or otherwise. Any such claim, demand, action or cause of action shall be decided by court trial without a jury, and any party may file an original counterpart or a copy of this section with any court as written evidence of the consent of the parties to the waiver of their right to trial by jury.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed by their authorized officers as of June 28, 1995.

POWHATAN ASSOCIATES, a Virginia
joint venture, by its joint
venturer Williamsburg Vacations,
Inc., a Virginia corporation

By:  /s/ KAY F. GOW
   ----------------------------------
   Kay F. Gow, President

MARINE MIDLAND BANK

By  /s/ ALTON H. LYLES
   ----------------------------------
   Alton H. Lyles
   Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT A

VARIABLE-RATE SECURED TERM NOTE

$20,000,000.00 June 28, 1995

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned promises to pay to MARINE MIDLAND BANK (the "Bank"), or its order, on June 28, 2000, at its office at One Marine Midland Center, Buffalo, New York, the principal sum of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000.00) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Variable-Rate Loans made by the Bank to the undersigned from time to time pursuant to a Loan Agreement between the undersigned and the Bank dated the date of this Note ("Loan Agreement"), whichever is less, together with interest on the balance of the principal of this Note from time to time unpaid at an annual rate ("Rate") equal to the Bank's Prime Rate plus one and one-half percent (1 1/2%). "Prime Rate" means the rate of interest publicly announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate and is a base for calculating interest on certain loans.

All Loans may be inscribed by the Bank on the attached schedule or any continuations of the schedule (the "Schedule"). Each entry on the Schedule shall be prima facie evidence of the facts set forth. No failure by the Bank to make, and no error by the Bank in making, any entry on the Schedule shall affect the undersigned's obligation to repay the full principal amount advanced by the Bank to or for the account of the undersigned or the undersigned's obligation to pay interest.

After maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise), all loans shall continue to bear interest at the Rate. In no event shall the Rate exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. The Rate shall change simultaneously with each change in the Prime Rate. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of 1/360th of the Rate in effect for each calendar day the balance of principal is unpaid. Accrued interest shall be payable monthly on the tenth day of each month, beginning July 10, 1995, and when the principal of this Note is paid in full.

No failure by the holder of this Note to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy under this Note shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by the holder of any right or remedy under this Note shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies of the holder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies the holder may otherwise have.

Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for provisions as to prepayment, collateral and acceleration. The undersigned


-2-

expressly waives any requirements of presentment, protest or notice of dishonor.

This Note shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. The undersigned shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the holder in enforcing this Note, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses.

This Note modifies and extends, but does not replace, the Secured Term Note of the Company dated as of September 21, 1990, in the original principal amount of $10,000,000.00; the Secured Term Note of the Company dated as of October 25, 1993, in the original principal amount of $8,000,000.00; and the Secured Term Note of the Company dated as of January 10, 1995, in the original principal amount of $6,000,000.00.

POWHATAN ASSOCIATES, A Virginia
joint venture, by its joint
venturer Williamsburg Vacations,
Inc., a Virginia corporation

By _____________________________
Kay F. Gow, President


EXHIBIT 10.6.17

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

BY THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT entered into as of the date set forth at the end hereof, GREYHOUND REAL ESTATE FINANCE COMPANY, an Arizona corporation ("Lender"), and POWHATAN ASSOCIATES, a Virginia joint venture ("Borrower"), confirm and agree as follows:

I. DEFINITIONS

Unless the context clearly otherwise requires, the capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning given to them in this Article I or elsewhere in this Agreement:

1.1 "Advance": an advance of the Loan made from time to time as provided in this Agreement.

1.2 "Agents": collectively, the Collection Agent and any Servicing Agent; "Collection Agent": the entity referred to in Supplement I, or should such entity cease to act as collection agent under the Collection Agreement, its successor as collection agent under the Collection Agreement; and "Servicing Agent": any entity other than Borrower who, at the direction or with the consent of Lender, is performing the servicing obligations required to be performed by Borrower under paragraph 5.4(a).

1.3 "Agreement": this "Loan and Security Agreement," as from time to time supplemented, modified, extended, renewed, replaced or restated (all references to exhibits or supplements shall be deemed to incorporate such document in this Agreement).

1.4 "Applicable Usury Law": the usury law applicable under the terms of paragraph 8.10 or such other usury law which is applicable if the law chosen by the parties is not.

1.5 "Assignments": written assignments from time to time delivered to Lender by Borrower of specific Instruments and/or Purchaser Mortgages and their proceeds.

1.6 "Borrowing Base": an amount equal to the lesser of:

(a) 90% of the then unpaid principal balance of the Eligible Instruments; or

(b) 90% of the present value of the contractual cash flow, discounted at the highest of (i) the applicable interest rate under the terms of the Note, (ii) a discount rate equal to Prime on the first day of the month in which the calculation is made plus 2-3/4%, or (iii) 16%.

1.7 "Borrowing Term": the period commencing on the date

1

of this Agreement and ending at the close of Lender's normal business day (or, if such is not a normal business day of Lender, on the next business day of Lender) on May 1, 1992.

1.8 "Documents": the Note, the Guarantees, the Subordination Agreements, the Assignments, the Collection Agreement, the "Environmental Certificate" required under paragraph 4.1(b)(vii), this Agreement and the other documents and instruments executed in connection with the Loan, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, restatements or replacements thereof, whether now or hereafter existing.

1.9 "Eligible Instrument": an Instrument which conforms to the additional standards set forth in Exhibit 1 and has been assigned to Lender under this Agreement. An Instrument that has qualified as an Eligible Instrument shall cease to be an Eligible Instrument upon the date of the occurrence of any of the following: (a) any one installment due with respect to an Eligible Instrument becomes more than 59 days past due, or (b) the Eligible Instrument otherwise fails to continue to meet the requirements of an Eligible Instrument.

1.10 "Event of Default": the meaning set forth in paragraph 7.1.

1.11 "Guarantee": a "Guarantee and Subordination Agreement" made and delivered to Lender under paragraph 4.1(b)(ii), as from time to time modified, replaced or restated.

1.12 "Guarantors": each and every person or entity now or hereafter guaranteeing all or any portion of the Obligations, including without limitation, the persons or other entities described in Supplement I.

1.13 "Instrument": a promissory note which has arisen out of the sale of a Time-Share Estate by Borrower to a Purchaser and is secured by a Purchaser Mortgage.

1.14 "Loan": the loan made under this Agreement.

1.15 "Maturity Date": the date set forth in Supplement I.

1.16 "Maximum Loan Amount": the amount set forth in Supplement I.

1.17 "Note": the "Promissory Note" to be made and delivered by Borrower to Lender under paragraph 4.1(b)(i), as from time to time modified, renewed, extended, replaced or restated.

1.18 "Obligations": each obligation, duty, covenant, undertaking and condition of Borrower contained in the Documents

2

and each other obligation of Borrower now or hereafter owing to Lender.

1.19 "Opening Prepayment Date": the date set forth in Supplement I.

1.20 "Overdue Rate": the meaning given to it in the Note.

1.21 "Performance" or "Perform": full, timely and faithful performance and compliance or to do the same.

1.22 "Permitted Encumbrances": each restriction, reservation and easement of record, inchoate mechanics' liens and inchoate liens for taxes and assessments, which individually and in the aggregate do not render title to the property which they encumber unmarketable or materially lessen the value of the property.

1.23 "Prime": the meaning given to it in the Note.

1.24 "Project": the time-share resort or portion of it described in Supplement I.

1.25 "Purchaser": a purchaser of a Time-Share Estate from Borrower.

1.26 "Purchaser Mortgage": the purchase money mortgage or deed of trust given to secure an Instrument.

1.2.7 "Receivables Collateral" (a) the Instruments which are, now or hereafter, assigned, endorsed or delivered to Lender under this Agreement or against which an Advance has been made; (b) all purchase contracts, Purchaser Mortgages, guarantees and other documents or instruments evidencing or securing the obligations of the Purchasers and/or any other person primarily or secondarily liable on such Instruments; (c) all policies of insurance related to such Instruments or delivered in connection with them; (d) if any, all rights under escrow agreements and all impound and/or reserve accounts pertaining to the foregoing; (e) all files, books and records of Borrower pertaining to any of the foregoing; and (f) the proceeds from the foregoing.

1.28 "Security Interest": a perfected, direct and exclusive first security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State(s) in which any such security interest needs to be perfected; provided that with respect to any portion of the Receivables Collateral not covered by the Uniform Commercial Code, it shall mean a direct and exclusive first lien on such property which has been perfected against third parties in the manner provided by law.

3

1.29 "Servicing and Collection Agreements": collectively, the Collection Agreement and any Servicing Agreement; "Collection Agreement": the "Collection Agreement" to be made among Borrower, Lender and Collection Agent under paragraph 4.1(b)(iv), as from time to time modified, replaced or restated; and "Servicing Agreement": any agreement entered into at the direction or with the consent of Lender whereby a third party undertakes in writing to perform the servicing obligations required to be performed by Borrower under paragraph 5.4(a).

1.30 "Subordination Agreement": a subordination made and delivered to Lender under paragraph 4.1(b)(iii), as from time to time modified, replaced or restated.

1.31 "Term": the duration of this Agreement commencing on its date and ending when all of the Obligations shall have been Performed.

1.32 "Time-Share Estate": the estate described in Supplement I, with a right to the exclusive use of a dwelling unit in the Project and a right to the non-exclusive use of the Project common areas for a one (1) week period each year.

II. LOAN COMMITMENT; USE OF PROCEEDS

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender will from time to time make Advances to Borrower in amounts equal to (a) the then Borrowing Base less (b) the then unpaid principal balance of the Loan; provided, at no time shall the unpaid principal balance of the Loan exceed the Maximum Loan Amount.

2.2 The Loan is a revolving line of credit against which during the Borrowing Term, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower shall have the right to obtain Advances, repay Advances and obtain additional Advances; however, all of the Advances shall be viewed as a single loan. Borrower shall not be entitled to obtain Advances after the expiration of the Borrowing Term unless Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, agrees in writing with Borrower to make Advances thereafter on terms and conditions satisfactory in all respects to Lender. This Agreement and Borrower's liability for Performance of the Obligations shall continue, however, until the end of the Term.

2.3 Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loan only for Borrower's business purposes set forth in Supplement I.

III. SECURITY

3.1 To secure Performance of all of the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Lender a Security Interest in and assigns to Lender the Receivables Collateral. The Security Interest shall

4

be absolute, continuing and applicable to all existing and future Advances and to all Obligations; and all of the Receivables Collateral shall secure Performance of the Obligations throughout the Term. Borrower will unconditionally deliver and endorse to Lender, with full recourse, all Instruments against which Advances are sought and will execute and deliver to Lender recordable absolute Assignments with respect to such Instruments. Lender is and shall be the attorney-in-fact of Borrower with respect to the collection and remittance of payments on the Receivables Collateral with full power and authority to give instructions with respect to the collection and remittance of such payments and to endorse payment items; provided, however, that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender shall have no right to take any of the actions specified in paragraph 7.2(c). Borrower has its chief executive office and principal place of business at the address set forth in Supplement I and will promptly notify Lender of any change in such address. Upon Performance of the obligations, Lender will re-assign and/or endorse to Borrower, without recourse or warranty of any kind, the Receivables Collateral.

3.2 If a previously Eligible Instrument that is part of the Receivables Collateral ceases to qualify as, or is otherwise determined not to be, an Eligible Instrument, then within 30 days after Lender notifies Borrower of such event or Borrower otherwise obtains knowledge of such event, whichever is earlier, Borrower will either (i) pay to Lender an amount equal to the Borrowing Base of the ineligible Instrument, together with interest, costs and expenses, attributable to the ineligible Instrument, or (ii) replace such ineligible Instrument with an Eligible Instrument against which an Advance could be made in an amount not less than the Borrowing Base of the ineligible Instrument being replaced. Simultaneously with the delivery of the replacement Instrument to Lender, Borrower will deliver to Lender all of the items (except for a "Request for Advance and Certification") required to be delivered by Borrower to Lender under paragraph 4.2, together with a "Borrower's Certificate" in form and substance identical to Exhibit 2. If no Event of Default and no act or event which after notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then upon the substitution of Eligible Instruments for ineligible Instruments, Lender will reassign and/or endorse to Borrower the ineligible Instruments by execution and delivery to Borrower of a recordable assignment in the form of Exhibit 6D and endorsement of the Instrument to Borrower without recourse or warranty of any kind.

3.3 Borrower will deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender and thereafter throughout the Term will maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect according to their terms the security documents required to be delivered to Lender under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Guarantees from each of the Guarantors and the Subordination Agreements from all persons

5

required to subordinate to the Loan under paragraph 6.12.

3.4 At the time of delivery of an Assignment, Borrower will, at its expense, deliver to Lender a policy or policies of title insurance insuring Lender's interest in the Purchaser Mortgages which are the subject of the Assignment. Such policy or policies shall be in the amount of the Advances made against or, in the case of substitutions, the portion of the Loan attributable to the Instruments secured by the insured Purchaser Mortgages; and shall be issued by a title insurer and be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

IV. ADVANCES

4.1 (a) Lender shall have no obligation to make the initial Advance unless and until the conditions set forth in the following subparagraphs and in paragraphs 9.2(c) and 9.3 have been satisfied at the expense of Borrower, as determined by Lender in its discretion, on or before the date specified in Supplement I.

(b) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the following loan documents, duly executed, delivered and in form (including, when appropriate, form required for recording or filing) and substance satisfactory to Lender:

(i) a "Promissory Note" in form and substance identical to Exhibit 3;

(ii) A "Guarantee and Subordination Agreement" with respect to each Guarantor jointly and severally guaranteeing Performance of the Obligations and subordinating to the Obligations the indebtedness of Borrower owing to such Guarantor;

(iii) a "Subordination Agreement" with respect to each person (other than a Guarantor) required to subordinate to the Loan under paragraph 6.12;

(iv) a "Collection Agreement" providing for the collection of the Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral;

(v) UCC financing statements for filing and/or recording, as appropriate, where necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the Receivables Collateral and all other security for the Performance of the Obligations which is subject to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

(vi) a favorable opinion from independent legal counsel to Borrower and Guarantors in form and substance substantially identical to Exhibit 4;

6

(vii) an "Environmental Certificate" in form and substance substantially identical to Exhibit 5;

(viii) this Agreement; and

(ix) such other documents as Lender may reasonably require.

(c) Borrower shall have delivered to Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Lender at least ten (10) business days prior to the date of the Advance, except for the documents required by item (b)(ii) of Exhibit 6 which must be delivered at least three (3) business days prior to the date of the Advance:

(i) if Borrower is a corporation or a partnership, evidence that Borrower is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State in which it has been organized and is duly qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it is required under paragraph 6.1 to be so;

(ii) if Borrower is a corporation or a partnership, a copy of the resolutions of Borrower, certified to be true and complete by the corporate secretary of Borrower and at least one other officer of Borrower or all the partners of Borrower, as the case may be, authorizing the execution, delivery and Performance of the Documents and evidencing the authority of all persons signing the Documents on behalf of Borrower to do so; and, if Borrower is a partnership, a copy of the partnership agreement and, as the case may be, a copy of the recorded certificate of fictitious name or certificate of limited partnership;

(iii) a condominium map of the Project or other surveys and certifications by surveyors or engineers acceptable to Lender, showing dimensions of the Project, access thereto, street lines, easements and other details, together with other evidence satisfactory to Lender that the Project complies with all applicable laws, rules and regulations and public and private restrictions affecting the use of the Project;

(iv) a copy of the registrations/consents to sell and the final subdivision public reports/public offering statements/prospectuses and/or approvals thereof required to be issued by or used in the State in which the Project is located and/or other jurisdictions where Time-Share Estates have been offered for sale or sold;

(v) if the Project has not been registered under such act and Lender requests such an opinion, a copy of an advisory opinion issued by the federal Office of Interstate

7

Land Sales Registration that the Project does not fall within the purview of the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act;

(vi) a copy of the purchase contract, deed, note, mortgage/deed of trust and other documents and exhibits, including, without limitation, the exchange network affiliation contract, the Project governing documents, the Project management agreement and advertising materials, which have been or are being used by Borrower in connection with the Project or the promotion or sale of Time-Share Estates;

(vii) the insurance policies required under paragraph 6.9 and evidence of fidelity insurance coverage for all persons handling assessment payments made to the Powhatan Plantation Owners Association ("Association");

(viii) evidence that the Project is not located within a "special flood hazard" area as such term is used in the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, as amended and supplemented by the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, and in regulations, interpretations and rulings thereunder;

(ix) evidence that the Project conforms to all existing environmental laws, rules and regulations, if any, including, without limitation, if requested by Lender, a Phase I Environmental Assessment completed in accordance with Lender's requirements;

(x) the items described in Exhibit 6; and

(xi) such other items as Lender requests which are reasonably necessary to evaluate the request for the Advance and the satisfaction of its conditions precedent.

(d) No material adverse change shall have occurred in the Project or in Borrower's business or financial condition since the date of the latest financial and operating statements given to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower.

(e) There shall have been no change in the warranties and representations made by Borrower in the Documents.

(f) Neither an Event of Default nor an act or event which after notice and/or lapse of time would constitute an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

(g) The interest rate applicable to the Advance (before giving effect to any savings clause) will not exceed the maximum amount permitted by the Applicable Usury Law.

(h) Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees for the Loan required to be paid on or before the time of the Advance.

8

(i) If required by Lender, Lender shall have received a favorable opinion from Lender's special counsel as to the matters set forth in paragraphs 6.1(b) (as to the second sentence), 6.3(b) (to counsel's knowledge after due inquiry) , 6.4(a) (assuming proper completion and due execution and delivery) , and 6.4(e) (as to membership in and authority of the Association), and to such other matters as Lender shall reasonably require.

4.2 Lender shall have no obligation to make any Advance after the initial Advance until the conditions specified in (a) paragraphs 4.1(c)(x)-(xi) and (b) paragraphs 4.1(d)-(h) have been satisfied as determined by Lender in its discretion.

4.3 Advances shall not be made more frequently or in amounts less than that provided in Supplement I.

4.4 Advances shall be requested in writing by Borrower or, if Borrower is a corporation or partnership, by those officers or general partners, as the case may be, or agents of Borrower named in authorizing resolutions of Borrower from time to time delivered to Lender and which are in form and substance satisfactory to Lender.

4.5 Advances shall be disbursed to Borrower by wire transfer to Borrower in accordance with the instructions set forth in Supplement I or such other instructions as Borrower may give by notice to Lender; or at the option of Lender, to Borrower or others according to Borrower's written instructions given by notice to Lender.

4.6 Although Lender shall have no obligation to make an Advance unless and until all of the conditions precedent have been satisfied, Lender may, at its sole discretion, make Advances prior to that time without waiving or releasing any of the Obligations, but Borrower shall continue to be required to strictly Perform all such Obligations.

V. NOTE; MAINTENANCE OF BORROWING BASE; PAYMENTS; SERVICING AND COLLECTION

5.1 The Loan shall be evidenced by the Note and shall be repaid according to its terms and such provisions of this Agreement as are applicable. Payments of the Loan and Note shall be made in immediately available funds.

5.2 Subject to Borrower's rights under paragraph 3.2 to provide replacement Eligible Instruments, if for any reason the aggregate principal amount of the Loan outstanding at any time shall exceed the then Borrowing Base, Borrower, without notice or demand, will immediately make to Lender a principal payment in an amount equal to such excess plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

9

5.3 Except as provided in this paragraph, Borrower will not be entitled to prepay the Loan, in whole or in part, until the Opening Prepayment Date. Borrower may prepay the Loan in full, but not in part, at any time prior to the Opening Prepayment Date if (a) Lender fails to approve a written request by Borrower to extend the Borrowing Term or to increase the Maximum Loan Amount,
(b) such prepayment is required in good faith by another institutional lender providing additional financing to Borrower, and (c) at the time of the prepayment Borrower pays to Lender a prepayment premium equal to 4% of the then unpaid principal balance of the Loan. Thereafter, if (a) neither an Event of Default nor an act or event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing, (b) Borrower has paid all sums due and payable to Lender in connection with the Loan, and (c) Borrower has given Lender at least 30 days prior written notice of the prepayment and paid to Lender at the time of prepayment a prepayment premium equal to a percentage, determined as set forth in Schedule A, of the then principal balance of the Loan, then Borrower shall have the option to prepay the Loan in full, but not in part. If there should occur a casualty to or condemnation of the Project or an acceleration of maturity following an Event of Default and such occurrence results in prepayment of the Loan or if prepayments result from other than voluntary, unsolicited prepayment (including payments received through collection) of the Receivables Collateral, a prepayment premium will be required in the amount specified in Schedule A of the then principal balance of the Loan being prepaid.

5.4 (a) Collection Agent, as agent for Lender, shall collect payments on the Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral and remit them to Lender on the last day of each month according to the terms of the Collection Agreement; and Borrower will immediately forward all such payments received by it to Collection Agent for the account of Lender. The Obligation to make, or any requirement that Lender receive, payments called for in the Documents will not be deemed satisfied until Lender actually receives such payments from Collection Agent. For the purpose of determining the adequacy of such payments, Borrower will furnish or will cause any Servicing Agent to furnish to Lender at Borrower's sole cost and expense, no later than the 10th day of each month commencing with the first full calendar month following the date of the initial Advance, a report, substantially in the format of Exhibit 7, showing through the last day of the preceding month, as to the Instruments which constitute part of the Receivables Collateral, opening and closing balances on each, all payments received on each Instrument which constitutes part of the Receivables Collateral, allocated as between principal, interest, late charges, taxes, or the like, present value calculations, average consumer interest rate and an itemization of delinquent accounts, extensions, refinances, prepayments, and other similar adjustments. On the basis of such reports, Lender will compute the amount, if any, which is due and payable by Borrower and will

10

notify Borrower in writing as soon as possible of any amount due. If such reports are not timely received, Lender may estimate the amount which was due and payable; and, in such event, Borrower will pay upon demand the amount estimated by Lender to be due and payable. If payment is made on the basis of Lender's estimate and thereafter the required reports are received by Lender, the estimated payment amount shall be adjusted by an additional payment or a refund to the correct amount, as the reports may indicate; such additional amount to be paid by Borrower upon demand and such refund to be made by Lender within 5 business days after receipt of written request therefor by Borrower. At the end of each calendar quarter, Borrower will deliver to Lender a current list of the names, addresses and phone numbers of the obligors on each of the Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral. Borrower shall also promptly deliver to Lender such other reports with respect to Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral as Lender may from time to time request.

(b) If Borrower defaults in its obligations under paragraph 5.4(a), Lender may appoint a Servicing Agent to perform such obligations at the expense of Borrower. Lender, subject to any restriction thereon contained in the Collection Agreement and any Servicing Agreement, may at any time and from time to time in its discretion appoint a successor or successors to any Agent acting under the Collection Agreement and any Servicing Agreement if such Agent is not in Performance of its obligations thereunder.

(c) Borrower will, at its expense, make available to Lender all services necessary for an orderly takeover at the time of Lender's appointment of a Servicing Agent, including without limitation, providing all of Lender's papers, records and files in the format maintained by Borrower, all supplies and other properties of Lender, and all media on which data supplied by Lender is stored for processing. without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement, Borrower acknowledges that any failure or delay on its part in the delivery of such items to Lender is and will be deemed to cause irreparable injury to Lender, not adequately compensable in damages, and for which Lender has no adequate remedy at law; and Borrower accordingly agrees that Lender may, in such event, seek and obtain specific performance or other injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction.

5.5 Subject to Lender's rights under Article VII, all proceeds from the Receivables Collateral (except payments which are identified by Purchasers as tax and insurance impounds or maintenance and other assessment payments and are required to be so treated by Borrower) during the Term shall be applied first to the payment of all costs, fees and expenses required by the Documents to be paid by Borrower, second to accrued and unpaid interest due on the Note, third to the unpaid principal balance of the Note, and then to the other Obligations in such order and manner as Lender may determine. Unless and until all the Obligations have been

11

Performed, Borrower shall have no right to any portion of the proceeds of the Receivables Collateral.

5.6 Whether or not the proceeds from the Receivables Collateral shall be sufficient for that purpose, Borrower will pay when due all payments required to be made under the Note or the other Documents; and any and all amounts payable by Borrower under the Note or the other Documents shall be paid without notice (except as otherwise expressly provided therein), demand, counterclaim, set-off, deduction, recoupment or defense, and without abatement, suspension, deferment, diminution or pro-ration by reason of any circumstance or occurrence whatsoever, Borrower's Obligation to make such payments being absolute and unconditional.

VI. BORROWER'S ADDITIONAL REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

6.1 (a) Borrower is, and will be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as an entity of the kind specified in Supplement I under the laws of the State specified in Supplement I. Borrower also is, and will be, qualified to do business and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which it is selling Time-Share Estates or where the location or nature of its properties used or its business makes such qualification necessary (except where failure to do so would not adversely affect Lender's ability to realize upon the Receivables Collateral or any other security for the Performance of the Obligations or materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of Borrower or the ability of Borrower to complete Performance of the Obligations). Borrower has, and will have, powers adequate for making and Performing under the Documents, for undertaking and Performing the Obligations, and for carrying on its business and owning its property.

(b) Borrower has good right and power to grant the Security Interest in the Receivables Collateral, to execute and deliver the Documents and to perform the Obligations. All action necessary and required by Borrower's governance documents and all applicable laws for the obtaining of the Loan and the execution and delivery of the Documents has been duly and effectively taken; and the Documents are and shall be, legal, valid, binding and enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, and do not violate the usury laws of the State specified in Supplement I. The execution, delivery and Performance of the provisions of the Documents will not violate, constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of Borrower under the terms or provisions of any law, regulation, judgment, decree, order, franchise or permit applicable to Borrower, its governance documents, or any contract or other agreement or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower or its properties or assets are bound. No consent of any government or

12

agency thereof, or any other person, firm or entity not a party to this Agreement is or will be required as a condition to the execution, delivery, Performance or enforceability of the Documents.

6.2 (a) There is no action, litigation or other proceeding pending or, to Borrower's knowledge, threatened before any arbitration tribunal, court, governmental agency or administrative body against or affecting Borrower or the Project, which, if adversely determined, might adversely affect Lender's ability to realize upon the Receivables Collateral or any other security for the Performance of the Obligations, or materially adversely affect the Project, the business or financial condition of Borrower, or the ability of Borrower to complete Performance of the Obligations; or which questions the validity of the Documents.

(b) If Borrower becomes a party to any action, litigation or other proceeding which asserts a material claim against Borrower, or Borrower becomes the subject of an investigation by a governmental agency or administrative body with respect to the Project, then Borrower will within 10 days after it obtains knowledge thereof notify Lender of such action, litigation, proceeding or investigation and its particulars. Thereafter, if requested by Lender, Borrower will report to Lender on the status of such matter and its particulars.

6.3 (a) Except as set forth in Supplement I, Borrower has sold or offered for sale Time-Share Estates only in the State in which the Project is located and all sales have been made at the Project. Before it sells or offers for sale Time-Share Estates in jurisdictions other than the State in which the Project is located and those other jurisdictions which are listed in Supplement I. Borrower will promptly notify Lender and provide it with evidence that it has complied with all laws of such jurisdiction governing the proposed conduct of Borrower.

(b) Except for violations which do not individually or in the aggregate affect Lender's ability to realize upon the Receivables Collateral or any other security for the Performance of the Obligations or do not materially adversely affect the business or financial condition of Borrower or the ability of Borrower to complete Performance of the Obligations, Borrower has complied, and will comply, with all laws and regulations of the United States and the State, County and, if any, municipal jurisdiction, in which the Project is located and each State or other jurisdiction in which Time-Share Estates have been sold or offered for sale.

(c) Without limiting the generality of any other representation or warranty in this Agreement, use and occupancy of the Project as a Time-Share Estate resort will not violate any private covenant or restriction or any zoning, use or similar law, ordinance or regulation affecting the use or occupancy of the

13

Project. Borrower will not, without Lender's prior written consent, seek, consent to or otherwise acquiesce in any change in any private restrictive covenant, zoning law or other public or private restriction, which change would limit the use of the Project or reduce its fair market value.

6.4 (a) Each Instrument at the time it is assigned to Lender under this Agreement shall be an Eligible Instrument. Borrower has Performed all of its obligations to Purchasers, and there are no executory obligations to Purchasers to be Performed by Borrower other than the completion and furnishing of certain dwelling units in the Project. Borrower further warrants and guarantees the value of each Instrument is at least equal to the value assigned in making the Borrowing Base computations and the enforceability of the Receivables Collateral.

(b) Borrower, without the prior written consent of Lender, will not cancel or materially modify, or consent to or acquiesce in any material modification to, or solicit the prepayment of any Instrument constituting part of the Receivables Collateral; or waive the timely performance of the obligations of the Purchaser under any such Instrument. Borrower will not pay or advance directly or indirectly for the account of any Purchaser any sum owing by the Purchaser under any of the Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral.

(c) Borrower at all times will fulfill and will cause its affiliates, agents and independent contractors at all times to fulfill all obligations of any nature whatsoever to Purchasers under all Instruments constituting part of the Receivables Collateral.

(d) True and complete copies of the Project governing documents, the purchase contract, deed, advertising materials and other documents and exhibits thereto which have been and are being used by Borrower in connection with the Project and the sale or offering for sale of Time-Share Estates have been delivered to Lender. Such documents are the only ones which have been used in connection with the Project and the sale of Time-Share Estates. Borrower, without the prior written consent of Lender, will not cancel or materially modify any such documents. Borrower will perform all of its obligations under the Project governing documents.

(e) Upon and after closing of the Time-Share Estate purchased, each Purchaser will automatically be a member of the Association and will be entitled to vote on the affairs thereof. The Association will at all times be governed by a board of directors. Until the time ("Developer Control Termination Date") Borrower conveys fee simple title to the Project, excluding the units, Borrower shall be responsible for all costs ("Project Operations Costs") associated with the control, management and

14

operations of the Project, except "time-share estate occupancy expenses" which are all costs and expenses incurred in the interior use and occupancy of completed Time-Share Estate units, including, but not limited to maintenance and housekeeping charges, repairs, refurbishing costs, insurance premiums, properly allocated labor and overhead costs, utility charges and deposits and the cost of periodic repair and replacement to wall and window treatments, and furnishings, including furniture and appliances. The Association board has the authority to fix and levy pro rata upon each Purchaser annual assessments to meet time-share estate occupancy expenses. From and after the Developer Control Termination Date, the Association board will have the authority to fix and levy pro rata upon each Purchaser annual assessments to cover all costs associated with the control, management and operations of the Project; provided, however, that from and after such date, Borrower shall at its expense complete all of the amenities and facilities comprising the Project and shall use its best efforts to cause the Association board to pay the Project Operations Costs. The obligations of Borrower under this Paragraph are in addition to and not in limitation of its other Obligations under the Documents, including, without limitation, its Obligations under Paragraphs 6.3(b), 6.4 (c) and 6.4 (f).

(f) Except as otherwise permitted by the Project governing documents, the Association or the owners of Time-Share Estates in common will at all times own the furnishings in the Project dwelling units and all the common areas in the Project and other amenities which have been promised or represented as being available to Purchasers, free and clear of liens and security interests except for the Permitted Encumbrances; and no part of the Project is subject to partition by the owners of Time-Share Interests except as permitted by Virginia Code Section 55-373(c). Borrower will maintain or cause to be maintained in good condition and repair all common areas in the Project and other amenities which have been promised or represented as being available to Purchasers and which are not the responsibility of the Association to maintain and repair. Borrower will maintain a reasonable reserve to assure compliance with the terms of the foregoing sentence.

(g) No proceedings or negotiations have been commenced or are pending with respect to the condemnation or acquisition by eminent domain (or deed of agreement in lieu thereof) of the Project, or any part thereof; and there has been no loss or damage to any dwelling unit or common areas in the Project by reason of fire or any other casualty which has not been repaired.

(h) Borrower will maintain or cause to be maintained in full force and effect an affiliation contract with a reputable exchange network which covers the Project and is consistent with representations made to Purchasers concerning

15

exchange privileges.

6.5 LENDER DOES NOT ASSUME AND SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY, OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY TO PURCHASERS, LENDER'S RELATIONSHIP BEING THAT ONLY OF A CREDITOR WHO HAS TAKEN, AS SECURITY FOR INDEBTEDNESS OWED TO IT, A COLLATERAL ASSIGNMENT FROM BORROWER OF INSTRUMENTS. EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY LAW, BORROWER WILL NOT, AT ANY TIME, USE THE NAME OF OR MAKE REFERENCE TO LENDER WITH RESPECT TO THE PROJECT, THE SALE OF TIME-SHARE ESTATES OR OTHERWISE, WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT OF LENDER.

6.6 Borrower will undertake the collection of amounts delinquent under each Instrument constituting part of the Receivables Collateral, bear the entire expense of such collection work, and diligently and timely do such work respecting collection, including forfeiture or foreclosure proceedings. Lender shall have no obligation to undertake any collection, eviction or foreclosure action against the obligor under any Instrument or otherwise realize upon any Instrument.

6.7 Borrower will maintain a secure place in its offices at the address specified in Supplement I proper and accurate books, records, ledgers, correspondence and other papers relating to the Receivables Collateral.

6.8 Borrower, without the prior written consent of Lender, will not: (a) sell, convey, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise transfer
(i) any security for the Performance of the Obligations; or (b) permit or suffer to exist any liens, security interests or other encumbrances on any security for the Performance of the Obligations, except for the Permitted Encumbrances and liens and security interests expressly granted to Lender.

6.9 (a) Borrower will obtain and deliver to Lender before the making of the first Advance, and maintain throughout the Term, such insurance, written by such insurers and in such forms and amounts, as Lender may reasonably require.

(b) Borrower will use its best efforts to cause fidelity insurance coverage to be maintained with respect to all persons handling monies belonging to the Association.

(c) Borrower will maintain such other insurance with respect to its business and properties as is normally maintained by prudent persons engaged in similar businesses or owning similar properties similarly situated.

6.10 (a) The Documents, certificates, financial statements and written materials furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the

16

statements contained in them not misleading. There is no fact known to Borrower which materially adversely affects or in the future may (so far as Borrower can now foresee) materially adversely affect the Receivables Collateral or any other security for the Performance of the Obligations or the business or financial condition of Borrower or the Project which has not been set forth in the Documents, certificates, financial statements or written materials furnished to Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) The fact that Lender's representatives may have made certain examinations and inspections of or received certain information pertaining to the Receivables Collateral or the Project and its proposed operation does not in any way affect or reduce the full scope and protection of the warranties, representations and obligations contained in this Agreement, which have induced Lender to enter into this Agreement.

6.11 (a) Borrower will maintain a standard, modern system of accounting and will keep and maintain all books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles on a consistent basis.

(b) Borrower will timely furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender the reports required by paragraph 5.4(a). If required by Lender, Borrower will furnish to Lender on or before the 10th day of each month a sales report for the prior month showing such information as Lender shall reasonably request.

(c) Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender, as soon as available, and in any event within the time period specified in Schedule B, the financial statements of Borrower and other persons and entities identified on Schedule B.

(d) Borrower will use its best efforts to deliver to Lender from time to time, as available, and promptly upon amendment or change in effective date, current Time-Share Estate price lists, sales literature, registrations/consents to sell, final subdivision plats, public reports/public offering statements/prospectuses, and other items requested by Lender which relate to the Project.

(e) So long as the same shall be pertinent to the Loan, the Project, the Documents or any transactions contemplated by them, Borrower will at its expense (i) permit Lender and its representatives at all reasonable times to inspect, audit and copy, as appropriate, the Project, Borrower's facilities, activities, books of account, logs and records, (ii) cause its employees, agents and accountants to give their full cooperation and assistance in connection with any such visits of inspection or financial conferences and
(iii) make available such further information concerning its business and affairs as Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

17

(f) Borrower will use its best efforts to cause to be made available to Lender for inspection, auditing and copying, upon Lender's request, the books of account, logs and records of the Association. Borrower will promptly notify Lender if, to its knowledge, the Association is insolvent.

6.12 Borrower will cause any and all indebtedness owing by it to its shareholders, directors, officers or partners or the relatives and affiliates of Borrower or the foregoing to be subordinated in all aspects to the Obligations; provided, however, that such subordination shall not extend to reasonable salaries and fees which are for services actually rendered and are paid while no Event of Default exists.

6.13 Borrower will not, without Lender's prior written consent: (a) sell, lease, transfer or dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity; or (b) if a corporation or partnership, consolidate with or merge into another entity, permit any other entity to merge into it or consolidate with it, or permit or suffer to exist any transfer of the ownership of, or power to control, Borrower or any entity directly or indirectly controlling Borrower.

6.14 Borrower is not in default of any payment on account of indebtedness for borrowed money or of any repurchase obligations in connection with a receivables purchase financing, or in violation of or in default under any material term in any agreement, instrument or order, decree or judgment of any court, arbitration or governmental authority to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

6.15 Borrower has filed all tax returns and paid all taxes, assessments, levies and penalties, if any, in respect thereof required to be filed by it or paid by it to any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or subdivision. All real estate taxes and assessments have been paid which are due and owing in connection with the Project and the amenities which have been promised or represented as being available to Purchasers for use by them. Borrower will use its best efforts to provide to Lender not more than 30 days after such taxes and assessments would become delinquent if not paid evidence that all taxes and assessments on the dwelling units and common areas in the Project have been paid in full.

6.16 Borrower will pay to Lender non-refundable loan fees in the amounts and at the times provided in Supplement I. Borrower will pay on demand any and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by Lender in connection with the initiation, documentation and closing of the Loan, the making of Advances, the protection of the security for the Performance of the Obligations, or the enforcement of the Obligations against Borrower, including, without limitation, travel costs, attorneys'

18

fees (not to exceed the $10,000 documentation fee for the initial documentation), filing and recording fees, charges for credit reports obtained by Lender prior to closing of the Loan, charges for credit reports obtained by Lender with respect to Purchasers and reasonably deemed necessary by Lender, revenue and documentary stamp and intangible taxes, and fees and expenses of Agent(s) to perform the services contemplated by this Agreement and under the Servicing and Collection Agreement(s).

6.17 Borrower will INDEMNIFY, SAVE AND HOLD HARMLESS, and defend Lender, its successors, assigns and shareholders (including corporate shareholders), and the directors, officers, employees, agents and servants of the foregoing, for, from and against any and all losses, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees), demands, claims, suits, proceedings (whether civil or criminal), orders, judgments, penalties, fines and other sanctions arising from or brought in connection with (a) the Project, the security for the Performance of the Obligations, Lender's status by virtue of the Assignments, creation of Security Interests, the terms of the Documents or the transactions related to them, or any act or omission of Borrower or any Agent, or the employees or agents of any of them, whether actual or alleged, and (b) any and all brokers' commissions or finders' fees or other costs of similar type, or claims by any broker, agent or other party in connection with this transaction. On written request by an indemnitee, Borrower will undertake, at its own cost and expense, on behalf of such indemnitee, using counsel satisfactory to the indemnitee, the defense of any legal action or proceeding to which such person or entity shall be a party, provided that such action or proceeding shall result from, or grow or arise out of any of the events set forth in this paragraph.

6.18 Borrower will not directly or indirectly invest all or any part of the proceeds of the Loan in any investment security subject to the margin requirements of Federal Reserve Regulation G.

6.19 Borrower will execute or cause to be executed all documents and do or cause to be done all acts necessary for Lender to perfect and to continue the perfection of the Security Interest of Lender in the Receivables Collateral or the other security for the Performance of the Obligations or otherwise to effect the intent and purposes of the Documents. Borrower will prosecute or defend any action involving the priority, validity or enforceability of the Security Interest granted to Lender; provided, that, at Lender's option, Lender may do so at Borrower's expense.

6.20 Borrower is fully familiar with all of the terms and conditions of the Documents and is not in default under them. No act or event has occurred which after notice and/or lapse of time would constitute such a default or an Event of Default.

19

6.21, The representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Article VI are in addition to, and not in derogation of, the representations and warranties elsewhere contained in the Documents.

6.22 The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement are continuing and shall be deemed to be made and reaffirmed prior to the making of each Advance.

VII. DEFAULT

7.1 The occurrence of any of the following events or conditions shall constitute an Event of Default under the Documents:

(a) Lender fails to receive from Borrower when due and payable (i) any amount that Borrower is obliged to pay on the Note or (ii) any other payment due under the Documents; and such failure shall continue for 5 business days after written notice to Borrower, except for the payment of the final payment due at the Maturity Date for which no grace period is allowed;

(b) any representation or warranty of Borrower contained in the Documents or in any certificate furnished under the Documents proves to be, in any material respect, false or misleading as of the date deemed made;

(c) there is a default in the Performance of the Obligations set forth in paragraph 3.2, 6.8(a), 6.9(a), 6.12 or 6.13;

(d) there is a default in the Performance of the Obligations or a violation of any term, covenant or provision of the Documents
(other than a default or violation referred to elsewhere in this paragraph 7.1) and such default or violation continues unremedied (i) for a period of 5 business days after written notice to Borrower in the case of a default under or violation of paragraph 6.8(b) or any other default or violation which can be cured by the payment of money alone or (ii) for a period of 30 business days after notice to Borrower in the case of any other default or violation;

(e) an "Event of Default", as defined elsewhere in the Documents, occurs, or an act or event occurs under any of the Documents, whether or not denominated as an "Event of Default", which expressly entitles Lender to accelerate any of the Obligations and/or exercise its other remedies available upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Loan Agreement;

(f) any material default by Borrower under any other agreement evidencing, guaranteeing, or securing borrowed money or a receivables purchase financing has occurred permitting

20

the acceleration of such indebtedness or repurchase obligations, which accelerated repayment or repurchase obligations are in excess of $100,000.00 in the aggregate;

(g) any final, non-appealable judgment or decree for money damages or for a fine or penalty is entered or made against Borrower which is not paid and discharged or stayed within 30 days thereafter and when aggregated with all other judgment(s) or decree(s) that have remained unpaid and undischarged or stayed for such period is in excess of $100,000.00;

(h) any party holding any security for the Performance of the Obligations or a lien (other than a lien created by a Purchaser solely with respect to its Time-Share Estate) on any part of the Project commences foreclosure or similar sale thereof;

(i) (i) Borrower becomes insolvent or unable to pay its debts when due; generally fails to pay its debts when due; files a petition in any bankruptcy, reorganization, winding-up or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding analogous in purpose or effect relating to such entity; applies for or consents to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or other custodian for the bankruptcy, reorganization, winding-up or liquidation of such entity; makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or admits in writing that it is unable to pay its debts; (ii) any court order or judgment is entered confirming the bankruptcy or insolvency of Borrower or approving any reorganization, winding-up or liquidation of such entity or a substantial portion of its assets;
(iii) there is instituted against Borrower any bankruptcy, reorganization, winding-up or liquidation proceeding or other proceeding analogous in purpose or effect and the same is not dismissed within 60 days after its institution; or
(iv) a receiver, trustee or other custodian is appointed for any part of the Receivables Collateral or the Project or all or a substantial portion of the assets of Borrower;

(j) the Project, or any material part thereof, becomes damaged, condemned or taken and is not promptly repaired or restored;

(k) Performance by Borrower of any material obligation under any Document is rendered unenforceable in any material respect;

(1) there occurs a material adverse change in the Project or in the business or financial condition of Borrower or in the Receivables Collateral or any other security for the Performance of the Obligations, which change is not enumerated in this paragraph 7.1 and as the result of which Lender in good faith deems the prospect of Performance of the Obligations impaired or its security therefor imperiled; or

21

(m) any of the events enumerated in paragraphs 7.1(f),
(g), (i), (k) or (1) occurs with respect to any Guarantor.

7.2 At any time after an Event of Default has occurred and while it is continuing, Lender may, at its option, but without obligation, do any one or more of the following:

(a) cease to make further Advances;

(b) declare the Note, together with prepayment premiums and all other sums owing by Borrower to Lender in conne